Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Hairball Pyrotechnics Permit
City of Dubuque City Council CONSENT ITEMS # 15. Copyrighted May 19, 2025 ITEM TITLE: Hairball Pyrotechnics Permit SUMMARY: City Manager recommending City Council approval of a pyrotechnic permit for an upcoming show at the Q Casino at Backwaters Stage on Friday, June 27, 2025. SUGGUESTED Receive and File; Approve DISPOSITION: ATTACHMENTS: 1. MVM Memo 2. 2025 Hairball Productions LLC Pyrotechnics Permit Request Memo - Copy 3. 2025 Hairball Pyro Info 4. Dubuque Permit App 5. Hairball Certificate of Liability Insurance 6. Hairball Map Page 311 of 950 THE CITY OF DUBE Masterpiece on the Mississippi TO: The Honorable Mayor and City Council Members FROM: Michael C. Van Milligen, City Manager SUBJECT: Hairball Pyrotechnics Permit DATE: May 15, 2025 Dubuque AI WIN av 2007-2012.2013 2017*2019 Assistant Fire Marshal Derek Paulson is recommending City Council approval of a pyrotechnic permit for an upcoming show at the Q Casino at Backwaters Stage on Friday, June 27, 2025. A permit application has been received from Hairball Productions LLC for pyrotechnics display at the Q Casino Backwaters Stage on June 27, 2025, at approximately 9:30 p.m. The applicant has submitted all required documentation including a certificate of liability insurance and the qualifications of the pyrotechnics operator. I concur with the recommendation and respectfully request Mayor and City Council approval. v Mic ael C. Van Milligen MCVM:sv Attachment cc: Crenna Brumwell, City Attorney Cori Burbach, Assistant City Manager Amy Scheller, Fire Chief Derek Paulson, Assistant Fire Marshal Page 312 of 950 THE CITY OF DUB E Masterpiece on the Mississippi TO: Mike Van Milligen, City Manager FROM: Derek Paulson, Assistant Fire Marshal DATE: May 14, 2025 RE: Hairball Pyrotechnics Permit INTRODUCTION Dubuque All•Aneriea City 2007*2012*2013 2017*2019 Hairball Productions LLC has applied for a pyrotechnic permit for an upcoming show at the Q Casino at Backwaters Stage on Friday, June 27, 2025. Pyrotechnics require the approval of the City Council prior to permit issuance. BACKGROUND A permit application has been received from Hairball Productions LLC for pyrotechnics display at the Q Casino Backwaters Stage on June 27, 2025, at approximately 9:30 p.m. The applicant has submitted all required documentation including a certificate of liability insurance and the qualifications of the pyrotechnics operator. RECOMMENDATION I recommend submittal to the City Council requesting approval to issue a permit to Hairball Productions LLC for pyrotechnics display on June 27, 2025. cc: Amy Scheller, Fire Chief Page 313 of 950 E:mla i I I TABLE OF CONTENTS 2: Stage Plot 3: Pyro by Position List 4: Licenses 5: Certificate of Flame Resistance 6-86: Manual for Flame Projector Safety Data Sheets for Starting Fluid in Flame Projectors 99-153: Safety Data Sheets for Product 159-167: NFPA 1126 168-186: NFPA 160 Contact Information Danielle Findling (952)484-4696 Danielle@hairballonline.com Page 314 of 950 of b 8'-0" 1 a Pyro World HRIRs.ALL Pyro & Power Plot 40._0" DRESSING ROOM n 100FT RUN D-� D-� Key Pyro Power Drops x Notes - Any Pyro must have a minimum of 15 feet from the audience - There will be a third staircase placed upstage day of show 81-01, GTR World w 0 Monitor World b Barricade Page 315 of 950 PYROTECHNICS DEVICE LIST "A"(STAGE RIGHT)/"C"(STAGE LEFT) OF THE DRUM RISER. EACH HAVE 2 BOXES OF PYROTECHNIC DEVICES AND ARE AS FOLLOWS: 30 20' RED COMETS 6 20' SILVER COMETS 2 RED FLAME PROJECTOR 4 GREEN FLAME PROJECTORS 6 20' SPLATTER CRACKLE MINES 12 20' VARIGRATED MINES 10 FIREBALLS REGULAR 8 1/4 X 20' QUICK SHOTS, SILVER 4 6 SECOND WHISTLES W/TAIL 4 30X20' RED/SILVER GERBS 4 15X20' GOLD GERBS 6 20X20' SILVER GERBS 2 20' RED MINE 2 20' PURPLE MINE 2 20' ORANGE MINE 2 20' YELLOW MINE 8 WHITE BANG SPARK FLASH TUBES "B"/IN FRONT OF THE DRUM RISER DRUM STAIRS CONTAINING 2 BOARDS OF PYROTECHNIC DEVICES AND ARE AS FOLLOWS: 3 20' VARIGRATED MINES 2 20' SPLATTER CRACKLE MINES 4 1X20' BIG SHOTS SILVER 2 15X20' SILVER GERBS 2 15X20' GOLD GERBS 2 15X20' GOLD GERBS "C"/ MOUNTED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE DRUM RISER, FACEING THE STAGE RIGHT, AND STAGE LEFT, ARE AS FOLLOWS: 20 20' WHITE BANG SPARKS "D'/ PLACED AROUND PYRO POSITIONS LISTED IN SECTION "A" ARE AS FOLLOWS: UP TO 4 DMX FLAME PROJECTORS (31VIETERS MAX HEIGHT) EACH UNIT CONTAINS 2 FLUID CANISTERS UP TO 4 DMX FLAME PROJECTORS (6 METERS MAX HEIGHT) EACH UNIT CONTAINS 4 FLUID CANISTERS Page 316 of 950 G Now FIREWORK OPERATOR CERTIFICATE Certificate Type: P NFPA 1126 Certificate No: 1035 Bryant Beckermann 2621 Lyndale Ave S, #206 Minneapolis, MN 55408 Effective Date 12/20/2021 Expiration Date 12/31/2025 Page 317 of 950 rl) GEOI?GI STAGE 3765 Peachtree Crest Drive, Duluth, GA 30097 1 800-211-8217 1 georgiastage.com CERTIFICATE OF FLAME RESISTANCE SUBMITTED TO: QUIK STAGE PROJECT LOCATION: BLAINE, MN This is to certify that the materials described herein have been flame retardant treated (or are inherently flame resistant). Certification is hereby made that: ❑(a) The article described on this certificate has been treated with a flame retardant chemical such that the fabric meets the minimum requirements of flame resistance established by the NFPA 701 Test. The flame retardancy has a life expectancy of one (1) year, but is likely to be effective for much longer. The flame retardance WILL be removed by water washing. Georgia Stage, LLC, recommends annual testing of the fabric using NFPA 705 Field Test Method for Textiles, as accumulations of airborne dust and oils may diminish the flame resistance of the fabric. (b) The article described on this certificate meets the minimum requirements of flame resistance established by the NFPA 701 Test. Made with non-combustible elements, this fabric is inherently and permanently flame resistant for the life of the fabric, without the addition of flame retardant chemicals. This flame resistance will NOT wash out. Georgia Stage, LLC, however recommends annual testing of the fabric using the NFPA 705 Field Test Method for Textiles, as accumulations of airborne dust and oils may diminish the flame resistance of the fabric. STYLE: PREMIER IFR JOB#: 1900662 COLOR: BLACK DATE: 4.19.19 YARDS: 49.48 CUSTOMER PO: 10825 Page 318 of 950 User Manual Galaxis Showtechnik pr8lit0'f s'C G-Flame Firmware V2.43 Revision date: April 12t" 2021 Batch No.: EUF100101, USF100101 Page 319 of 950 2 Table of contents: 1 Introduction............................................................................................................................... 1.1 Safety instructions................................................................................................................. 1.2 Requirements the operator has to fulfill and necessary qualification .................................... 1.3 General safety instructions when using the G-Flame........................................................... 1.4 Application fields and intended use....................................................................................... 1.5 Required approvals............................................................................................................... 2 Illustration and description of indicators and control elements ................................................. 2.1 Main unit................................................................................................................................ 2.2 Carrying handle..................................................................................................................... 2.3 Cover panel........................................................................................................................... 2.4 Cartridge holder..................................................................................................................... 3 Nozzles for different types of fuel.............................................................................................. 3.1 Changing the nozzles and nozzle holder.............................................................................. 3.2 Sealing of the nozzles or respectively of the nozzle thread .................................................. 4 The various inputs and their compatibility and usage, pin assignments of connectors............ 4.1 The emergency off input........................................................................................................ 4.2 Firing key input...................................................................................................................... 4.3 Voltage input 12-24V............................................................................................................. 4.4 Charging................................................................................................................................ 4.5 Operation with DMX512........................................................................................................ 4.5.1 The DMX512 input............................................................................................................. 4.5.2 Control via DMX512........................................................................................................... 4.5.3 The error message "DMX-RDM not supported!"............................................................... 4.6 Control of the device via serial data cables via the RS485 interface in conjunction with the PFCAdvanced...................................................................................................................... 4.7 Advanced wireless module, communication via radio or serial data cables ......................... 5 Instructions for installation and de -installation of the G-Flame................................................. 5.1 Setup of the G-Flame............................................................................................................ 5.1.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges...................................................................................... 5.1.2 Operation with gas bottles................................................................................................. 5.1.3 After opening..................................................................................................................... 5.2 De -installation the G-Flame................................................................................................... 5.2.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges...................................................................................... 5.2.2 Operation with gas bottles................................................................................................. 5.3 Tilting the G-Flame................................................................................................................ 5.3.1 Instructions for installation at a tilt of 1800 ......................................................................... 5.4 Additional instructions for permanent installations................................................................ 5.4.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges...................................................................................... 5.4.2 Operation with gas bottles................................................................................................. 5.5 Instructions regarding the use of Flame Bars....................................................................... 5.6 Mounting on light or speaker stands..................................................................................... 5.7 Mounting on truss elements.................................................................................................. 6 Approved fuels.......................................................................................................................... 6.1 Approved fuels and instructions if the gas bottle option is being used ................................. 6.1.1 Instructions regarding the usage of the gasiform phase ................................................... 6.1.2 Instructions regarding the usage of the liquid phase......................................................... 6.2 Approved fuels and instructions if the gas cartridge option is being used ............................ 6.3 Fuel consumption.................................................................................................................. 6.3.1 Fuel consumption if gas bottles are being used................................................................ 6.3.2 Fuel consumption if gas cartridges are being used........................................................... 7 Safety distances........................................................................................................................ 7.1 Safety distances if gas bottles are being used, device standing vertically ........................... 7.2 Safety distances if gas cartridges are being used, device standing vertically ...................... 7.3 Safety distances when using flame bars............................................................................... 7.4 Safety distances if the device is being tilted.......................................................................... 7.5 Safety distances if the device is mounted above the spectators .......................................... 7.6 Reduction of the safety distances to actors.......................................................................... 8 Switching on.............................................................................................................................. 9 Compatibility and Firmware Revision History........................................................................... .5 .5 .6 .7 12 12 13 13 15 16 16 17 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 23 23 24 25 25 26 26 26 26 27 27 28 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 31 31 31 31 34 37 37 37 38 40 40 41 41 41 41 42 42 Page 320 of 950 3 10 Automatic Hardware Checks With Startup................................................................................ 42 10.1 The Error Message '#'........................................................................................................... 43 10.2 The Error Message 'ATTENTION! Flame Sensor ERROR' .................................................. 43 10.3 The Error Message 'Radio Module not detected'.................................................................. 43 10.4 The Error Message 'Memory error!'....................................................................................... 43 10.5 The Error Message 'Device Locked'...................................................................................... 44 10.6 The message 'Memory Maintenance'.................................................................................... 44 11 Manual hardware checks with startup....................................................................................... 44 11.1 Checking the fuel valves for correct function............................................................................ 44 11.2 Checking the ignition spark generator for correct function....................................................... 45 12 Battery monitoring and warning message 'deep discharge' after powering up the device....... 45 12.1 Resetting the acoustic warning message 'Battery deeply discharged' ................................. 46 12.2 Resetting the optical warning message 'Battery deeply discharged' .................................... 46 13 Safety timer............................................................................................................................... 46 14 The warning LED 'Attention armed'.......................................................................................... 46 15 The LED indicators.................................................................................................................... 47 15.1.1 The LED 'Operation' (blue)............................................................................................ 47 15.1.2 The LED 'Flame' (yellow)...............................................................................................48 15.1.3 The LED 'Charging' (green)........................................................................................... 48 15.1.4 The LED 'Low Battery' (red).......................................................................................... 48 15.1.5 Functional check of the LEDs........................................................................................ 48 16 The menu.................................................................................................................................. 49 16.1 Standard menu items............................................................................................................ 49 16.1.1 The menu item 'Language'............................................................................................ 49 16.1.2 The menu item 'Change AF-Reset-Code?..................................................................... 49 16.1.3 The menu item 'Accumulator capacity'.......................................................................... 49 16.1.4 The menu item 'Accumulator power'............................................................................. 50 16.1.5 The menu item 'Input'.................................................................................................... 50 16.1.6 The menu item '450 Tilt Switch'..................................................................................... 50 16.1.7 The menu item 'Flame monitoring'................................................................................ 51 16.1.8 The menu item 'Flame Quota'....................................................................................... 52 16.1.9 The menu item 'Number of Allowed Misfirings.............................................................. 52 16.1.10 The menu item 'Acoustic Signals'.................................................................................. 52 16.1.11 The menu item 'LCD Backlight'..................................................................................... 52 16.1.12 The menu item 'Warning LED'....................................................................................... 53 16.1.13 The menu item 'Battery measurement'.......................................................................... 53 16.2 Menu items if DMX512 has been selected as an input......................................................... 55 16.2.1 The menu item 'Flame Channel'.................................................................................... 55 16.2.2 The menu item 'Safety Channel'.................................................................................... 55 16.2.3 The menu item 'Power Supply for Wi-DMX'.................................................................. 56 16.2.4 The menu item 'Max. Flame Duration'........................................................................... 57 16.3 Menu items if the Advanced wireless module has been installed and 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' or'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' has been selected as control method ........................................ 57 16.3.1 The menu item 'RF Channel' (i.e. frequency selection) ................................................. 57 16.3.2 The menu item 'Interfering Signal'................................................................................. 57 16.3.3 The menu item 'Last Range Test Result'....................................................................... 58 16.3.4 The menu item 'Device ID Number'............................................................................... 58 16.3.5 The menu item 'Determine Hazard Zone'...................................................................... 59 16.3.6 The menu item 'Terminal Programming'........................................................................ 59 16.3.6.1 Overview regarding the parameters of the Terminal ............................................. 60 programming............................................................................................................................... 60 16.3.6.2 The selection menu of the Terminal programming ................................................ 60 16.3.6.3 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Keep up & Exit' ...................................... 60 16.3.6.4 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Edit' ........................................................ 61 16.3.6.5 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Delete' .................................................... 62 17 Receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode.................................................................. 63 17.1 Displayed information during receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode, that appears inall operation modes........................................................................................................... 63 17.1.1 Information which control method has been selected ................................................... 63 17.1.2 Tilt switch on/off and its status....................................................................................... 63 17.1.3 Flame monitoring on/off................................................................................................. 64 Page 321 of 950 4 17.2 Display of special information and behavior of the device in the receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode if 'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' or 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' has been selected as control method.......................................................................................... 64 17.2.1 Status information regarding firing mode and hazard zone .......................................... 64 17.2.2 Display of the device ID number.................................................................................... 65 17.2.3 Display of messages...................................................................................................... 65 17.2.4 Programming of the system ID...................................................................................... 65 17.2.5 Setting and loading default settings............................................................................... 65 17.2.6 Performing a field strength calibration........................................................................... 66 17.2.7 The monitoring function Radio Interference.................................................................. 66 18 Switching off.............................................................................................................................. 68 19 Command 'Firing mode off ........................................................................................................ 68 20 Radio range............................................................................................................................... 69 20.1 Radio Range Test.................................................................................................................. 69 21 Remote access......................................................................................................................... 69 22 Operation time........................................................................................................................... 70 23 Installation of accessories......................................................................................................... 71 23.1 Installation of the Advanced wireless module....................................................................... 71 23.1.1 Installation of the hardware........................................................................................... 71 23.1.2 Software installation of the Advanced wireless module ................................................ 72 23.2 De -installation of the wireless module................................................................................... 73 23.2.1 De -installation of the wireless module in the software .................................................. 73 23.2.2 De -installation of the hardware...................................................................................... 73 23.3 Optional accessory: Power Upgrade..................................................................................... 73 24 Usage in rainy conditions.......................................................................................................... 74 25 Maintenance and service life.................................................................................................... 75 26 Cleaning.................................................................................................................................... 76 27 Micro filter.................................................................................................................................. 76 28 Warranty....................................................................................................................................77 29 Damages caused by misusage, maloperation, malfunction..................................................... 77 30 Technical data........................................................................................................................... 78 31 Accessories...............................................................................................................................80 32 CE marking of the EU version................................................................................................... 81 33 Address of the manufacturer and contact details for requesting an EU declaration of conformity .................................................................................................................................................. 81 Page 322 of 950 5 1 Introduction 1.1 Safety instructions Observe all safety instructions in this documentation! Safety instructions warn of dangers when handling devices and provide information on how to avoid them. They are classified according to the severity of the danger and divided into the following groups: DANGER Danger signals dangers for persons. If you do not follow the instructions A for avoiding the hazard, the hazard will certainly result in death or serious physical injury. 1 40 WARNING Warning indicates dangers for persons. If you do not follow the instructions for avoiding the hazard, the hazard is likely to result in death or serious injury. 1 CAUTION Caution indicates danger to persons. If you do not follow the instructions for avoiding the hazard, the hazard is likely to result in minor physical injury. 1 NOTICE Note signals dangers for objects or data. If you do not follow the instructions for avoiding the hazard, the hazard will probably result in damage to property. TIP A tip provides additional or supplementary information. Page 323 of 950 M 1.2 Requirements the operator has to fulfill and necessary qualification This product may only be operated by persons of legal age. In Germany the user must be at least 18 years of age. This product may only be used within the scope of a professional and occupational activity. The user must be a qualified person. A qualified person is a trained person who has experience with the technology of the device and is particularly informed about the types of energy used by the device and its size. Electrical and thermal types of energy (fuels) occur in this device. The specialist is expected to use his training and experience to identify energy sources that can cause pain or injury and to take appropriate measures to protect against pain and injury from these energy sources. In addition, the practitioner must take appropriate measures to ensure that less trained persons cannot be injured. A qualified person can be trained either by the manufacturer of the device or by the customer who purchases the device. Further qualifications such as stage pyrotechnician, SFX technician or professional fire worker is not required Ensure that all legal requirements for the operation of flame projectors in the country of destination are met. TIP In Germany, these include the regulations of the employers' liability insurance association, e.g.: • DGUV regulation 215-312: Safety at events and productions • DGUV regulation 80: Use of liquid gas Page 324 of 950 7 1.3 General safety instructions when using the G-Flame This section is about general safety instructions. You need to mind other safety instructions given in this manual as well. Furthermore, you need to observe the safety distances mentioned in the relevant chapters. The safety rules enlisted in this manual are referring to the G- Flame only. For the other devices in our product range there is another version of safety instruction which can be found in the user manual of the particular devices. The following instructions are for your understanding about important and basic safety principles. Our general safety requirements are based on our own experience plus the contact and feedback from our customers. These rules allow the safe and successful usage of all components of our wireless firing systems. With proceeding development of our products, we will continuously revise and adapt the safety standards in conclusion with your notifications and support. The following safety instructions are part of all our operation manuals within our product range. These instructions are also available in printed form and can be downloaded via our internet homepage at any time. Please forward these instructions to any relevant persons in your company dealing with this topic. Any technical device can potentially cause a fault. This could be encouraged through: wrong usage, unit damage, unit aging as well as the wear and tear of the unit. This fundamental thesis was the basic principle when writing these instructions. The usage of effect devices to generate flame balls and flame columns, especially in indoor and outdoor venues or places of public assembly, can be hazardous and bears many potential risks, such as severe damage to property or personal injury and due to that is of utmost importance to follow all safety instructions whenever the product is being used. 1. Never use the devices if you have not completely read and understood the user manual. 2. Never order somebody to use devices in a potentially risky application if this person is not absolutely reliable or does not have sufficient technical knowledge. 3. The operator who is in charge for the safety has to have complete overview over all devices during the whole application. In addition, he has to be able to take action in the technical control of the system at any time if a potentially dangerous situation is arising. Please refer to the sections in this manual where the 'emergency off' functions are being explained. 4. For the usage of the device in places of public assembly an approval by the authorities that are responsible for the fire prevention is necessary. Page 325 of 950 0 5. If flame effects are being used no easily inflammable materials should be present in general. In places of public assembly this kind of material is normally forbidden by the legislator. By the usage of flame retardant spray these materials can be rendered hardly inflammable. 6. Smoking or open fire is strictly prohibited within the safety zone! Keep off any other sources of ignition. 7. Depending on the type, size and quantity of the effects that are being used and depending on the local conditions, allocate the necessary fire prevention and first aid measurements. 8. In all cases respect and follow any national and technical regulations as well as the operation manuals respective to the devices in use. 9. Ensure that the devices are standing securely and that the position or tilt cannot vary during the application. Depending on the circumstances it can be necessary to mount the devices e.g. by using screws. Please mind the chapter in this user manual which is dealing with the mounting of the devices on truss elements. 10. Ensure that the device is not covered by anything and that the fuel can be easily exhausted through the nozzle. Furthermore, ensure that no foreign objects like e.g. confetti or streamers enter the burning chamber. 11. Arm (switch on) the devices as shortly as possible before the effect and disarm (switch off) them immediately after the effect. Optionally this can be achieved either by using the emergency off input or the main switch or the hazard zones or the DMX safety channel. The hazard zones can be turned off and on either by a wireless command or by using serial data cables. As soon as the devices are armed or respectively ready to fire, they must be constantly supervised by the responsible operator. 12. Ensure that no heat sources like strong spotlights are pointed towards the devices or the gas cartridges or the gas bottles. 13. Make sure that non authorized persons cannot gain access to the effect and control devices. 14. The safety boundary distances required by the manufacturer and authorities are to be respected. Secure the area so that non authorized persons cannot gain access to the same. 15. The operation manuals and safety instructions of the manufacturer of the effect and control devices must be observed at all times. If in doubt these must be discussed with the relevant safety organisations. 16. The effect and control devices are only allowed to be used according to the defined applications. Only use fuels that have been approved by the manufacturer. Page 326 of 950 0 17. The components of our firing system are to be covered or encased against burn -off cinders or weather conditions where necessary. Electrical contacts should be protected against corrosion, soiling and damage plus they should be cleaned regularly. 18. We recommend to have our products inspected every one to two years. Along with the testing of the rechargeable battery, a visual test as well as a functional test will prove that the operational safety standards are still met. 19. Do not use damaged equipment. If a damage is found, immediately send the device back to the manufacturer for professional repair. Our warranty for the proper function for our equipment is only for components of our system, which have no damage. 20. Any changes in or to the devices as well as repair work on the units other than that through the manufacturer will invalidate any warranty claims and our product liability will be void. Should repair of the units be necessary, then we do require a detailed report of the problem. 21. Please make sure when lending or renting out the equipment, that no damage has occurred during the rental period of the units. Advise your staff, that it is very important to report any possible damage of the units immediately. Customers, which have borrowed or rented the equipment are hereby informed, that it is their duty to report any damage found or suspected on the unit when returning such. 22. When transporting the devices make sure that the packing is sufficient and check the devices after each transport if they have been possibly damaged. 23. Wire connections from the control units to the G-Flame are always to be insulated and must comply with the technical standards. At the same time avoid wire damage, for example through heat, cable twisting, cable pinching and burn -off cinders or through forced piercing. All cables must be checked before each use on its faultless construction. When using used wires, we do recommend a continuity and short circuit test between each insulated connection before using it again. 24. Avoid potential equalizing currents. Please note that these currents can occur between conductive parts of a building or between conductive parts of a building and earth potential. Due to that control lines should not have electrical contact to conductive structures or parts of a building. Potential equalizing currents on the shielding of cables or on control lines can cause malfunction. 25. Please be aware of the fact that through the gas flames ionized gases are created. The thereby produced ions increase the conductivity within the air. This ionization process can cause an electrical arcing especially within the vicinity of high voltage overland cables. This may lead to lethal consequences for the user and other persons. Please note that wind conditions can be totally different a few meters above the ground. Page 327 of 950 10 26. Please assure that the effect can only be initiated through the operator. Keep the control unit under lock and key! Within our safety concept, all firing systems are set with individual codes, which inhibit unintended and accidental firing through third parties. If requested we can also supply systems with the same coding. This may be necessary if in a company more than one transmitter is used or when companies exchange the units between each other. It is possible to teach in the G-Flame to any PFC Advanced to enable customers to easily exchange devices. 27. With our using the key code numbers 901 and 311, we are using a standard key code, which can also be found in other products. On a customer's request we can also supply other key codes. 28. Ensure that the safety distance is maintained by all persons. The safety distance is to be enforced from the beginning of the work and maintained until the release by the responsible operator at the end of the show until the closure of the fuel supply, the burning of the fuel in the system and the shutdown of the devices. 29. In the interest of your own safety always use a sufficient length of control cable. 30. During testing and firing of the devices no persons or animals are allowed in the hazard area. Furthermore, no materials that are heat -sensitive or that can catch fire are allowed in the same. 31. When the fuel is burning carbon dioxide is generated which is a suffocative gas if the concentration in the air is sufficiently high. Due to that ensure proper ventilation. If in doubt use CO2 warning devices. 32. To burn the fuel oxygen from the air is necessary. Do not use the device if the oxygen of the air is no longer present, e.g. if carbon dioxide or nitrogen is being used to generate low fog on stages. At least from the lowest part of the burning chamber upwards a sufficient amount of oxygen must be present because otherwise the fuel cannot be ignited. 33. In applications that are critical in terms of safety you should consider safety measurements already during the setup how to safely dismantle the installation. 34. For any safety relevant questions please either contact the manufacturer or closely discuss these with the authorities in charge. 35. Use and transport the device only if the lid is closed. 36. Rehearse the planned effect and the whole course of action several times together with all people that are involved, like artists, actors, participants, technicians and staff members of the security agency etc. and ensure that all possible hazards are ruled out. If this is not possible the effect must be cancelled. Inform all participants about the function of the warning LED 'Attention, device armed' on the device. Page 328 of 950 11 37. Utmost care must be taken if material that can easily catch fire are present such as costumes, decoration material, fabrics or props etc. 38. If the smell of gas, leakages, flow noise or leaked fuel (gasiform or liquid) is noticed it is not allowed to put the device into operation and the hazard area has to be cleared, left and barricaded immediately. The fuel supply has to be shut off immediately in these cases. 39. Never bow over the device or put parts of your body above or respectively before the burning chamber if the device is switched on and always keep at least the safety distance that is required so that no dangerous situation can arise. 40. Avoid forces to the quick coupler in the device such as: drag forces, pushing and pulling forces and sidewise forces in all directions. If a gas hose is connected do not pull at the hose, no matter in which direction. 41. If a device did not function properly in an application it is not allowed to use it again until it has been repaired and checked by the manufacturer. 42. The system of the device must be depressurized before the cartridge holder or the hose is being removed. This is achieved by opening the magnetic valves while the fuel supply is shut off. Close the blue valves of the cartridge holder or respectively the shut-off valve of the gas bottle and fire the G-Flame again and again until no more gas is set free by the nozzle. 43. In case that the G-Flame is used to generate a continuous flame (several minutes burning time) the burning chamber and the top side of the G-Flame should be covered with suitable heat protection plates in order to prevent damages due to excessive heat. This applies to various kinds of flame bars and for the standard nozzles as well. If you have any questions regarding this topic, please contact the manufacturer. 44. This only applies to devices with a screw able micro filter: Before each use of the G-Flame, check that the O-ring of the fine filter is functional and check that the fine filter is firmly tightened so that there can be no leakage at this point. Tighten the filter housing by hand. 45. Only use original accessories. Otherwise, the safety of the equipment cannot be guaranteed. Further information can be found in the chapter 'Accessories' in the respective user manuals. Page 329 of 950 12 1.4 Application fields and intended use The G-Flame is a versatile flame projector that can be used - depending on the fuel supply - outdoors, on stages, in buildings or tents. Typical applications are: - Flame shows outdoors, solely or combined with aerial fireworks displays or ground fireworks - Generation of flame effects in bars, clubs or discos - Applications on stages in buildings e.g. for TV productions or on open-air stages e.g. during a live -concerts - Generation of flame effects in the area of special effects for TV and movie productions - Hazard training for fire fighters, policemen, special and military forces All other applications are considered as unintended and must be approved by the manufacturer. The device has not been designed to produce a continuous flame. The maximum burning duration the user must mind is 25 seconds. After that the user has to pause the flame effect for at least two minutes so that the unit can cool off sufficiently. Besides long-lasting continuous flame columns are much less dramatic compared to short flame balls and flame columns. 1.5 Required approvals Before the device can be used, a permit by the owner and if applicable of the tenant of the property or building is required. For the usage outdoors - if it is not a stage or a place of public assembly - no permit of any authority is required to the best of the manufacturer's knowledge. Usually no charges can be imposed for this kind of usage. In places of public assembly and on stages the relevant local laws must be followed. The necessary fire precautions must be negotiated with the competent authority for fire prevention depending on the individual case. Page 330 of 950 'p PPPPP3- 4*- 21 16 17 a -, 14 15 18 13 19 12 4.10 8 14 1 Antenna This standard antenna is included in the delivery of the Advanced wireless communication module. 2 Socket'Antenna' This feed -through is included in the delivery of the Advanced wireless communication module. 3 Burning chamber The nozzle is integrated in the bottom of the burning chamber, beneath the ignition electrodes. Furthermore, a drain for the rain water is installed in there. 4 Ionization electrode This electrode is used for the flame monitoring. 5 Electrode cage This cage encloses the ignition electrodes. It is open on the bottom so that the electrodes are accessible for cleaning. 6 Main switch Switch the device on and off here. 7 Charging input (recessed) Connect the charging unit here. 8 Voltage control input (recessed) Control input for control voltages ranging from 12 to 24V DC. 9 Firing key input recessed Control input forapotential-free electrical contact. 10 Output for DMX512 and RS485 (recessed) Either used to daisy -chain the signal to the next device or to insert a connector with a network termination resistor. 11 Input for DMX512 and RS 485 (recessed) Used to feed in the signal of the DMX console or the PFC Advanced or the device preceding in the network. 12 Emergency Off Input recessed Input for the emergency switch. 13 LC Display Displays the current information. 14 LED 'Operation' This blue LED is continuously on if the device is in the menu and it is flashing if the device is in receiving mode or ready to fire. 15 LED 'Flame' This yellow LED is continuously on if a flame is being generated and it is flashing if a step delay is being processed. 16 1 LED 'Charging' This green LED is lit if the device is being charged. 17 LED 'Low Battery' If the battery is discharged below 30% this red LED is flashing in receiving mode or if the device is ready to fire. 18 Magnetic sensitive area 'Up' By pointing to this area with the magnetic pen the parameter of the current menu item will be increased or changed. If you point on this field for a longer time the parameter will increase automatically. 19 Magnetic sensitive area 'Down' By pointing to this area with the magnetic pen the parameter of the current menu item will be decreased or changed. If you point on this field for a longer time the parameter will decrease automatically. Page 332 of 950 15 20 Magnetic sensitive area By pointing to this area for some time, you will enter the menu. If 'Mode' you point to this field for a longer time, you will step through the different menu items automatically. At the end you will return to the receiving or stand-by (ready to fire) mode again. 21 Warning LED Flashes in red color if the device is armed or while the safety timer is counting down. Can be disabled in the menu. CAUTION I Strong heating of the device during operation During operation, the following parts of the device can heat up considerably: / • the casing, in particular the parts forming the combustion chamber • the electrode cage • the ignition electrodes • the electrode for ionization measurement 2.4.4 Do not touch these parts until they have cooled down sufficiently and the 2.5.1 unit is switched off. WARNING I High ignition voltage For the operation of the ionization measurement and the electrical ignition of the fuel, very high voltages are generated in the device, which can be life -threatening. Therefore, always operate the unit with the cover panel closed and never reach into the interior of the unit or into the ignition electrodes or electrode cage during operation. The electrode for ionization measurement is live while the fuel valves are 2.3.3 open. However, a current limiter in the unit prevents any danger from arising. 2.2 Carrying handle This carrying handle is located on the side of the housing opposite the inputs. To carry the unit, unfold this handle and grasp the handle with one hand and with the other hand under the edge of the housing at the inputs on the opposite side of the unit. Fold the handle back in when you no longer need it. Page 333 of 950 16 2.3 Cover panel The cover plate is located on one side of the housing. By pressing the release -button, the connection for the gas hose or the cartridge holder and the four nozzle holders become accessible. To close it, insert the cover plate into the guides on the bottom and press it until the release button engages. 2.4 Cartridge holder This T-shaped cartridge holder is included in the delivery of the gas cartridge option: 4 �-� 3 2 3 2 1 Reception for gas cartridges Screw in the cartridges here. The thread is right-handed. 2 Shut-off valve Opens or closes the fuel supply between cartridge and device. Can also be used to throttle the fuel flow to some extent to reduce the flame height. 3 Non -return valve Ensures that no fuel will be able to escape if the shut-off valve on the other side is not closed. 4 Quick -coupler To be connected with the opposing quick -coupler of the device. Can be released by pulling back the knurled ring. DANGER Use of non -original accessories or operation without specified components 2.3.7 The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed, if non -original accessories and components are used. All specified parts must be used to operate the device (e.g. pressure reducer). • Use only components and accessories approved by the manufacturer. • Use all components specified by the manufacturer. Page 334 of 950 17 3 Nozzles for different types of fuel Different nozzles have been developed for the various types of fuels. The nozzles have been optimized for: - perfect ignition behavior - aesthetic flame shape - rapid extinguishing of the flame to enable fast step sequences - best performance of the flame monitoring system Make sure that you use the correct nozzle for your application every time you operate the device. The usage of other nozzles than the original ones is prohibited. The following nozzles are available: This nozzle is intended to be used with gas cartridges. To gain different flame heights this nozzle is available in these different sizes: S / M / L / XL / XXL The size XXL is included in the delivery of the gas cartridge option. This type of nozzle is must be used together with gas bottles if the gasiform phase is being used. It is included in the delivery of the gas bottle option. Different sizes are not being offered because the flame height can be changed by adjusting the pressure setting at the pressure regulator. This nozzle has been designed for the usage in conjunction with gas s bottles if the liquid phase is being used. It is not included in the delivery of the gas bottle option and must be ordered separately if required. This kind of usage is at one's own risk. Different sizes are not offered because for this kind of application normally a very high flame is desired and the flame height can be adjusted at the regulator. Please note that special regulators are necessary for the liquefied phase and please read the instructions given in the section 'Approved fuels and instructions if the gas bottle option is being used'. Page 335 of 950 18 CAUTION I Operation without a nozzle Operation without a nozzle can cause an unexpected flame column. • Only use the nozzles specified by the manufacturer. 1 40 2.3.5 DANGER Use of non -original accessories or operation without specified components The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed, if non -original accessories and components are used. All specified parts must be used to operate the device (e.g. pressure reducer). • Use only components and accessories approved by the manufacturer. • Use all components specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.7 3.1 Changing the nozzles and nozzle holder The nozzles have always to be screwed in with the supplied Teflon seal. When changing the nozzles, be sure to tighten them hand -tight (0.7 Nm torque) NOTICE Do not use more than 1.0 Nm torque as this will destroy the seal. Holder for up to four nozzles can be found in the housing of the G-Flame. 3.2 Sealing of the nozzles or respectively of the nozzle thread The nozzles for gas can operation have a central drilling. After use, you should cover this nozzle opening with insulating tape, preventing objects from entering the device. This is particularly the case if the device is stored or transported unpacked. If you unscrew the nozzle and do not install another nozzle, you should also cover the opening so that no objects can enter. In such a case, we recommend that you screw in a dummy plug instead. Page 336 of 950 19 4 The various inputs and their compatibility and usage, pin assignments of connectors 4.1 The emergency off input A shielded cable with two stranded wires that are wired to an electrical switch can be connected here The emergency off switch should be installed in an enclosure. Industrial grade emergency off switches, suitable housings, cables and accessories are available on the market for do-it-yourself constructions. Upon request we can also supply this material or offer a ready -for -use solution. Several G-Flames should always be controlled by separated emergency off switches to avoid potential equalizing currents. If you want to control several G-Flames with a single emergency off switch we can offer you a customized solution with an optical isolator between the individual signals. The pin assignment of the emergency off input is as follows: Pint = Shielding for the control signal, to be connected with the shielding of the cable Pin2 = to be connected with the contact of the electrical switch (output at the G-Flame) Pin3 = to be connected with the contact of the electrical switch (input at the G-Flame) A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. 4.2 Firing key input The firing key input requires a potential -free electrical contact. Contact debouncing has been implemented in hardware and software. The contact must be able to withstand a switching current of at least 100 mA at a voltage of 5V DC. This input should always be used together with a shielded cable, especially with longer cable lengths. The firing key input of several devices must not be connected among themselves to avoid equalizing currents caused by different potentials. Instead either galvanically isolated keys must be used or, if several devices should be controlled by a single key a customized solution with a galvanic isolator must be used. A Spin XLR socket is installed in the G-Flame for this input. The pin assignment is as follows Pint = Ground/Shield, to be connected with the shielding of the cable Pin2 = Output with a voltage of 5V DC with internal current limiter; this pin needs to be connected with the electrical contact of the firing key Pin3 = Input, 0 or 5V DC, this pin needs to be connected with the electrical contact of the firing key A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. You may also use the firing keys which are offered by us as an accessory part for the PFC Advanced. The pin assignment is identical. If desired we will manufacture firing key according to your requirements, e.g. firing keys with long cables or foot switches. Page 337 of 950 20 4.3 Voltage input 12-24V This input is intended to be used in conjunction with a Galaxis receiver or other firing modules. The following Galaxis receivers can be used: - PFE Profi 3 Outputs and PFE Profi 10 Outputs - PFE Advanced 10 Outputs Connect the positive output of the receiver with the red female input connector and the negative output (ground) with the black female input connector. The voltage input of several devices must not be connected among themselves to avoid equalizing currents caused by different potentials. Instead either galvanically isolated outputs must be used or, if several devices should be controlled by a single voltage signal a customized solution with a galvanically isolated outputs must be used. If using receivers of the Profi series you can select two different control durations (0.5 and 2.6 seconds). It is possible to initiate a firing cue several times one after another to generate several consecutive flame effects. In addition, you can re -fire the firing cue while the output of the receiver is active to prolong the flame effect. With receivers of the Profi series it is not possible to program more than one firing cue to one specific output. If using receivers of the Advanced series with 10 outputs and Terminal function you may program as many firing cues as required to each output and furthermore you can individually program the duration how long the outputs should be active. This requires that the receiver is operated in 10 output mode. Further explanation regarding the usage of the Terminal function can be found in the operation manual of the PFE Advanced 10 Outputs. If connecting other firing systems, you have to pay attention that these devices have a DC output voltage ranging between 12 and 24 Volts. Higher voltages can probably damage the input of the G-Flame. In addition, the equipment to be connected should not use capacitor buffered outputs and be able to deliver a constant voltage. If you will be able to influence the duration of the flame effects depends on the scope of operation of the control devices to be connected. If necessary, we are able to deliver accessory parts like banana plugs and control cables if you inform us about your requirements. You can consult us regarding the technical suitability of other control components. 4.4 Charging To charge the device connect it to the supplied charging unit and establish mains supply. The charging unit comes with a universal voltage input and can therefore be operated worldwide. All you might need are adapters for the different national standards of wall outlets. If the accumulator needs a full charge 30h are required. The intelligent charging circuit switches to trickle charge afterwards. The device should be charged continuously while being stored. This way it is 100% at your disposal all the time. Damages from overcharging cannot occur. The LED 'Charging' is active in green color while the battery is being charged. NOTICE I Charging the device 2.6.1 The device may only be charged in certain positions. • Only charge the device in a horizontal position or • Only charge the device lying on its side Page 338 of 950 21 TIP I Continuous operation is possible by constantly charging the device. TIP After incomplete charging, a slightly higher battery capacity is displayed because the battery voltage has not yet normalized. Wait for an operating time of approx. 10 minutes to measure realistic values 4.5 Operation with DMX512 4.5.1 The DMX512 input The DMX512 input complies with the DMX standard from 1990 respectively the standard which is defined in DIN56930-2. The device is equipped with a 5pin female XLR jack as an input and a 5pin male XLR jack as an output to connect a DMX cable and to feed the signal to the next DMX device. A connector with a termination resistor of 110 Ohm must be installed at the last device in the DMX line. Up to 32 DMX devices can be operated in a single DMX line. If this is not sufficient you need to use a DMX splitter. Please note that for DMX signals only shielded twisted -pair cables with lowest possible capacitance and an impedance of 110 Ohm are allowed to be used. Only used cables that are specified according to the DMX standard. E.g. normal microphone cables are in no case suitable for this purpose. The pin assignment is as follows Pint = Shield, to be connected with the shielding of the cable, also ground for wireless DMX pens Pin2 = Signal - Pin3 = Signal + Pin4 = unassigned but connected with the same pin on the other jack (to enable the feedthrough of return signals) or +5VDC power supply for wireless DMX pens Pin5 = unassigned but connected with the same pin on the other jack (to enable the feedthrough of return signals) A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. If DMX has been selected as an input in the menu of the device you may optionally activate the power supply for wireless DMX pens. This enables the autarkic operation also in the DMX mode which means that the device is independent from any cables, power supplies and fuel pipes or hoses. Please refer to the section 'The menu' which describes the operation in DMX mode in detail. Attention: The DMX protocol is considered to be unsafe because no checksum is being transmitted. Usually it is not allowed to control pyrotechnic effects or similar with DMX. The user solely bears the risk of any potential damages caused by a malfunction. To improve safety, we have implemented the arming of the device by using a safety channel in the G-Flame. TIP For the reason of safety, the G-Flames should always be operated in an exclusive DMX universe, that is only used for the flame effects and no other devices. On all unused DMX channels, the dimming value 0% decimal 0 should be transmitted. Page 339 of 950 22 4.5.2 Control via DMX512 In order for a flame to be generated, the safety channel must be transmitted with a dimmer value that is within the previously configured range. See entries in the table under 'The 'Safety channel' menu item'. First the safety condition must be met before the flame channel can initiate the generation of a flame! The safety condition is only correctly fulfilled if the dimmer value of the flame channel is below 6% (below decimal 15) during the rising edge of the dimmer value of the safety channel. A flame will be generated if the safety condition is met and the flame channel is being received with a dimmer value of at least 90% (at least decimal 229). Another flame effect can only be triggered if the dimmer value of the flame channel dropped below 6% (below decimal 16) in the meantime. If a flame is being generated currently and the safety channel is being received with a dimmer value outside the previously configured value range, the electromagnetic fuel valves are closed to stop the flame effect. It can be meaningful to program the G-Flames with different flame channels and a common safety channel. If you move the fader of the safety channel beyond the valid range all G-Flames will be deactivated together. It is still possible to program groups of safety channels if necessary. Examples of the display content while receiving DMX signals: Input: DMX512 1 The G-Flame has been programmed to flame channel 3 and safety ,F:003_, S: 012x J channel 12 ('F' = Flame channel, 'S' = Safety channel). In addition, you see the status of the safety channels and respectively of the DMX reception. 'x' means that no signal is being received or that the transmitted value of the safety channel is not within the previously configured value range (= device is not armed). The safety condition is not met in this example and no flame is being generated. Input: DMX512 '✓' right next to the safety channel means that a DMX signal is being F:003_, S: 012v received and a value between the previously configured value range is being received for the safety channel (= device is armed). Consequently, flame effects can be initiated. Input: DMX512 1 The safety condition is fulfilled and the flame channel is being received F:003 `, S: 012� J with a dimming value of at least 90%. The G-Flame generates a flame. In this case a flame symbol is being displayed right next to the flame channel. DMX-RDM not 1 Supported! During the reception of DMX signals in addition to the display content shown above also the following information is being displayed alternately: - Tilt switch on/off and the tilt status - Flame monitoring on/off As soon as the DMX status is changing the device immediately displays the DMX information again and the LCD backlight is switched on simultaneously if it has been enabled in the menu of the device. Page 340 of 950 23 4.5.3 The error message "DMX-RDM not supported!" DMX-RDM not If you see this error message, the device is receiving so-called RDM Supported! J packets, which are not supported and are discarded by the software. Operation of the device via DMX is not possible in this case. Please switch off RDM at the DMX console for the DMX Universe, which is used to control the G-Flames, to be able to continue operation. 4.6 Control of the device via serial data cables via the RS485 interface in conjunction with the PFC Advanced Via the connector for the DMX signal the communication on serial data cables with the PFC Advanced is possible. DMX is only a so called protocol which is utilizing an RS485 interface. In the menu you can choose between radio or cable control. In cable control mode the controller PFC Advanced is the feed -in to a network which has a line architecture. The controller always sends data both ways: via radio and on the cable. For this reason both control methods can be used simultaneously. The G-Flame can receive the serial data signal on the male 5pin XLR connector and provides an output of this signal on the female 5pin XLR connector in order to feed it through to the next device. The cable control method is using a'RS485' network. According to this standard a termination resistor is required at the last bus device which is plugged into the unused connector. Another termination resistor has to be installed at the controller which is normally the first device in the line. The maximum cable length of one line is 1,000 m. A 'booster' can be used to extend the length. The use of 'splitters' allows star shaped networks, too. Serial data cables with customized lengths, termination resistors, boosters and splitters are available as accessory parts. The maximum number of devices per line is 32. The total maximum number of devices is theoretically unlimited if boosters and splitters are being used. If cable control has been selected in the menu the following is being displayed in receiving mode: Input: Cable ,(RS485 of PFC) TIP Even if the device is in cable control mode a result is displayed if a range test is in progress. The test result informs you about the range condition if you would decide to use the radio control option. A bad result of the radio range test e.g. if no antenna is connected does absolutely not imply that the signal on the cable is insufficient, too. TIP Feedback data from remote access functions is sent by the G-Flame on both communication carriers: via radio and on the cable. At the controller PFC Advanced you can choose which feedback signal should be detected. The pin assignment of the RS485 interface is as follows: Pint = Shielding for serial data cable, to be connected with the shielding of the cable Pin2 = Serial data cable, Signal - Pin3 = Serial data cable, Signal + Page 341 of 950 24 Pin4 = unassigned but connected between the male and female jack Pin5 = unassigned but connected between the male and female jack A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. Upon request you will be able to receive customized data cables if you provide us your requirements. 4.7 Advanced wireless module, communication via radio or serial data cables If the device has been equipped with the Advanced wireless module it can be controlled by the Galaxis controllers PFS Profi, PFS Pocket, PFM Advanced USB Modem and PFC Advanced. Remote data requests and remote programming is only possible if the G-Flame is used in conjunction with the PFC Advanced. When the wireless module is installed remote data requests and remote programming is also possible with the wireless USB modem together with the Composer software from any PC or notebook. The operation of the G-Flame together with the Advanced wireless module is described in more detail in the section 'menu' in this manual If the wireless module is installed the G-Flame can also communicate with the PFC Advanced via serial data cables. The connection is established by using the DMX jacks and the DMX interface which in principle works as a so called RS485 interface. Please refer to the manual of the controller PFC Advanced and the receiver PFE Advanced regarding network topography and operation. If the cable interface has been selected in the menu of the G-Flame the pin assignment of the 5pin male and female XLR connectors is as follows: The pin assignment is as follows: Pint = Shielding for serial data cable, to be connected with the shielding of the cable Pin2 = Serial data cable, Signal - Pin3 = Serial data cable, Signal + Pin4 = unassigned but connected between the male and female jack Pin5 = unassigned but connected between the male and female jack A connection diagram is printed on the housing of the G-Flame. Upon request you will be able to receive customized data cables if you provide us your requirements. Page 342 of 950 25 5 Instructions for installation and de -installation of the G-Flame 5.1 Setup of the G-Flame First ensure that the equipment is in a safe position and observe all safety rules from the beginning of assembly to the end of disassembly. Before the G-Flame is switched on, make sure that the gas supply has been correctly established WARNING I Flammable atmosphere in/at the device When connecting or closing the gas containers, a flammable atmosphere could occur in/at the unit due to lose connections or leaks of the fuel - carrying components. An ignition spark could cause combustion or deflagration in/at the device. • Perform the pressure test of the fuel -carrying components as required in this operating manual. • Make sure that the underside of the device (cutout) is not blocked. 2.2.1 0Large cutout at the underside of the device below the fuel- 2.3.4 carrying components, so that any escaping gas can be drained. 2.4.1 Do not use the device if leaks are detected. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. WARNING I Unintentional triggering of a flame column Technical faults can lead to unintentional flame effects. /0 Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Only connect the gas bottle/cartridges when they the device is switched off. Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Enable the flame monitoring system. • Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any 2.2.2 time. 2.3.6 0Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. Page 343 of 950 26 5.1.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges If you use aerosol cartridges, make sure that they are correctly and tightly screwed into the cartridge holder and that the shut-off valves are closed. Connect the cartridge holder to the G-Flame with the quick coupler. A clearly audible click should be heard. The shut-off valves can now be opened. 5.1.2 Operation with gas bottles If you use gas cylinders, make sure that the gas hose is correctly and tightly screwed to the gas cylinder and that the shut-off valve is closed. Connect the gas hose to the G-Flame with the quick coupler. A clearly audible click should be heard. The shut-off valve of the gas cylinder can now be opened. WARNING Extracting the fuel from a gas cylinder in the liquid phase with a pressure reducer for the gasiform phase Destruction of pressure reducer or hose or uncontrolled escape of liquid gas, thereby risk of fire and explosion. • Only use the gas bottle as specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.9 5.1.3 After opening Immediately after opening the gas supply, the gas tightness must be checked. Ensure a quiet environment and pay close attention to any flow noise and use a gas leak detector to ensure that no gas is leaking. In the event of a leak, you must shut off the gas supply immediately and you must not switch on the device. Only if everything is tight, the device may be switched on. 5.2 De -installation the G-Flame Before you de -install the G-Flame, you must burn off the fuel that is still in the system and the hoses or the cartridge holders. Proceed as follows: CAUTION I Strong heating of the device during operation During operation, the following parts of the device can heat up considerably: /0 the casing, in particular the parts forming the combustion chamber • the electrode cage MN • the ignition electrodes • the electrode for ionization measurement 2.4.4 Do not touch these parts until they have cooled down sufficiently and the 2.5.1 unit is switched off. Page 344 of 950 27 WARNING I Flammable atmosphere in/at the device When connecting or closing the gas containers, a flammable atmosphere could occur in/at the unit due to lose connections or leaks of the fuel - carrying components. An ignition spark could cause combustion or deflagration in/at the device. • Perform the pressure test of the fuel -carrying components as required in this operating manual. 0 \! • Make sure that the underside of the device (cutout) is not blocked. 2 2 1 • Large cutout at the underside of the device below the fuel- 2.3.4 carrying components, so that any escaping gas can be drained. 2.4.1 Do not use the device if leaks are detected. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 5.2.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges Close the shut-off valves on the cartridge holders and switch the unit on again if it is switched off. Remove the remaining gas in the G-Flame by triggering the device until no flame comes out of the combustion chamber anymore. Only now you can switch off the unit and remove the cartridge holder without pressure, because the quick connectors must always be opened without pressure so that the seals are not damaged. The unit can now be de -installed. CAUTION Unexpected flame column Unexpected flame column on ignition without connected gas bottle/cartridges due to remaining residual gas in the system. • Flame off residual gas quantities in the system. 2.4.2 5.2.2 Operation with gas bottles Close the shut-off valve on the gas cylinder and switch the device on again if it is switched off. Remove the remaining gas in the G-Flame by triggering the device until no flame comes out of the combustion chamber anymore. Only now you can switch off the unit and remove the hose without pressure, because the quick connectors must always be opened without pressure so that the seals are not damaged. The unit can now be de -installed. Page 345 of 950 28 CAUTION Unexpected flame column Unexpected flame column on ignition without connected gas bottle/cartridges due to remaining residual gas in the system. • Flame off residual gas quantities in the system. 2.4.2 CAUTION Dangerous movement of the gas hose The gas hose could take up a dangerous movement due to the residual pressure in the system. • Use quick couplers specified by the manufacturer. 2.4.3 5.3 Tilting the G-Flame The tilted operation of the G-Flame is possible. We recommend a maximum tilt angle of 45" in conjunction with gas bottles and a maximum tilt angle of 750 when gas cartridges are being used. NOTICE I Overturning the device 2 1 1 The device may overturn during operation. • Ensure a sufficiently secure stand. • If necessary, attach the unit to the designated mounting points. • Use only suitable stands. • Always enable the tilt switch if possible. If gas cartridges are installed the liquefied phase is being used and due to that the flames follow better the tilt angle because the influence of the thermal lift on the shape of the flame is significantly lower in this case. When the tilt angle is more than 300 the tilt sensor has to be turned off in the menu of the device. When doing so please note that the device will not close the electromagnetic valves e.g. if it is turned over. In this case it is so much more important to ensure that the G-Flame is securely mounted and that your personnel is constantly supervising that all devices are in correct position. If the G-Flame is used with gas cartridges it can also be tilted with an angle of e.g. 900, 1350 or 1800 but in these cases the problem exists that the fuel can no longer be used completely or partly in the liquefied phase. Due to that for example a short hose and an external cartridge holder is necessary to enable this operation. If you have a demand for this please contact us so that we can provide a customized solution. Page 346 of 950 29 5.3.1 Instructions for installation at a tilt of 1800 If you want to use the G-Flame inclined by 1800, we recommend this application exclusively with gas cartridges. To do this, you must use an extension for the gas cartridge holder (Item No. 1807). This ensures that the gas from the cartridges is still withdrawn in liquid form. This extension means that the gas cartridges can no longer be installed in the housing of the G-Flame. 5.4 Additional instructions for permanent installations A permanent installation requires that the system is effectively and redundantly monitored by at least two gas detection devices. The function of the gas detectors has to be checked weekly. These function checks must be recorded in writing. The amount of fuel which is held available and is connected with the device must be as low as possible. The shut-off valves should be opened as shortly as possible before the usage and they should be closed again as fast as possible after the effects. 5.4.1 Operation with aerosol cartridges No gas cartridges are allowed to remain in the device if no personnel is present to supervise the devices. 5.4.2 Operation with gas bottles The fuel shut-off valves on the gas bottles must be closed if no personnel is present to supervise the devices. 5.5 Instructions regarding the use of Flame Bars If you want to use Flame Bars, we would like to expressly state here that only gaseous fuel and under no circumstances liquid gas may be used! As a result, the conventional cartridge holder cannot be used here. How this can best be achieved in the respective application should be clarified individually with the manufacturer. WARNING I Use of liquid gas Unexpectedly large flame at the Flame Bars, possibly dropping of burning liquid gas to the ground. • Only use fuels approved by the manufacturer. • Do not use the conventional gas cartridge holder. 2.3.10 Page 347 of 950 30 DANGER Use of non -original accessories or operation without specified components The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed, if non -original accessories and components are used. All specified parts must be used to operate the device (e.g. pressure reducer). • Use only components and accessories approved by the manufacturer. • Use all components specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.7 5.6 Mounting on light or speaker stands A receptor for the direct mounting of the G-Flame on light or speaker stands has been integrated in the bottom side of the housing. 5.7 Mounting on truss elements Cage nuts have been integrated in the bottom of the housing to enable the direct mounting of the device on 3-point and 4-point truss elements. Depending on the shape of the truss elements you want to use you may have to remove one cage nut and insert it in another holder. Cone shaped couplers with bolts and safety splint -pins (half cone with M10 screw), which can be inserted into the tubes of the truss elements, are available from specialized trade shops for stage equipment. If necessary, e.g. in places of public assembly, a safety rope can be installed in addition by using the eye on one edge of the housing. Page 348 of 950 31 6 Approved fuels 6.1 Approved fuels and instructions if the gas bottle option is being used Make sure that the correct nozzle for this type of fuel is installed and that it is tightened sufficiently. Gas bottles with 5 kg, 11 kg or 33 kg of liquefied Propane/Butane gas mixture can be used with this type of operation. For safety reasons you should use the smallest bottle possible. Only if a high quantity of gas is required for a single event you should use the next larger bottle size. DANGER I Use of gas bottles without pressure reducer The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed by operating gas bottles without pressure reducers. All specified parts must be used to operate the device. \!40 • Only use gas bottles with an installed pressure reducer. 2.3.8 The usage of other fuels in this operation mode, e.g. with coloring additives, is strictly prohibited because this can lead to leakages in the system or malfunction of the electro-magnetic valves. The distance between the G-Flame and the gas bottle must be at least 1.0 m. The G-Flame is not allowed to be inclined in the direction of the gas cylinder when it is in tilted operation. 6.1.1 Instructions regarding the usage of the gasiform phase The usage that is intended by the manufacturer is that only the gasiform phase is being taken from the bottle. Here it is mandatory to use a pressure regulator and the maximum output pressure must not be higher than 4.0 bar. The used gas hose must be approved for a pressure of 6.0 bar. If you order the gas bottle option we deliver appropriate and approved equipment for this type of usage. If the inner diameter of the gas hose is too small or if the pressure regulator is unsuitable the flame height will be reduced. The usage of gas bottles without pressure regulator is an extreme accident hazard and is strictly prohibited. The reason is that the pressure in the bottle can reach up to 35 bar and certain components like e.g. the gas hose and the electro-magnetic valves have not been designed for this. 6.1.2 Instructions regarding the usage of the liquid phase The usage that is intended by the manufacturer is that only the gasiform phase is being taken from the bottle. You can use also the liquid phase on your own risk. When using the liquid phase much higher flames can be generated (approx. 8-9 m). For doing so another nozzle is required and it is prohibited to use the supplied pressure regulator. Page 349 of 950 32 WARNING Extracting the fuel from a gas cylinder in the liquid phase with a pressure reducer for the gasiform phase Destruction of pressure reducer or hose or uncontrolled escape of liquid gas, thereby risk of fire and explosion. • Only use the gas bottle as specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.9 Standard pressure regulators are not suitable to be used with the liquefied phase. When the temperature is rising the pressure in the hose will increase extremely which will destroy the pressure regulator and liquefied gas is set free. Pressure regulators are offered on the market which are suitable to regulate the liquefied phase. Furthermore, a gas hose must be used that has been approved for at least the maximum bottle pressure which is 35 bar. Hydraulic hoses are suitable for this. It must be avoided by all means that a certain volume filled with liquefied gas is blocked off. For example, it is not allowed to fill the hose with liquefied gas and then close the shut-off valve on the bottle. The pressure in the locked volume will increase with a rate of 7 bar per VC when the temperature is rising! If you do not use a regulator must ensure that the bottle pressure is not higher than 10 bar because this is the maximum pressure that the electromagnetic valves can handle and due to that the bottle temperature should not exceed 25°C. It is not advisable to use the liquid phase by turning the bottles upside down. Besides the fact that the bottle is no longer standing stable also dirt from the bottle may enter the regulator (if installed) or the system of the G-Flame. When using the liquid phase, you should only use bottles with a dip tube installed inside. The safety distance must be extremely increased: if there is no wind at least 10 m to the side and 20 m upwards. The safety distance sideways has to be increased in windy conditions by the judgment of the operator. Please note in this context that unburned fuel that is transported by the wind can be hazardous. Accurately inspect all equipment before each application, especially the gas hose, regarding possible damages. It is strictly prohibited to use damaged parts or equipment. Ensure that the gas hose cannot become damaged during usage, e.g. by burning stars from aerial shells that fall down to the ground. Fireproof protective covers for the gas hoses are available upon request. Make sure that the flame monitoring system is enabled in the menu of the G-Flame. The usage of gas bottles in conjunction with the G-Flame is only permitted outdoors and not on stages, in buildings or tents etc. Before starting operation, the system has to be checked with a gas leak detector. Make sure that the quick coupler, the gas hose and the pressure regulator is connected gas tight with the gas bottle. Depending on your application it can be necessary to use gas detectors to ensure best possible safety. Cost effective devices are offered on the market. Please note in this context that Propane and Butane is heavier than air and due to that it can accumulate in sinks, trenches, cellars or shafts. This characteristic must be taken into consideration when installing gas detectors. In case that the G-Flame do not ignite the fuel because of a technical defect of if the device should have a leakage the units must be turned off immediately either by using the emergency -off input or by disabling the hazard zone that has been assigned to the device and the fuel supply has to be shut off as quickly as possible. The main switch is not allowed to be used as long as an ignitable fuel -air - mixture is present. The advantage of using the emergency -off input is that no spark, which could possibly ignite the mixture, is being generated when turning off the unit. Page 350 of 950 33 In most cases liquefied gas is a mixture of Propane and Butane. The mixing ratio can be very different, depending on the country. This has to do with the fact that the vapor pressure of Propane is much higher compared to Butane. In countries with a warm climate usually the Butane proportion us much higher while in countries with a colder climate the Propane proportion is higher. The mixing ratio can also vary depending in which season the gas is being purchased. The G-Flame can work with any Propane/Butane mixing ratio. You should use the liquefied gas as it is offered in the particular country instead of e.g. bringing pure Propane bottles to a region with relatively warm climatic conditions. The instructions in the material safety data sheet of the gas bottles, the ADR regulations (i.e. regulations for the transportation of dangerous goods) and the regulations imposed by the employer's liability insurance association for the storage and usage of gas bottles and all other relevant laws, especially for places of public assembly and all accident prevention regulations, must be strictly followed. Especially the maximum allowable temperature of the bottles must not be exceeded. Protect the bottles from direct sun light and ensure that the bottles do not become overheated e.g. if they are loaded on vehicles. Usually the bottles are equipped with a pressure relief valve which opens at 35 bar with a tolerance of +/- 5 bar. This is beneficial to prevent the burst of a bottle during a fire. If the pressure is decreasing this safety valve is closing automatically. Of course, the released gas is a major accident hazard. Liquefied, pure Propane already generates a vapor pressure of 26 bar at a temperature of 70°C. 30 bar is exceeded at a temperature of 78°C and gas could possibly vent through the pressure relief valve. According to the regulations of the employer's liability insurance association already a bottle temperature of 40°C is unallowable. The valves of the bottles should be opened as shortly as possible before the usage and they should be closed again as fast as possible after the effects. After each usage the remaining fuel in the gas hose and in the system of the G-Flame must be emptied. To do so first close the valves of the gas bottles and then initiate a flame effect several times until no flame is being generated any more. Then the installation can be dismantled. TIP Expect that the G-Flame generates a flame every time you trigger the device even if there is no fuel supply. It could be that there is still fuel in the system and due to that a flame can be possibly generated. Furthermore, it could be that the system has not been completely em tied last time when the devices have been used. When gas is drawn from the gas bottle, which contains the liquefied phase, the liquid in the bottle is cooling down due to the evaporative heat loss. Especially if a high volume is drawn from the bottle and if the ambient temperature is low this can lead to a significant pressure loss in the bottle resulting in a lower flame height. If you want to use or construct a bottle heater to cope with this problem you must not use appliances that have not been approved for this. Furthermore, the heating device must be equipped with at least two independent temperature monitoring systems for failover redundant operation. Page 351 of 950 34 6.2 Approved fuels and instructions if the gas cartridge option is being used Make sure that the correct nozzle for this type of fuel is installed and that it is tightened sufficiently. The gas cartridge option is intended to be used for applications on stages or in buildings. It is always possible to use the G-Flame with this variant also outdoors. In this context we would like to point out that the flame effect is less susceptible to windy conditions due to the fact that we liquefied phase is being used if gas cartridges are installed. When gas cartridges are to be used the following fuel -cartridges are approved: a) Manufacturer or respectively supplier: ROTHENBERGER Werkzeuge GmbH IndustriestraBe 7 65779 Kelkheim Germany Telephone: +49 / 6195 / 800-0 Fax: +49 / 6195 / 800-3500 e-Mail: info@rothenberger.com Homepage: www.rothenberger.com Product name: Multigas 300 Content: 600 ml Aerosol (330 g) Composition: approx. 65% Butane, 35% Propane Calorific value: 4,61 kWh / Cartridge m Manufacturer or respectively supplier: CFH Lot- and Gasgerate GmbH BahnhofstraBe 50 74254 Offenau Germany Telephone: +49 / 7136 / 95 94-0 Fax: +49 / 7136 / 95 94-44 Homepage: www.cfh-gmbh.de e-Mail: info@cfh-gmbh.de Product name: Universaldruckgasdose AT 2000 Content: 600 ml Aerosol (330 g) Composition: approx. 70% Butane, 30% Propane Calorific value: 4,61 kWh / Cartridge Additional fuels can be approved upon request. In this operation mode the pressurized liquid is taken from the cartridges and is atomized by the nozzle of the G-Flame. An aerosol is produced which is then ignited by an electrical arc. Due to this we are speaking of aerosol cartridges, fuel cartridges or gas cartridges. Page 352 of 950 35 Use only a single cartridge for the reasons of safety if you do not need to generate many flame effects. The usage of other fuels in this operation mode, e.g. with coloring additives, is strictly prohibited because this can lead to leakages in the system or malfunction of the electro-magnetic valves. Make sure that the flame monitoring system is enabled in the menu of the G-Flame. Only use original accessories which you will receive from us when ordering the gas cartridge option. The cartridge adaptor consists of a T-piece with two non -return valves, two shut-off valves and two connectors for the gas cartridges. The non -return valves prevent the leakage of fuel on the other side of the T-piece if a cartridge is being installed while the shut-off valve on the other side is not closed. Even though non -return valves are installed you have to ensure that both shut-off valves are closed when screwing in one or two cartridges. Before removing the T-piece from the G-Flame or before screwing in fuel cartridges you have to ensure that no ignition sources are present in the surrounding area. Smoking and open fire is forbidden. All other sources of ignition must be eliminated. Make sure only to use cartridges that are undamaged and that the connectors for the cartridges and the thread on the cartridges is free from dirt and dust. Open the cover lid of the G-Flame in order to screw in the cartridges and remove the T-piece by opening the quick -coupler. To do so pull back the knurled ring. Check all parts of the equipment thoroughly if anything is damaged, especially the seal in the quick -coupler of the T-piece. It is strictly prohibited to use damaged equipment. Pay attention to screw in the cartridges gas -tight, completely and rather tight. Otherwise it is possible that the valve in the cartridges is not completely opened which leads to the problem that the fuel amount that can be drawn from the cartridge is reduced. In this case either the flame height will be reduced or the flame cannot be ignited. Both can cause a shut-off of the electromagnetic valves because the flame monitoring system cannot detect a sufficiently burning flame. The shut-off valves in the T-piece should be opened as shortly as possible before the usage and they should be closed again as fast as possible after the effects. Before or respectively while putting the device into service it can be reasonable to check the whole system with a gas leakage detector. If used on stages, buildings or tents this is absolutely necessary. When screwing in the cartridges it can happen that a small amount of fuel is set free. Due to the fact that gas leakage detectors are very sensitive you should wait some minutes so that the fuel that was possibly released when the cartridge was installed can evaporate and volatilize completely. Then you can begin with the testing against leakages. If it should be the case that G-Flames do not ignite the aerosol spray or that there is a fuel leakage because of a technical defect the units must be turned off immediately either by using the emergency. off input or by deactivating the hazard zone that has been assigned to the device and the fuel supply has to be terminated as fast as possible. The unit may only be turned off by using the main switch if you can assure that there is no inflammable or explosible fuel -air ratio present. The advantage of utilizing the emergency -off input is that during the shut -down no electric spark can be generated that could ignite a fuel -air mixture. Depending on your application it can be necessary to use gas detectors to ensure best possible safety. In applications on stages, in buildings or tents this is mandatory. Cost effective devices are offered on the market. Please note in this context that Propane and Butane is heavier than air and due to that it can accumulate in sinks, trenches, cellars or shafts. This characteristic must be taken into consideration when installing gas detectors. Gas cartridges contain predominantly Butane, which has a lower vapor pressure compared to Propane. Furthermore, the vapor pressure curve of Butane has a much flatter characteristic. On the other hand, the cartridge is by far not so robust as a gas bottle. Therefore, the maximum temperature, which is 50 °C according to the guidelines provided by the manufacturers of the cartridges, must not be exceeded during storage, transportation and usage. Page 353 of 950 36 The instructions in the material safety data sheet of the gas cartridges, the ADR regulations (i.e. regulations for the transportation of dangerous goods) and the regulations imposed by the employer's liability insurance association for the storage and usage of gas cartridges and all other relevant laws, especially for places of public assembly and all accident prevention regulations, must be strictly followed. Especially the maximum allowable temperature of the gas cartridges must not be exceeded. Protect the cartridges from direct sun light and ensure that the cartridges do not become overheated e.g. if they are loaded on vehicles. After each usage the remaining fuel in the T-piece and in the system of the G-Flame must be burned off. To do so first close the shut-off valves on the T-piece and then initiate a flame effect several times until no flame is being generated any more. Then the installation can be dismantled. In this context we want to point out that it can take very long until the liquid fuel in the system has completely evaporated. When the liquid fuel evaporates a lot of coldness is being generated (evaporation chill) and this leads to a deceleration of the evaporation. Due to that it can absolutely happen that after a certain time a flame is being generated again even though it seemed that the fuel evaporated completely when emptying the system. After emptying the system and burning off the fuel the installation can be dismantled. Before your remove the T-piece you have to make sure that no ignition sources are present. TIP Expect that the G-Flame generates a flame every time you trigger the device even if there is no fuel supply. It could be that there is still fuel in the system and due to that a flame can be possibly generated. Furthermore, it could be that the system has not been completely emptied last time when the devices have been used. Page 354 of 950 37 6.3 Fuel consumption 6.3.1 Fuel consumption if gas bottles are being used With a gas bottle with a content of 11 kg approx. 1,000 flame effects with a duration of 0.5 seconds and a height of 5 m can be generated. With a 5 kg bottle approx. 450 of these effects are possible. 6.3.2 Fuel consumption if gas cartridges are being used The fuel consumption depends mainly on the vapor pressure in the gas cartridges which depends on the temperature and also the nozzle size has an effect on the amount of fuel consumed. The following spreadsheet should give you approximate guideline values. The information in seconds refers to the approximate total burning duration with two cartridges with different cartridge temperatures. The burning duration has been determined by using cartridges with a content of 330 g or respectively 600 ml. Nozzle size S M L XL XXL -20 to -150C 62 Sec. 57 Sec. 52 Sec. 47 Sec. 42 Sec. -150 to -10°C 60 Sec. 55 Sec. 50 Sec. 45 Sec. 40 Sec. -100 to -50C 58 Sec. 53 Sec. 48 Sec. 43 Sec. 38 Sec. -50 to 0°C 56 Sec. 51 Sec. 46 Sec. 41 Sec. 36 Sec. 00 to +5°C 54 Sec. 49 Sec. 44 Sec. 39 Sec. 34 Sec. +50 to +10°C 52 Sec. 47 Sec. 42 Sec. 37 Sec. 32 Sec. +100 to +150C 50 Sec. 45 Sec. 40 Sec. 35 Sec. 30 Sec. +150 to +20°C 48 Sec. 43 Sec. 38 Sec. 33 Sec. 28 Sec. +200 to +25°C 46 Sec. 41 Sec. 36 Sec. 31 Sec. 26 Sec. +250 to +30°C 44 Sec. 39 Sec. 34 Sec. 29 Sec. 24 Sec. +300 to +35°C 42 Sec. 37 Sec. 32 Sec. 27 Sec. 22 Sec. +350 to +40°C 40 Sec. 35 Sec. 30 Sec. 25 Sec. 20 Sec. 30 seconds would be for example 100 short flame effects with 0.3 seconds each or 60 flame effects with 0.5 seconds each or 30 flame columns with a valve opening duration of 1.0 seconds. Page 355 of 950 38 7 Safety distances The safety distances stated in this manual refer to flame retardant materials. For other materials or objects that are susceptible to heat the safety distances must be significantly increased. The thermal output of this effect device is enormous. It is more than 1.2 Megawatt if gas cartridges are being used at a cartridge temperature of 20°C. Especially the safety distance upwards must be increased by 3 m if easily inflammable materials are present. DANGER I Open flames Personal injury can occur due to the open flame. /0 Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any time. sm • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 2.3.1 WARNING I Unintentional triggering of a flame column Technical faults can lead to unintentional flame effects. /0 Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Only connect the gas bottle/cartridges when they the device is switched off. Minimize the presence in the danger zone. sm • Enable the flame monitoring system. • Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any 2.2.2 time. 2.3.6 Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. WARNING I Ignition failure The ejected gas stream does not ignite. / Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any • Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Activate the flame monitoring system. sm time. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 2.3.2 The required safety distance for safe operation is depending on several parameters. The flame height is influenced by different nozzle sizes if gas cartridges are being used and by the selected output pressure of the pressure regulator if gas bottles are being used. Furthermore, wind and every other air movement and the thermal lift are relevant factors. The duration how long the electromagnetic fuel valves are opened is having an influence on the required safety distance. If the valves are opened for extremely short times (approx. 0.1 to 0.5 seconds) smaller flame balls are being generated compared to longer durations. In addition, the temperature of the gas cartridges or gas bottles is affecting the flame height. Page 356 of 950 39 The pressure in the gas cartridges is rising with the temperature. Due to the lack of a pressure regulator the flame height depends directly on the temperature of the fuel in the cartridges. If gas bottles are used the output pressure of the regulator is constant and therefore the flame height is actually not depending on the temperature of the bottle unless the liquefied gas is very cold or is chilled by the evaporative heat loss so that the vapor pressure in the bottle is falling below the selected output pressure of the regulator. Propane has a vapor pressure of approx. 4 bar at 0°C and approx. 2 bar at -150C. Wind or thermal influences may heighten the effects which can demand increased safety distances as well. In general, the following rule applies: The operator is responsible for the accident -free usage of the G-Flame and has to decide by his own judgment which safety distance is required. In certain circumstances the safety distances may be specified by the authorities that are responsible for the safety during the fire prevention assessment on site. The following tables should inform you about the effect height to be expected and be an orientation guide when specifying the minimum safety distances. In general, all the recommendations for the safety distances given in here are basing on the condition that there is no wind at all! Windy conditions will lead to the result that the effects are drifting sideways accordingly, especially if gas bottles are being used. This must be considered when choosing the position for the installation, choosing a nozzle size and the operation pressure. Due to the fact that the usage of the devices is beyond our control expressly disclaim any liability for any damages resulting from insufficient safety distances. Therefore, we are only giving recommendations regarding the safety distances instead of fixed values. Every user must decide by himself which minimum safety distance is required for his application. Utmost care must be taken if actors are wearing costumes that are easily inflammable. In such cases the safety distance must be increased dramatically. If in doubt the effect has to be omitted. Page 357 of 950 40 7.1 Safety distances if gas bottles are being used, device standing vertically Selected 0,0 - 0,5 0,5 - 1,0 1,0 - 1,5 1,5 - 2,0 2,0 - 2,5 2,5 - 3,0 3,0 - 3,5 3,5 - 4,0 pressure [bar] Approx. 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 effect height* [m] Safety 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,5 distance upwards** [m] Safety 2,0 2,0 2,5 2,5 3,0 3,0 3,5 3,5 distance sideways' [m] * = Expected effect height if valves are opened for 1.5 seconds if G-Flame is standing vertically ** = Recommended safety distance upwards to persons, animals or flame retardant objects *** = Recommended safety distance sideways to persons, animals or flame retardant objects 7.2 Safety distances if gas cartridges are being used, device standing vertically Nozzle size S M L XL XXL approx. 1.5 m approx. 2.0 m approx. 2.5 m approx. 3.0 m approx. 3.5 m -20to-10°C 3.5m 4.0m 4.5m 5.0m 5.5m 2.0 m 2.0 m 2.0 m 2.5 m 2.5 m approx. 2.0 m approx. 2.5 m approx. 3.0 m approx. 3.5 m approx. 4.0 m -10to00C 4.0m 4.5m 5.0m 5.5m 6.0m 2.0 m 2.0 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m approx. 2.5 m approx. 3.0 m approx. 3.5 m approx. 4.0 m approx. 4.5 m 0to100C 4.5m 5.0m 5.5m 6.0m 6.5m 2.0 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 3.0 m a3pprox. 3.0 m approx. 3.5 m approx. 4.0 rr4 approx. 4.5 m approx. 5.0 m 10to20°C 5.0m 5.5m 6.0m 6.5m 7.0m 2.5 m T." =gym 3.5 m approx. 3.5 m approx. 4.0 m approx. 4. approx. 5.0 m approx. 5.5 m 20to30°C 5.5m 6.0m 6.5m 7.0m 7.5m 2.5 m 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 4.0 m approx. 4.0 m approx. 4.5 m approx. 5.0 m approx. 5.5 m approx. 6.0 m 30to40°C 6.0m 6.5m 7.0m 7.5m 8.0m 2.5m 3.0m 3.5m 4.0m 4.5m Marking in cyan color = Expected effect height if valves are opened for 1.5 seconds if G-Flame is standing vertically Marking in yellow color = Recommended safety distance upwards to persons, animals or flame retardant objects Marking in green color = Recommended safety distance sideways to persons, animals or flame retardant objects Page 358 of 950 41 It can be necessary to increase the safety distance to uninvolved persons significantly also to ensure that these people do not become frightened and do not show panic reactions. Our recommendation is here a safety distance of at least 5 m sideways. 7.3 Safety distances when using flame bars The safety distances when using Flame Bars are 2.5 m upwards from the pipe in all directions and 2.0 m from the pipe ends to the side. 7.4 Safety distances if the device is being tilted It is also possible to mount the device in a tilted orientation. If gas bottles are being used, we recommend a maximum tilt angle of 450 sideways. When operated with gas cartridges the maximum tilt is 750 sideways. If the device is operated with a tilt angle the safety distances sideways in the direction of the tilt angle should be increased according either to the operator's judgment or to the guidelines of the authorities. Possibly the safety distances on the other side can be reduced, but we recommend to keep at least a minimum distance of 2.0 m. We recommend to keep the minimum safety distance upwards to people, animals and flame retardant materials if the device is being tilted because due to the thermal lift the same amount of heat will ascent. 7.5 Safety distances if the device is mounted above the spectators In general, it is possible to install the devices above the spectators, e.g. on elevated truss elements. The device does not have any fall -out but we recommend a minimum safety distance to people, animals and flame retardant materials of 2 meters above the heads of the spectators. If the devices are used above the spectators you have to take into consideration that they can become frightened and could possibly show panic reactions. This bears the risk of injury and death. 7.6 Reduction of the safety distances to actors Possibly the safety distance to performers (actors, musicians, Stuntmen, artists, etc.) can be reduced slightly if these persons have been well trained and became familiar with the flame effect. It can be necessary to employ other safety measures such as flame retardant or inflammable costumes, pyrotechnical barrier gel (i.e. stunt gel) for the unprotected skin, etc. The user who is in charge for the safety will also have to take into consideration that heat is being dissipated as infrared radiation (invisible heat radiation) and that heat is rising upwards due to the thermal lift. Page 359 of 950 42 8 Switching on The G-Flame can only be operated if the emergency switch is closed. If you want to use the device without emergency switch you can plug in the supplied XLR connector which is bridging the contacts of the emergency switch before you put the device into operation. In principle the main switch and the emergency switch are wired in series. To switch on the G-Flame press the main switch which you will find on the side of the device where the display is. Firstly, on the LCD the start screen and the firmware version is being displayed: Galaxis G-Flame PYROTEC `Firmware VX.XX Right after that the safety timer is started, unless a warning message is being displayed that the battery has been deeply discharged. WARNING I High ignition voltage For the operation of the ionization measurement and the electrical ignition of the fuel, very high voltages are generated in the device, which can be life -threatening. Therefore, always operate the unit with the cover panel closed and never reach into the interior of the unit or into the ignition electrodes or electrode cage during operation. The electrode for ionization measurement is live while the fuel valves are 2.3.3 open. However, a current limiter in the unit prevents any danger from arising. 9 Compatibility and Firmware Revision History This device can be controlled by the following transmitters: - PFS Profi - PFS Pocket - PFC Advanced The G-Flame can be programmed with the Wireless USB Modem PFM Advanced. The device communicates bidirectionally with the PFC Advanced and the USB Modem PFM Advanced. The firmware of the devices is continuously developed. Information about changes between different firmware versions is available on request. Please inform us about the version you are currently using. We will then send you an easy -to -understand extract from the firmware revision history. 10 Automatic Hardware Checks With Startup As soon as you switch on the device, a check of the hardware for correct function takes place during the startup sequence. Page 360 of 950 43 10.1 The Error Message '#' An error has been detected in the configuration of the device, which is why it has been locked. Unlocking can only be performed with telephone assistance and during business hours by our support. To initiate the unlocking process, press "Up" once when this message is displayed and then press "Down". The following scrolling text is then displayed: Call the Galaxis office and tell the token. You will receive the activation code. Continue with Mode. If you now activate 'Mode' a random eight -digit sequence of numbers will be generated and displayed, the so-called token. Tell us this token on the phone and will give you the corresponding activation code. TIP You may speed up the ticker by activating the 'Mode' sensor field and keeping it activated. The sequence is as follows: Token: Example of a token being displayed. This screen is being displayed 53582820 sufficiently long so that you can tell us the token on the phone. Code? 1 Then you see this request to enter the activation code which you will receive from Galaxis on the phone. With 'Up' and 'Down' you can change the digits. If you see the correct number being displayed activate 'Mode' to proceed. A '0' can be entered the easiest by activating 'Mode' without activating 'Up' or 'Down' before. Code? ox The activation code, which has also eight digits, has been accepted 44232502; and the device is unlocked. No more warning message will be displayed any more until the next occurrence. Code? xl A wrong activation code has been entered and the code was not 5423250200; 1 accepted. Switch off the G-Flame and repeat the procedure. 10.2 The Error Message 'ATTENTION! Flame Sensor ERROR'. The flame sensor incorrectly reports a flame although no flame generation is taking place. Please contact us when this error message is displayed in order to perform an error analysis. 10.3The Error Message'Radio Module not detected' The radio option was activated in the menu of the device, but no radio module was detected. Please check the correct installation of the Advanced radio module as described in item 'Software installation of the Advanced radio module'. If this error message occurs again, please contact us to perform an error analysis. 10AThe Error Message 'Memory error!' The device has detected an implausible value in the non-volatile data memory, which is why safe operation cannot be guaranteed. Immediately after this error message is displayed, the device is reset Page 361 of 950 44 to factory settings. In any case, please check all relevant settings and make corrections if necessary to bring the device back to an operational state. Then test the device for correct function. NOTICE I Memory error and reset to factory defaults Error message: 'Memory error! Call support!' If the device was equipped with an Advanced Radio Module, it can only be reactivated with telephone support and during business hours by our support team. Please follow the steps under 'Software installation of the Advanced wireless module'. The repeated display of this error message indicates a defective memory chip. Please contact us to discuss the further procedure. 10.5The Error Message 'Device Locked' Implausible values have repeatedly been detected in the non-volatile data memory. This indicates a defective memory, which is why the device is permanently locked for safety reasons. This is necessary to avoid unplanned flame effects or general malfunctions. Please contact our support. 10.6The message'Memory Maintenance' After every 50th switch -on of the device, a so-called memory maintenance is performed to ensure correct functioning of the device even after many years. Please wait until the progress indicator shows 100% and do not switch off the device under any circumstances. After that, the startup process will continue as usual. 11 Manual hardware checks with startup Your device supports a series of hardware tests that you can call up conveniently via the menu. Thereby you have the possibility to check all safety relevant components separately for their correct function. To call up the menu, activate 'Mode' when the device is switched off and switch the device on. Activate 'Mode' until the following display appears. 11.1 Checking the fuel valves for correct function Your unit has two fuel valves connected in series. You have the option of controlling both fuel valves separately from each other, for example, to check the pipe system for leaks using a gas leak detector. `Magnetic Valve 11 Activate 'Up' to open the first fuel valve. Closed 0 Magnetic Valve ll As soon as the fuel valve has been opened, you will see the display open 04 : s9 A V opposite. You can now close the fuel valve immediately by activating 'Down', or you can wait for the countdown until it closes automatically. You can reset the countdown to the start time of 05:00 minutes at any time by activating "Up" again. To end the test of the first fuel valve, activate 'Mode'. You will now be taken to the next screen to control the second fuel valve. The menu navigation is identical to that for the first fuel valve. Activate 'Mode' again to end the test. Page 362 of 950 45 TIPP As soon as the first fuel valve is opened, a small amount of gas accumulates in the line system when the gas supply is connected. When the second fuel valve is opened, this small amount of gas can escape from the system again. Therefore, wait sufficiently long before carrying out a check with the gas leak detector to avoid incorrect measurements. 11.2Checking the ignition spark generator for correct function As soon as you have finished the test of the second fuel valve with 'Mode', the menu for testing the ignition spark generator is displayed. WARNING I High ignition voltage For the operation of the ionization measurement and the electrical ignition of the fuel, very high voltages are generated in the device, which can be life -threatening. Therefore, always operate the unit with the cover panel closed and never reach into the interior of the unit or into the ignition electrodes or electrode cage during operation. The electrode for ionization measurement is live while the fuel valves are 2.3.3 open. However, a current limiter in the unit prevents any danger from arising. Test Spark: Activate 'Up' to generate the ignition spark. Off 0 Test Spark: The ignition spark is now generated for two seconds. During this time, On: 2 Seconds you can hear a distinct buzzing sound, as well as see an ignition spark in the electrode cage. If you do not get audible or visual feedback, start the test again from the beginning. If this test also fails, a defect must be assumed. In this case, please contact us in order to carry out a fault analysis. Press 'Mode' to initiate the test menu and continue the startup process. 12 Battery monitoring and warning message 'deep discharge' after powering up the device The rechargeable battery is monitored during operation. If the battery is being deeply discharged while the device is in receiving mode or ready to fire mode this event is stored in the memory of the device and each time when you switch on the G-Flame you will see a warning message. TIP Deep discharges can only be detected if the device is in receiving mode or respectively in ready to fire mode. In case of a deeply discharged battery you see e.g. this being displayed and during that an acoustic signal will be given: Batt. lx deeply 1 The number of deep discharges is being displayed here. The safety will ,discharged J be automatically started after five seconds. Page 363 of 950 46 In such cases we recommend to do a battery capacity measurement occasionally to determine if the battery has probably been damaged. Please refer to the menu item 'Start Battery Measurement?'. Please note that deep discharges in general lead to a reduced life time of the batteries. If the battery shows bad capacity results you can order a new battery at all times from us and replace it yourself. If you have replaced the battery yourselves you also can reset the warning message described above. Please read below how to achieve this. 12.1 Resetting the acoustic warning message 'Battery deeply discharged' AF-Reset? l Yes To deactivate the warning tone, please call up the adjacent menu item, No which appears in the last position in the main menu. Code? If you have not previously defined your own code to reset the AF counter, now enter code 1248 to reset the counter. 12.2 Resetting the optical warning message 'Battery deeply discharged' You can reset this warning message yourself after installing a new battery. You will need a PFC Advanced for this. To reset the warning message, please contact our support who will assist you with this process. 13 Safety timer The safety timer will be started every time when the device is powered up and after exiting the menu. Safety Timer 1 The timer counts down 15 seconds. Armend in: 15s1 The purpose of the safety timer is that the user can step back from the device before a flame effect can be initiated. The safety timer will be started no matter which control method has been selected. TIP While the safety timer is counting down you can terminate the sequence and directly invoke the menu by activating 'Mode'. 14 The warning LED 'Attention armed' On one side of the housing where also the display and the connectors can be found there is also a warning indicator in the shape of an exclamation mark. This warning LED should alert people in the surroundings of installed devices that flame effects will be possibly initiated. Page 364 of 950 47 WARNING I High ignition voltage For the operation of the ionization measurement and the electrical ignition of the fuel, very high voltages are generated in the device, which can be life -threatening. Therefore, always operate the unit with the cover panel closed and never reach into the interior of the unit or into the ignition electrodes or electrode cage during operation. The electrode for ionization measurement is live while the fuel valves are 2.3.3 open. However, a current limiter in the unit prevents any danger from arising. In general, this warning can be enabled or disabled in the menu of the device depending on whether this function is desired or not. Under which circumstances the warning will be displayed depends on the settings you have chosen and various operation modes, providing that the warning LED has been activated in the menu: Selected input Warning while the Warning while the device is in receiving mode safety timer is counting or respectively ready to fire mode down Firing key Yes Yes, continuously 12-24V Yes Ja, continuously DMX512 Yes As soon as the safety channel is received with values between 60% and 80%. Serial data cable No As soon as the controller's command 'Firing (RS485 of the PFC) mode armed' has been received until the command 'Firing mode disarmed' is being received. Wireless No As soon as the controller's command 'Firing (PFC or PFS) mode armed' has been received until the command 'Firing mode disarmed' is being received. TIP When using a Galaxis controller for the correct function of the warning LED it is required that the firing mode is disarmed when the G-Flame is put into operation. Furthermore, the G-Flames must be within radio range of the transmitter. On the edge of the coverage area or if radio inferences are disturbing the transmission it can absolutely happen that some commands are received and others are not. This applies also for the display of the warning. Due to that you should take care for good range and operating conditions so that the warning signal will be displayed reliably. 15 The LED indicators This section describes the LED indicators which can be found right above the display: 15.1.1 The LED 'Operation' (blue) This blue LED displays the operating mode. While the safety timer is counting down or the device is in the menu this LED is continuously on. In this case no flame effect can be initiated. Page 365 of 950 48 If the device is in receiving mode or ready to fire mode this LED is flashing. Only if this is the case a flame effect can be generated. 15.1.2 The LED 'Flame' (yellow) This yellow LED goes on as soon as the electromagnetic fuel valves are opened. If the Advanced wireless module is installed you can program step delays and so called atomic effects in the menu of the device or remotely via the wireless link. If an atomic effect has been initiated the LED goes on as soon as the electromagnetic valves are opening and not when the delayed ignition happens. When a step delay has been programmed and the firing command for this is being received by the device this LED starts to flash until the electromagnetic valves are opened. During a flame effect this LED is continuously on. 15.1.3 The LED 'Charging' (green) This green LED is on as soon as the charging voltage is present and the battery is being charged. With this indicator you can check if the charger is functioning properly. If the battery was completely discharged it takes up to 30h for a full charge. 15.1.4 The LED 'Low Battery' (red) This LED starts to flash in red color in the receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode if the internal battery has been discharged below 30% and together with the flashes you will hear an acoustic warning signal if the loudspeaker has been enabled. In such a case you should connect the charger soon in order to charge the battery completely again. A full charge takes up to 30 h. 15.1.5 Functional check of the LEDs Immediately after powering up the device a function test of the LEDs is performed. First the LED 'Operation' goes on for one second, followed by the LED 'Flame' and the LED 'Low Battery' while the start messages are being displayed. The LED 'Charging' can only be supplied by the charging unit and due to that this LED stays inactive during the LED test sequence. Page 366 of 950 49 16 The menu Certain menu functions of the G-Flame are depending on the selected control method. In this chapter we will first explain the standard menu with all standard menu items. The control variants 'Firing key' and 12-24V' will be described. Later the menu items of the other control methods will be explained. 16.1 Standard menu items 16.1.1 The menu item 'Language' Sprache/Language) Here you can select the language of the menu and all display texts of the English J receiving mode or respectively the ready to fire mode. 16.1.2 The menu item 'Change AF-Reset-Code?' Change AF- I Yesl If the device's battery has had a deep discharge in the past and a user - Reset code? I No J defined reset code has not yet been set, the menu item opposite appears. Code? After previously confirming 'Yes', the adjacent screen appears. You can define a user -defined, four -digit code here for resetting the audible battery error warning message. Resetting the battery error warning message is explained in the section 'Resetting the acoustic warning message 'Deep discharge" and 'Resetting the visual warning message 'Deep discharge". 16.1.3 The menu item 'Accumulator capacity' You see e.g. this result in the display: Accumulator In this example the remaining charging level is 95%. If the value decreases ,capacity: 95t1 below 30% the charging reserve is being touched. If the battery is being discharged to 0% damages due to deep discharging are possible. TIP The display of the accumulator capacity is related to an ambient temperature of 20°C. A fully charged battery could also lead to a reading of e.g. 80% if the temperature is very low. TIP The result of this menu item can also be displayed at the controller PFC Advanced by using the function 'Remote data request', provided that the Advanced wireless module has been installed. No result regarding the accumulator capacity can be acquired as long as the battery is being charged. In this case you will see the following information in the display: IThe accumulator 1 The results may be higher directly after charging. We recommend to wait an ,is being chargedJ operation time of approx. 10 minutes to gain realistic results. Page 367 of 950 50 16.1.4 The menu item 'Accumulator power' By activating 'Mode' you will proceed in the menu and see e.g. this text in the display: Accumulator 1 To get information regarding the battery power it is discharged with a very Power: 99t high current for a short period of time. The device is analyzing the voltage drop and recovery during this process and is then able to compare the results in relation to an optimum value. The measured parameter is the capability of delivering high current that can decrease during the chemical aging process of the battery. A fully charged battery should have a result of at least 60%. TIP The result of this menu item can also be displayed at the controller PFC Advanced by using the function 'Remote data request', provided that the Advanced wireless module has been installed. 16.1.5 The menu item 'Input' In this menu item you can select one of the following control methods by activating 'Up' and 'Down': Input: Firing 1 Direct control input by using a firing key or any other potential -free electrical ,Key ( Contact) J contact. Input: 12-24V l Direct control input for voltages. Input: DMX512 l DMX512; later you will be able to switch on the power supply for wireless J DMX pens if you want to use this technology. !Input: Cable 1 This option is only being displayed if the Advanced wireless module has ,(RS485 of PFC) J been installed. Use this selection if you want to use the G-Flame in conjunction with a PFC Advanced and if serial data cables should be used for the communication. 'RS485' is the cable interface of the controller PFC Advanced. RS485 is the name of the technical standard of the interface being used here for the serial data communication between devices on data cables. Input: wireless This option is only being displayed if the Advanced wireless module has ,(PFC or PFS) , been installed. Use this selection if you want to use the G-Flame in conjunction with a PFC Advanced, PFS Profi or a PFS Profi or the wireless USB modem PFM Advanced and if the wireless link should be used. The result of this menu item can also be displayed at the controller PFC Advanced by using the function 'Remote data request', provided that the Advanced wireless module has been installed. TIP The feedback information during remote data requests and programming will always be sent on both data exchange carriers: by radio signal and on the cable. You may select which way you want to use for the feedback in the menu of the controller PFC. For the explanations given hereafter we assume that either 'Firing Key' or '12-24V' has been selected as control method. 16.1.6 The menu item '45° Tilt Switch' In this menu item you can determine if the flame effect should be terminated or if the fuel valves should remain closed if the G-Flame is tilted by more than 450. Page 368 of 950 51 450 Tilt Switch: 1 The shutoff of the flame effect and the inhibition of the fuel valves if the tilt on angle is too is enabled. 45° Tilt Switch: 1 The status of the tilt switch will be ignored. Use this selection only if you off J want to operate the G-Flame with a tilt angle of more than 300. TIP The tilt switch is a mechanical component. Strong vibrations or accelerations on the vertical axis may cause the tilt switch to respond even though that the device is standing upright. In these exceptional cases it can be meaningful to disable the tilt switch. 16.1.7 The menu item 'Flame monitoring' Right next to the electrodes for the ignition of the flame another electrode has been installed which is used to measure the ionization of the flame. A flame is so to speak electrically conductive and this physical phenomenon is utilized by the electronic circuits of the G-Flame to detect if the flame is burning or not. Flame Here the shutoff of the flame effect and of the fuel valves if the flame is not ,monitoring: onJ burning is enabled. If no flame is detected for more than one second the valves are closed automatically. The device is terminating the fuel supply for this firing command. Flame 1 With this setting the results of the ionization measurement will be ignored monitoring: Off TIP With every new firing command another attempt will be made to ignite the flame and in this process the fuel valves will be opened for a maximum time of one second. If no flame can be ignited several times one after another you should disable the G-Flame for the reasons of safety either by using the emergency -off input or the hazard zones (Advanced wireless module required for this) to prevent that an unnecessary amount of unburned fuel is set free. TIP For the reasons of safety, you should generally enable the ionization measurement. WARNING I Ignition failure The ejected gas stream does not ignite. / Make sure that the required safety distance to persons is maintained. • Minimize the presence in the danger zone. • Activate the flame monitoring system. Never keep body parts above the combustion chamber at any time. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. 2.3.2 Page 369 of 950 52 16.1.8 The menu item 'Flame Quota' In this menu item, you can define a quota that specifies how long the flame may burn in total before it switches off or is prevented from firing again. As soon as the quota has expired, it can be reset at the PFC via range test on channel 777. When the device is switched on again, the quota is reset to the duration set in the menu, i.e. there is no permanent memory storage of a quota that has already started. `Flame Quota: `I In this screen view, the flame quota has been deactivated, so firing ---s : without time restrictions is possible. You can increase the quota in 0.1 s steps, up to a maximum of 9.9 seconds. Flame Quota As soon as the quota is exceeded, the adjacent screen appears. Exceeded! Flame Quota Immediately after resetting the quota on the PFC, this is confirmed with 'Reset! l the adjacent screen. 16.1.9 The menu item 'Number of Allowed Misfirings' This menu item is only displayed if flame monitoring has been activated in the menu. No. of Allowed- 1 When flame monitoring is activated, it is possible to have the unit `Misfirings 4 automatically lock itself out after a certain number of misfires. A misfire is considered as such if a flame should be ignited for at least one second, but the flame sensor does not detect a flame because, for example, the gas supply has been shut off. Firing Stopped If the set number of misfires is reached, the screen on the left is Misf. . Exceeded displayed each time the unit is triggered. In this case, no ignition takes place for the remaining operating time of the device. To reset the message, the device must be restarted via the On/Off switch. 16.1.10 The menu item 'Acoustic Signals' This menu item switches the acoustic signals of the device on or off. Beep tones etc. may be disturbing on theatre stages and in this case, it is meaningful to disable the sounds. Please note that there will be no acoustic signals at all if the sounds are turned off, even no warning signal if the battery needs recharging. Acoustic ,Signals: 16.1.11 In this example the acoustic signals are enabled. On The menu item 'LCD Backlight' This text for example is being displayed: LCD Backlight: The display backlight is turned on automatically as soon as the menu is auto & dimmed called up or messages are being displayed. The display is illuminated slightly (dimmed) in all other cases. That enables you to read the display content in darkness without any further action required. The power consumption for this slight permanent illumination is negligible. Page 370 of 950 53 'LCD Backlight: 1 If you choose this setting the display backlight is completely turned off as auto & off J soon as the device is not in the menu or if there is no message. This is preferable in some applications where the slight illumination of the display could be disturbing. LCD Backlight: 1 With this setting the display backlight is off all the time. ,always off J 16.1.12 The menu item 'Warning LED' In this menu item the following options can be selected: Warning LED (!) :1 The warning LED is switched on. When a warning signal will be given is On I explained in detail in the chapter 'The warning LED 'Attention armed''. Warning LED (!) : No warning signal will occur. Off 16.1.13 The menu item 'Battery measurement' This additional feature is used for measuring the capacity. The menu items accumulator capacity and accumulator power measure very quickly the actual charging level of the battery and the ability of the battery to deliver current. Basically, the battery voltage is being monitored for these measurements. The amount of energy an accumulator can store is decreasing during the aging process. Many factors affect this deterioration such as the chemical aging process itself, the storage temperature, the number and deepness of discharge cycles. Possibly the amount of energy the battery can store is much less after some years of ageing than it was initially. However, the battery will show high results as a percentage value after charging due to the fact that the off-load voltage is still high. In principle the percentage value refers always to the amount of energy which can be stored in the particular battery. The loss in capacity becomes noticeable only in a shorter operation time. The test results in the menu are falling faster accordingly. To measure the accumulator capacity precisely it was necessary to send the device to the manufacturer for an accurate battery test procedure. With this useful function you can do this battery measurement with precise capacity metering yourself at the device. In the end the result is being displayed in mAh and as a percentage value by which you can easily decide if the battery needs to be replaced. Including a full charge before and after the discharge cycle this procedure requires approx. three days. Proceed this way to perform an accumulator capacity measurement: Position the device evenly and connect the supplied charging unit. Establish a reliable power supply for the charging unit. Power failures should be avoided. In this case the test sequence will be cancelled to prevent deep discharges and the risk of damaged batteries which could occur in this situation. The ambient room temperature should be between 15 and 25 °C. Invoke this menu item. You will see the following on the screen: Start Batt. 1 Yesl You can start the test sequence by activating 'Up'. You will skip this menu Measurem. ? I No I item with 'Mode' or 'Down'. Page 371 of 950 54 Please connect After starting the test sequence, the device checks if the charging unit is ,charging unit! supplying charging current. You will see this message if the charger is not yet connected or if the charger has no mains supply. Establish proper charging now and remain the charger connected permanently. Warning: If the loudspeaker is deactivated, you will see this display. We strongly ,speaker disabled, recommend that you only perform the battery measurement with the loudspeaker switched on, so that you are alerted if a prolonged power failure occurs, because in such a case there is a possibility that the battery will be damaged by a deep discharge! �11. Charging After starting the sequence this is being displayed. Before the discharge 30:00 h remain J cycle (measurement) it is essential that the battery is fully charged otherwise the result would be incorrect. The device will charge the battery for 30 h to ensure that even a completely discharged battery will be fully charged. The remaining time is being displayed continuously. You can skip the initial charging process by activating 'Mode' in order to save time. You should not do this if you are not completely sure that the device's battery has been charged continuously before for at least 30 h. D scharging 1 Subsequently the battery is being discharged and the amount of energy 13. lv 0 mAhJ which is drawn is being measured. After some time e.g.: The current battery voltage and the capacity in mAh which has been drawn 2. Discharging so far is being displayed for your information. This process lasts until the 12 .4v 617 mAh final discharge voltage is reached. If necessary, you can cancel the test by activating 'Mode' for a longer time. After cancelling make sure that the device is charged for a sufficient period of time before using it again. After the discharging process a final charging process is following. E.g. these messages are being displayed alternately: 3 . Charging 1 Here you are informed about the remaining duration of the charging 29: 10 h remain J process. Again 30 h are required in total. 3. Charging In the lower line next to the current battery voltage the capacity in mAh 12 .0V 6.513 mAh which has been discharged during the measurement is being displayed. You may also terminate the final charging process by activating 'Mode'. In this case you are responsible that the battery is being charged sufficiently afterwards. You will directly enter the receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode. If the sequence is not cancelled you will see e.g. this being displayed: 4 FF shed The test result as a percentage value and the capacity in mAh which has 93% 6.513 mAh been measured during discharging is being displayed in the bottom line. In addition an acoustic signal is audible which should inform you that the test is finished. The percentage value should help you to interpret the test result correctly. 100% represent 7,000 mAh, this is the nominal capacity of the battery being used. Results over 100% are possible, too. If the battery reaches more than 75% (more than 5,250 mAh) it is fairly good. If the result is ranging between 60 and 75% (between 4,200 and 5,250 mAh) the battery should be replaced soon. If the result is less than 60% the battery should be replaced urgently. TIP You as the operator can easily replace the battery. Page 372 of 950 55 Normally operation is still possible if the battery shows a bad result. A low capacity leads to a shorter operation time. In some cases also the maximum current that can be drawn from the battery can be reduced if the inner resistance of the battery has risen. Before using the device again you should also observe the parameter 'Accumulator Power' in the menu. It is making sense to test the accumulator regularly. We recommend to do this at least twice a year but not more than four times a year. Due to the fact that the measurement is a full discharge cycle batteries that have become inactive will be refreshed. Several measurements one after another can definitely lead to an enhancement in battery performance and increased capacity. If the test cycle is conducted too often the negative effect of an accelerated ageing is rather likely to occur. There are two possibilities why a measurement has been cancelled: !Terminated: no The charging voltage was interrupted for an unacceptably long time. To ,charging voltage avoid damages the device cancelled the test. Maybe the charger has been disconnected or a power failure of the mains supply occurred. Establish the power supply and start the test sequence again. If your mains supply is unreliable it is recommended to use an UPS (= Uninterruptible Power Supply). Terminated by Somebody cancelled the test before a result was gained. user If a power failure of the charging voltage occurs during charging or discharging you will hear an acoustic signal in the first instance. When the interruption lasts for too long the device terminates the measurement to avoid damages. If no UPS (= Uninterruptible Power Supply) is being used you should check once in a while if everything is OK. 16.2 Menu items if DMX512 has been selected as an input The following menu items are only being displayed if DMX has been selected as the input. 16.2.1 The menu item 'Flame Channel' Flame Channel: With 'Up' and 'Down' you can select a DMX channel ranging from 1 to 512 `001* which should be used to control the flame effect. Confirm your selecting with 'Mode'. The functionality is described in detail in the chapters 'The DMX512 input' and 'Control via DMX512'. 16.2.2 The menu item 'Safety Channel' In addition to the flame channel a so-called safety channel must be programmed Safety Channel: With 'Up' and 'Down' you can select a DMX channel ranging from 1 to 512 013A 60-80% _ which should be used as the safety channel. Confirm your selection with 'Mode'. If you have for example 12 G-Flames in use it is meaningful to use the DMX channel 1 to 12 as control channels and the next DMX channel, in this case 13, as a safety channel on all devices. After the DMX channel has been selected, the value range for the dimmer value for the safety channel is now defined. The following configurations are available for selection: Page 373 of 950 56 Safety range: 30-50% 40-60% 50-70% 60-80% 70-90% Dimmer value decimal: 76-120 102-153 127-178 153-204 178-229 For the respective set safety range, corresponding dimmer values must be transmitted within the defined range so that a flame effect can be triggered. The functionality is described in detail in the chapters 'The DMX512 input' and 'Control via DMX512'. It is not permitted to use the same channel number for the flame and the safety channel. In this case the following will be displayed on the LCD: !Identical DMX 1 This screen is being displayed for some seconds. After that the device ,Channels! J jumps back to the menu item 'Flame Channel' so that different channels can be programmed. You can only exit the menu if different channels have been selected. 16.2.3 The menu item 'Power Supply for Wi-DMX' Frequently the autarkic operation is an important aspect in the practical usage of the G-Flame. Besides the Advanced wireless module which enables the wireless communication between the device and a Galaxis controller you may also use wireless DMX solutions, either as an additional option or exclusively. Here, it is a major disadvantage if DMX receivers as a desktop device offer wireless communication but require first of all a wall power supply and mains power and secondly a cable connection to the G-Flame in order to feed in the DMX signal. Due to that various manufacturers offer wireless DMX Pens, which can simply directly be plugged into the jacks for the DMX signal. The G-Flame has been equipped with the necessary hardware to supply power to these DMX Pens so that no additional source of power is required and autarkic operation becomes possible also this way. With this menu item you can switch the power supply for these DMX Pens either on or off: Power Supply for There is no voltage output with this setting. Wi-DMX: Off Power Supply fort With this setting +5VDC on Pin4 and ground (OV) on Pin5 will be applied. Wi-DMX: On All DMX Pens can be used that need a supply voltage of 5V and not more than 700 mA. TIP The DMX Pens offered on the market have a rather high -power consumption compared to the electronic circuits of the G-Flame. Therefore, if this technology is being used the operation time is reduced from usually 60 h to approx. 10 h. TIP For best reception during wireless DMX operation you should not directly plug in the DMX Pens and respectively this is maybe even not possible in certain circumstances. Instead use a short DMX cable to operate the DMX pens in some distance. You can for example use some gaffa tape to fix the DMX Pens on the side of the housing so that the antenna is pointing upwards and reception is not impaired. Page 374 of 950 57 16.2.4 The menu item 'Max. Flame Duration' Maximum Flame For special applications or for safety reasons, it may be necessary to be Duration: able to limit the time of the flame duration in DMX mode. In this case, the flame goes out after the time preset in the menu. To be able to trigger a new ignition, the dimmer value in the flame channel must be set to 0%. 16.3 Menu items if the Advanced wireless module has been installed and'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' or'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' has been selected as control method The following menu items appear only if the Advanced wireless module has been installed and 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' or'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' has been selected as control method. 16.3.1 The menu item 'RF Channel' (i.e. frequency selection) This menu item enables the user to determine which radio channel (RF = Radio Frequency) is being used by the device. You can choose from 70 different frequencies (channel 0 to 69). The particular frequency is being displayed in the bottom line. RF Channel: 690 1 If you are changing the RF channel you will have to program all other 434.775 Mxz J devices to the new RF channel to ensure proper radio communication. WARNING Unintentional triggering of flame effects when splitting a Galaxis firing system into two or more systems Simultaneous operation of systems that vary only in terms of different radio channels bear a safety risk. If you split your Galaxis firing system into two or more systems: Make sure that you have assigned different system IDs to the firing systems. 2.3.11 16.3.2 The menu item 'Interfering Signal' This is the next menu item. You may see this being displayed: Interfering The device is measuring and displaying the signal strength on the used ,Signal: 5� radio frequency permanently as long as this menu item is present. Normally this function is used to find out the cause of a radio interference. Values below 15% are uncritical. If the radio channel is busy you can select another frequency. Please see the section 'RF Channel' in this manual for further information. TIP The result of this menu item can also be displayed at the controller PFC Advanced by using the function 'Remote data request'. Page 375 of 950 58 TIP You can use this menu item for a range test, too. Activate the firing mode at your controller PFS Profi, PFS Pocket or PFC Advanced. The device is now measuring the signal strength of your controller. By changing the location of the G-Flame you can try to find out which installation is best. You should definitely switch off the firing mode before you quit the menu and always make sure that there is no unintended activation of the firing button at the controller during the range test. 16.3.3 The menu item 'Last Range Test Result' You will enter this menu item with another activation of 'Mode'. This function is mainly intended for users who are operating the transmitter PFS Profi or PFS Pocket. The new controller PFC Advanced is now offering the comfort of requesting the result of the range test remotely as well as the PFM Advanced USB Modem. This function comes in handy if you do the set-up of the system without a helping person. After starting a range test at the transmitter, the G-Flames are displaying the results for approx. 10 seconds. Within this short period of time you cannot check the results of many different devices all over the place. This function enables you to ease this task. Proceed this way: - Switch on the G-Flames and start a range test at the controller. - Go to each device, step through the menu and read the result which is being displayed under 'Last range test result'. This value has been displayed during the test. - You can do another test if you like after reading all results. Last Range Test This means that there is no result stored in the memory of the device. There ,Result: are several possibilities: Maybe no range test was made so far or the device was not within the radio coverage area. Another reason could be that the result has just been cleared by invoking this menu item before. Last Range Test 1 In this example the signal level was 65%. Values below 30% are critical. Result: 65� TIP The result is being cleared after stepping through the menu to ensure that the same result is not being displayed again after the next range test although the G-Flame is possibly out of reach. If you are using this function it is essential to read all the old results before starting a new test to make sure that they are all being cleared! 16.3.4 The menu item 'Device ID Number' Dev. ID No. for This is the next menu item in the menu. A device ID number ranging from 1 bidir. Comm.: J to 999 can be programmed here. The device ID number is used as an identification address during bi-directional remote access. If no device ID number has been programmed the G-Flame cannot be accessed from the controller PFC during remote data requests and programming. Normally the devices are programmed with ID numbers in consecutive order. It is not allowed to program the same ID number to more than one device. Page 376 of 950 59 16.3.5 The menu item 'Determine Hazard Zone' Determine Here you can change the hazard zone of the G-Flame. The default setting Hazard zone: A✓ zone is hazard zone A. The check symbol indicated that the hazard zone is active, i.e. the G-Flame processes firing commands and generates flames according to the cue programming. Determine 1 You may use up to 16 different hazard zone. These hazard zones are Hazard zone: E-/ represented by the letters A to P. In this example the G-Flame has been assigned to the hazard zone E. TIP If you change the hazard zone in the menu the status is 'active' by default. Thus, firing commands will be processed and flame effects will be generated. If a specific hazard zone has been deactivated and you select another zone in the menu for the time being and then select the previous hazard zone this zone will be activated by doing so. The 16 hazard zones can be deactivated and also activated again according to your requirements in the manual and automatic firing mode of the controller PFC Advanced. For this please read the user manual of the controller PFC Advanced. The hazard zone which is currently assigned to the device and its status is being displayed in the receiving mode. You see e.g. this being displayed on the G-Flame's LCD: Firing Mode: Off In this example the hazard zone 'G' has been assigned to device. The Hazard zone: Gv hazard zone is active. Firing Mode: Off The symbol 'X' right next to the hazard zone indicates that this hazard zone Hazard zone: Gx has been deactivated. Flame effects are suppressed until this hazard zone is activated again. TIP The status of the device's hazard zone is always active after switching the G-Flame on. Due to that firing commands will be allowed. We assume that all hazard zones should be active after powering all devices up so that only those hazard zones need to be deactivated which bear a risk in terms of safety. TIP When you enable or disable hazard zones at the controller the G-Flame displays the current status of the hazard zone right after receiving the command if this hazard zone has been assigned to this device. The display backlight is activated also to show that the device has received the command. This is useful if you want to test if the G-Flames respond to the hazard zone commands. 16.3.6 The menu item 'Terminal Programming' According to the similarities between the G-Flame and the Galaxis Advanced receivers we also speak of a Terminal programming when operating the G-Flame. Terminal programming means that several firing cues are programmed to a specific output and different durations can be defined in doing so. In principle the G-Flame is an Advanced receiver with a single output. Consequently user -defined flame effects like various flame balls or flame columns can be generated again and again during a show. TIP In this section the programming of the Terminal function in the menu of the G-Flame is explained. Please note in this context that all these parameters can also be programmed remotely - which is very convenient - by using either the controller PFC Advanced or any PC or notebook computer via the wireless USB modem PFM Advanced. Page 377 of 950 .e 16.3.6.1 Overview regarding the parameters of the Terminal programming The following parameters can be programmed at the G-Flame for each firing cue (1... 999): Parameter name Range of values Resolution Duration 0.1 ... 25.0 seconds 0.1 seconds Step Delay 0.00 ... 99.99 seconds 0.01 seconds = 10 ms Atomic Effect 0.0 ... 0.7 seconds 0.1 seconds The parameter 'Duration' determines how long the fuel valves will be opened. Shorter values for the duration create flame balls, longer values create flame columns. With the parameter'Step Delay'time delays are programmed. By doing so the most extreme step sequences can be achieved. The high resolution of only 10 ms enables the user to create extremely fast step chases and dynamic changes in the stepping speed. The functionality is identical with the receiver PFE Advanded 10/100 outputs and in the user manual of this device the application of the step function is described in detail. The parameter 'Atomic Effect' is a special effect. It is a delay of the electrical ignition which takes place after the fuel valves have been opened. The longer this delay is the more unburned fuel is accumulating above the burning chamber. In the moment of the ignition the amount of fuel in the air is much higher and a nice flame ball similar to an atomic explosion with swirling turbulences is being created. In this context you should be informed that the maximum delay for the atomic effect is 0.7 seconds. Furthermore, the programmed duration must be at least 0.1 seconds longer than the atomic effect delay. The firmware of the G-Flame and of the PFC Advanced prohibits that improper values are programmed for these parameters. TIP It can be also appealing to use the atomic effect in conjunction with flame columns which last several seconds to enhance the impression of the whole effect. 16.3.6.2 The selection menu of the Terminal programming By activating 'Up' and 'Down' you may choose between the following options: Terminalprogr.: Terminalprogr.: Terminalprogr.: ,Keep up & Exit ,Edit Delete 16.3.6.3 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Keep up & Exit' Terminalprogr.: l If you activate 'Mode' here you quit the menu of the terminal function Keep up & Exit without having changed any parameter. Use this selection also if you want to exit the menu of the terminal function after having made another selection before, for example after having entered a programming. Page 378 of 950 61 16.3.6.4 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Edit' ITerminalprogr.: If you activate 'Mode' here you will enter the menu for editing the terminal Edit function. IC : 1: T : ---s 1 'C' stands for 'Cue', which is the firing channel. D: 0.00s A: --- J 'T' is the parameter duration ('T' for lat. tempus). 'D' stands for 'Delay', which is the step delay. 'A' stands for 'Atomic effect'. After invoking this edit menu firing cue 1 is pre -selected. The double -headed arrow indicates which parameter can be currently changed with 'Up' and 'Down'. After deletion of the memory no durations are programmed at all. In this case '---' is being displayed for the duration and the atomic effect. '0.00' is being displayed as a step delay. If '---' is being displayed for the duration, this means that for this firing cue no flame will be generated by this device. Programming example: - Firing cue 4 should generate a short flame ball with a duration of 0.3 seconds - With cue 7 a flame column with a duration of 4.2 seconds should appear. - Cue 12 should generate an atomic effect with a duration of 0.9 seconds and an atomic effect delay of 0.7 seconds. - Cue 17 should trigger a short flame ball with a duration of 0.5 seconds and an atomic effect delay of 0.4 seconds. This flame effect is part of a step sequence and due to that a step delay of 1.47 seconds should be counted down before the effect will be generated. C: 4: T: ---s 1 As long as the double -headed arrow is being displayed next to the cue D: 0 . OOS A: --- J number you can select the cue, in this example cue 4, which should be assigned with a flame effect by activating 'Up' and 'Down'. C: 41 T: ---s With each short activation of'Mode'the double -headed arrow jumps to the D: 0.00s A:--- next parameter. You have to activate 'Mode'once for a short time to determine the firing duration. C : 4 T : ---S:l Now you can enter the duration for this firing cue by activating 'Up' and D: 0.00s A:--- 'Down'. C: 4 T: 0.3s:1 According to the programming example 0.3 seconds have been entered. D: O.00S A:--- J !C : 5: T: ---s 1 Activate 'Mode' three times for a short period to skip the parameters atomic D: 0 . OOS A: --- J effect and step delay. Then you will have the opportunity to edit the programming of the next cue. If the double -headed arrow jumps to the cue number again the cue number will be incremented automatically. C: 70 T: ---s 1 Select cue number 7 by activating 'Up'two times for a short period. D: 0.00s A: --- IC: 7 T: 4.2s:1 Jump to the parameter duration by activating 'Mode'once for a short period D: 0.00 S A: --- J and enter the value 4.2 seconds with 'Up' and 'Down'. C: 12: T: ---s Skip the parameters atomic effect and step delay and select 12 as firing cue D: O . OOS A: --- in order to proceed with the entries for this cue. C: 12 T: 0. 9s:1 Enter the duration how long the valves will be opened, in this case 0.9 D: 0.00s A:--- seconds. Page 379 of 950 62 IC: 12 T: 0.9s 1 Right after that you can enter the ignition delay (atomic effect) which is in D: 0.00s A: 0. 6#1 this case 0.6 seconds. This parameter can be edited in the range of 0.0 to 0.7 seconds. The effect duration must be at least 0.1 seconds longer that the ignition delay. IC : 13: T : ---s 1 Activate 'Mode' two times for a short period to reach the parameter firing D: 0.00s A: --- J cue. The device increments the cue number automatically so that cue 13 is being displayed. C : 171 T: ---s Select cue number 17 with 'Up' and 'Down'. The you program, as already D: 0.00s A:--- described above, an effect duration of 0.5 seconds and an atomic effect of 0.4 seconds. Rotate through the edit menu with 'Mode' until you reach the parameter step delay. IC : 17 T: 0.5 s 1 Now enter the desired step delay by using 'Up' and 'Down'. D: O.00sO A:0.4 J C : 17 T: 0.5 s 1 As soon as you are finished with your entries activate 'Mode' for a longer D: 1.47s: A: 0.4 time to exit the edit menu. Terminalprogr.: Right after doing so the device returns to the submenu of the Terminal Nicht andern programming. With another activation of 'Mode' for a short period you will exit this submenu and reach the main menu. TIP By activating the magnetic sensor fields 'Up' and 'Down' for a longer time you can change the current parameter rapidly. TIP If you are using the atomic effect, which is also a firing delay, in a music synchronized show you have to take these delays into consideration during the design of the show. In principle this parameter must be handled like the rising time of a display shell. The particular cues must be fired earlier according to the atomic delay so that the flame effect will be synchronized with the music. TIP The parameters flame duration, atomic effect and step delay can also be programmed remotely, which is very convenient, either with the controller PFC Advanced or the Galaxis PYROTEC Composer software in conjunction with the wireless USB modem 'PFM Advanced'. Furthermore, you can and perform remote data request. 16.3.6.5 The menu item 'Terminal programming: Delete' Terminalprogr.: All possibly programmed durations (T), all atomic effects (A) and all step Delete delays (D) in the memory of the G-Flame will be deleted with this function. Are you Yes After activating 'Mode' this safety request is being displayed and you can sure? No start the deletion process with 'Up'. The memory has This message is being displayed after deleting the memory, which only been deleted! takes a short moment. Subsequently the device return to the submenu of the terminal programming. Page 380 of 950 63 17 Receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode Right after switching on and after the safety timer has elapsed the device enters the receiving or respectively the ready to fire mode. Flame effects and bi-directional remote access functions are only possible in this operation mode. If wireless communications is being used we are speaking of receiving mode. Otherwise it is called ready to fire mode. Which information is being displayed in this mode is depending on the selected control method. In the following chapter we will describe which messages are being displayed one after another. In general, first the selected control method is being displayed, followed by additional screens regarding the operation status and settings. 17.1 Displayed information during receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode, that appears in all operation modes 17.1.1 Information which control method has been selected Depending on the selected control variant one of the following screens is being displayed: Input: Wireless (PFC or PFS) Input: Firing Key (Contact) Input: Cable ,(RS485 of PFC) Input: 12-24V Input: DMX512 J �F:003—, S:012x The programmed flame channel and safety channel is being displayed if DMX512 has been chosen as an input ('F' = Flame channel, 'S' = Safety channel). In addition, the status of the safety channel or respectively of the DMX reception is being displayed. 'x' means that either no signal is being received or that the value of the safety channel is not within the previously configured range (= generation of flame effects is not enabled). '✓' after the safety channel indicated that a DMX signal is being received and that a value within the previously configured range is being received for the safety channel (= device armed). Input: DMX512 This example shows the display content if the device is armed by the safety F: 0036, S : 012v channel (noticeable by the '✓' after the safety channel) and if the flame channel has activated a flame effect (flame symbol next to the flame channel). 17.1.2 Tilt switch on/off and its status Tilt Switch: On In general, it is being displayed if the tilt switch has been enabled or not and ,Status: OK J the status of the tilt switch. The tilt switch is enabled in this example, i.e. the flame effect will be terminated if already in progress or flame effects will be disabled if the device is tilted by more than 450. Status OK means that the G-Flame is not tilted by more than 450 and the generation of flame effects is enabled. Tilt Switch: on Here the device is tilted by more than 45' and flame effects will be Status: >450 terminated if this condition is detected during a flame effect and the fuel valves will remain closed if the tilt angle is exceeded in the moment of triggering an effect. Page 381 of 950 64 Tilt switch: Off The tilt switch has been turned off in the menu. The G-Flame will ignore a ,Status: >45' tilt angle of more than 450 and flames will be generated, no matter how much the device is being tilted. 17.1.3 Flame monitoring on/off Flame Here the flame monitoring system has been deactivated in the menu. The monitoring: On device is measuring the ionization of the flame immediately after the beginning of the ignition phase to determine if the flame is really burning and if it has been completely ignited. If no flame is being detected for more than one second the fuel valves will be closed. Flame In this example the flame monitoring has been disabled in the menu of the ,monitoring: Off1 device. 17.2 Display of special information and behavior of the device in the receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode if 'Wireless (PFC or PFS)' or 'Cable (RS485 of PFC)' has been selected as control method After the selected control method, the status of the tilt switch and the flame monitoring system will be displayed. Right after that the following screens will be visible: 17.2.1 Status information regarding firing mode and hazard zone ,Firing Mode: Off The status of the firing mode is being displayed (on or off). Please note in Hazard zone: Kv this context that the device is assuming that the firing mode is disarmed at the controller when being switched on. If the G-Flame is powered after the firing mode has been armed 'off' will be displayed nevertheless. Furthermore, this wrong usage leads to the detection of a radio interference because the G-Flame interprets the signal of the controller as an interference. In addition, the hazard zone the device has been assigned to plus if this zone is active or not is being displayed ('✓' = active, 'x' = inactive). The hazard zone is active by default after powering up the device and must be deactivated by a command from the controller if necessary. If the status of one of these parameters is changing the device immediately jumps to this screen and in addition the display backlight is switched on, if it has been enabled in the menu. TIP Every time the firing mode is turned on or off the controller transmits this information to the receiver. If the status of the firing mode is being changed the G-Flame can only display the current status of the firing mode correctly if they are in the receiving mode and within radio coverage. TIP If the firing mode is being switched off all possibly opened electromagnetic fuel valves are closed (command 'Firing mode off'). In addition, all stepping sequences that are currently in progress are terminated, provided that the G-Flames are within radio range and that this information is being received. Page 382 of 950 65 17.2.2 Display of the device ID number Dev. ID No. for Then the device ID number for bi-directional communication which has bidir. Comm.: 15 been assigned to this device is being displayed. 17.2.3 Display of messages The following messages are possible if the Advanced wireless communication module is being used. If enabled in the menu the display backlight is switched on, too, so that it becomes apparent which device is displaying a message. Transmitting l A remote access is currently in progress. The device is transmitting data to data... the controller or the wireless USB modem. Writing A remote access is currently in progress and data is written to the memory data... J of the G-Flame. Remaining Range: 1 A radio range test is currently in progress and the result is being displayed 50%(no bi-directional remote access but a range test as it is can be conducted with the PFS Profi or PFS Pocket and as it has been also implemented in the PFC Advanced to provide downward compatibility to devices of the Profi series). Fire This is being displayed when firing commands are being received. If a flame Channel: 999 effect has been programmed for the firing cue the yellow'Flame' LED goes on in addition or it starts to flash if a step sequence is in progress. RF Channel: 69 1 The G-Flame received the command to change the radio frequency. The 434.775 MHz J new radio channel and the frequency is being displayed. 17.2.4 Programming of the system ID The G-Flame can be taught to different systems ID, just as it is possible with the Advanced receivers. This procedure is called 'Teach -In' and is used if systems are split into several ones or if devices are lent or rented out to other customers. After the return of the devices they can be e.g. taught to the original system ID again. To teach -in a system ID 'Up' must be activated while the device is in receiving mode and then the command for the teach -in must be sent. Immediately after that the following confirmation message is being displayed: !Teach -In The device will automatically return to the receiving mode after this successful message. 17.2.5 Setting and loading default settings If required, you can reset all settings to default values with a single command after previous configuration. This is useful, for example, if the device was rented out and is to be reset to defined default settings after being taken back. To determine which values are to be defined as default settings, you need two magnetic pins. Please proceed as follows: With the device switched off, activate 'Mode' and 'Down' at the same time. Page 383 of 950 Specify I Yes Confirm the prompt by activating 'Up'. Defaults? INo Navigate through the menu and define your desired default settings. After exiting the menu, the values are saved in the memory and can be loaded into the main memory as described in the next step. If you then want to reset the device to default settings, proceed as follows: With the device switched off, activate 'Mode' and 'Up' at the same time. Set to I Yes Confirm the prompt by activating 'Up'. defaults? INo Device has been 1 As soon as the device has been reset to default settings, this is set to defaults indicated on the display with a corresponding message. 17.2.6 Performing a field strength calibration Your device is calibrated at the factory when it is delivered. However, it may be necessary for you to calibrate the field strength yourself: 1.) You perform a firmware update yourself. In doing so, a field strength calibration is only necessary if one has never taken place before. 2.) The device is operated under extreme climatic conditions (very high or very low ambient temperatures), which may require temperature compensation in the form of field strength calibration. Cal. Field Yes If you perform a firmware update and no calibration has taken place `Strength? No before, the device prompts you for calibration during startup. You can skip the prompt, but in this case, inaccurate or erroneous field strength readings may occur. Calibration is therefore strongly recommended. To perform the calibration, you need a PFC Advanced, hereinafter referred to as the 'auxiliary device'. Please follow the steps below: 1.) Make sure that you are in an environment with the lowest possible radio interference. 2.) The G-Flame must be set to the same radio channel and the same system ID as the auxiliary device. The antenna on the G-Flame must be removed. 3.) Switch on the auxiliary device. 4.) Follow the steps on the display of the G-Flame. During calibration, errors may occur in the event of problems with the hardware, incorrect operation or due to external influences, so that the calibration is aborted. In any case, an error message with the corresponding error code will be displayed. In this case, please contact us in order to carry out an error analysis. Calibration Once the calibration has been successfully performed, you will see the succesful adjacent screen. You can now switch off the auxiliary device. The calibration values have now been permanently stored in the memory. 17.2.7 The monitoring function Radio Interference The G-Flames are monitoring their frequency permanently. An interference is present if an external carrier with a signal strength of more than 30% in respect to 100% maximum signal strength of the system is present for more than 45 seconds. Page 384 of 950 67 'Radio 1 This message is appearing if a radio interference has been detected. If the Interference! J display backlight has been activated the display will be illuminated periodically, too. In this case it is advisable to check if the G-Flame has been installed close to a strong source of interference. Therefore, enter the menu item 'Interfering Signal' and check if there is a higher value all the time. By stepping through the menu with the magnetic pen the warning 'Radio Interference' will be cleared. The device is always ready for use even if you do not clear this warning message. TIP If you switch on a G-Flame while the transmitter is in the firing mode the G-Flame will display the warning message 'Radio Interference' soon. The PFS Profi, PFS Pocket and the PFC Advanced are transmitting continuously (i.e. they are active carriers) if they are in the firing mode. If you change from normal mode to firing mode the controllers are telling the receivers that a continuous and intended transmission will follow. If a G-Flame has been switched on after this or was in the menu while this signal has been sent it will interpret the signal of the own transmitter as an interfering signal. TIP You can select another frequency in the menu of the device if the used radio channel is busy or if there is an interference. Of course, you have to select the same frequency also at the controller and all other receivers if additional devices are in use(only possible with Advanced series). TIP The frequency (i.e. radio channel) can also be changed remotely with the controller PFC Advanced or the wireless USB modem PFM Advanced. TIP Using the controller PFC Advanced the warning 'Radio Interference' and the level of interference can even be checked remotely. Page 385 of 950 18 Switching off If possible, you should switch off the device only if it is currently not in the menu. You may switch it off anytime if it is in receiving mode or respectively ready to fire mode or if the safety timer is counting down. Otherwise changes of parameters in the concerned menu item will not be saved. You should also not switch it off while a remote programming or a remote check is performed by the Advanced wireless module. Press the main switch to switch off the device CAUTION I Strong heating of the device during operation During operation, the following parts of the device can heat up considerably: • the casing, in particular the parts forming the combustion chamber • the electrode cage • the ignition electrodes • the electrode for ionization measurement 2.4.4 Do not touch these parts until they have cooled down sufficiently and the 2.5.1 unit is switched off. Alternatively, you can also power down the unit by using the emergency off input, i.e. by opening the electrical contact that is connected to this input. In principle the main switch and the emergency off switch are wired in series. Please note when powering down the device with the emergency off input that still there is a small power consumption. Due to that you should also switch off the device with the main switch if the device is not used for a longer time. The usage of the emergency off input is very recommendable to power down the device with sufficient safety distance and then activate the main switch. Especially when using DMX512 we recommend this procedure because this control signal contains no safety measures. 19 Command 'Firing mode off' If you operate the Advanced wireless module you can send the command 'Firing mode off'. This command is always being sent when the firing mode is disabled. If this command is being received opened electromagnetic fuel valves are closed, the electrical ignition is switched off and step sequences - if in progress - are terminated, provided that the device is within radio range. Page 386 of 950 .• 20 Radio range If the standard antenna is used under good conditions the range is 800 m and can be increased up to 2.000 m by using the antenna Superscan 70 or Superscan 71. Higher radio range is available on request. It is a general rule that the higher the antenna is positioned the better the reception will be. Please do not hesitate to ask our personnel for more information about the various possibilities of range improvement. TIP An antenna extension cable should be used for the Superscan 70 or Superscan 71 in order to mount the antenna separated to ensure that the generated flame cannot damage the antenna. TIP Do not use the high gain antennas Superscan 70 and Superscan 71 together with the remote access functions because in this mode the device is also transmitting data and the radio approval would be voided. 20.1 Radio Range Test The remote access functions of the controller PFC Advanced make very convenient radio range tests possible because the signal strength of both devices (signal back and forth) are displayed at the controller. If you want to read the test result at the G-Flame or if you work with the transmitter PFS Profi or PFS Pocket the radio range test can also be done the conventional way. After starting the test procedure, the G-Flames will for example display the following text: Remaining Range: This result means that the distance to the transmitter can be approximately 50% doubled until the signal will be too low. In general, you should try to achieve at least a signal level of 30%. 21 Remote access If the device has been accessed remotely via the wireless link or the serial data cables one of the following text messages will be displayed depending whether data is being read from the device or data is being written to the memory of the G-Flame: Transmitting The device is transmitting while the controller or the wireless USB modem is ,data... receiving data. !writing The controller or the wireless USB modem is transmitting data which is ,data... written to the memory of the G-Flame. If the radio channel is being changed by a remote command the new radio channel and the frequency in MHz is being displayed: RF Channel: 69 1 = 434.775 MHz Page 387 of 950 70 22 Operation time As soon as the device is in operation power is consumed from the internal battery. If this accumulator is totally charged and has the full capacity of 7,000 mAh 30% of energy will be left after an operation time as stated below. Continuous operation is possible if the device is being charged permanently. The values have been calculated assuming that the Advanced wireless module is installed, which consumes energy in addition, and that the fuel valves are opened for a total time of three minutes during the application. Operation mode Control with firing key input Control with voltage input Wireless control Maximum operation time 110 h 110 h 110 h Control via serial data cables (RS485) 70 h Control via DMX on cables 70 h Control via DMX and supply of wireless DMX Pens with a current consumption of typically 0.65A @ 5VDC 10 h TIP Please be aware of the fact that the rechargeable battery is losing capacity over the life time. The achievable operation time depends on the actual capacity of the particular battery. You can determine the capacity of the batteries by starting the battery measurement function in the menu. Page 388 of 950 71 23 Installation of accessories DANGER Use of non -original accessories or operation without specified components The safe operation of the device cannot be guaranteed, if non -original accessories and components are used. All specified parts must be used to operate the device (e.g. pressure reducer). • Use only components and accessories approved by the manufacturer. • Use all components specified by the manufacturer. 2.3.7 23.1 Installation of the Advanced wireless module The Advanced wireless module can be retrofitted by the user himself if the G-Flame has not been equipped with this optional feature when initially ordering the device. 23.1.1 Installation of the hardware Open the side panel (cover lid) of the device Then remove the blind cover of the antenna socket on the upper side of the device by opening the two screws. Afterwards you can insert the BNC feed through socket and mount it with the same screws. The wireless module will be mounted with two screws that have already been installed in the device. These screws have been secured with two self-locking nuts and you will find them on the side of the housing in the device near the connector which is intended to plug in the wireless module. Open the two self-locking nuts and remove the screws. Insert the wireless module in the 25pin connector (25pin S-Sub socket) which can be found on the front side of the printed circuit board which is installed in the device. The wireless module comes with two inserted nuts which will lay exactly behind the holes in the housing once the module is completely inserted. Mount the wireless module by using the screws which you removed before. Then you have to connect the BNC feed trough socket with the BNC connector of the wireless module by using the short piece of antenna cable with a BNC connector on each end which has been supplied with the module. Insert and close the cover lid and press it against the housing so that the latching mechanism is holding it in position. Every time you want to control the device wirelessly the supplied antenna must be installed. Page 389 of 950 72 23.1.2 Software installation of the Advanced wireless module After the wireless module (hardware) has been installed the software installation routine can be carried out. By doing so the microcontroller of the G-Flame is notified that the wireless module is now connected to the main board and the behavior of the firmware is changing accordingly. Switch on the G-Flame while you activate the sensor fields 'Up' and 'Down' by using two magnetic pens until you see this being displayed: wireless option: l You may select between 'On' and 'Off' with 'Up' and 'Down'. Off Wireless Option: 1 Select'On' in order to install the module, then activate 'Mode'. On Right after that the following ticker will be displayed: Call the Galaxis office and tell the token. You will receive the activation code. Continue with Mode. If you now activate 'Mode' a random eight -digit sequence of numbers will be generated and displayed, the so called token. Tell us this token on the phone and will give you the corresponding activation code. TIP You may speed up the ticker by activating the 'Mode' sensor field and keeping it activated. The sequence is as follows: Token: Example of a token being displayed. This screen is being displayed 53582820 sufficiently long so that you can tell us the token on the phone. Code? Then you see this request to enter the activation code which you will receive from Galaxis on the phone. With 'Up' and 'Down' you can change the digits. If you see the correct number being displayed activate 'Mode' to proceed. A '0' can be entered the easiest by activating 'Mode' without activating 'Up' or 'Down' before. Code? Ox The activation code, which has also eight digits, has been accepted 44232502; and the deep discharge counter has been reset to zero. No more warning message will be displayed any more until the next occurrence. Code? x A wrong activation code has been entered and the code was not 5423250200; accepted. Switch off the G-Flame and repeat the procedure. Page 390 of 950 73 23.2 De -installation of the wireless module TIP Before you remove the wireless -module, it must be deactivated in the software of the device. Otherwise the device can no longer be operated because the attempt to initialize the wireless module is failing. 23.2.1 De -installation of the wireless module in the software Switch on the G-Flame while you activate the sensor fields 'Up' and 'Down' by using two magnetic pens until you see this being displayed: wireless option: 1 You may select between 'On' and 'Off' with 'Up' and 'Down'. On wireless Option: Select 'Off' in order to de -install the module, then activate 'Mode'. Off After this 'Attention!' is being displayed in the upper line of the screen and below you will be able to read the following ticker text: Reinstallation is only possible with support on the phone during the Galaxis office hours! Subsequently the following safety request will be displayed: Are you Yes l Activate 'Up' if you really want to de -install the wireless module now. ,sure? No Otherwise you can select 'Down' to exit the sequence. Immediately after selecting either 'Yes' or 'No' the device enters the ready to fire mode. 23.2.2 De -installation of the hardware You can remove the wireless module by following the steps described in the section 'Installation of the hardware' in reverse order. 23.30ptional accessory: Power Upgrade The Power Upgrade is an optional accessory. It consists of a gas cartridge holder with an additional quick -coupler which is used to connect the already existing cartridge holder. Furthermore, a housing extension is supplied in order to cover the additional cartridges. The G-Flame Power Upgrade allows you to use not only two but four cartridges. By doing so a total flame height of approx. eight meters is achieved. The total flame duration remains the same as specified for two cartridges with XXL nozzle. Page 391 of 950 74 WARNING Fallout when using unspecified nozzles when operating the Power Upgrade The use of incorrect nozzles can lead to fallout, as well as fire on the ground due to burning liquid gas residues. • Use the nozzles as specified for the ambient temperature. 2.3.12 Attention: The following nozzles have to be used in conjunction with the Power Upgrade: Ambient temperature: Specified nozzle: more than +5°C Nozzle for liquid gas less than orequal to +5°C XXL nozzle The recommended safety distances are as follows: 12 meters upwards and 6.5 meters sideways if the device is standing vertically on even ground. General notes regarding safety distances can be found in the section 'Safety distances' in this manual. 24 Usage in rainy conditions The device can also be used even in heavy rainfall. The housing protects the electronic circuits against the immersion of rain water, also if the rain hits the device sideways. If rain water accumulates in the burning chamber it will be able to drain off through a drilling and a hose. Ensure that this drilling and the hose is not blocked by dirt or foreign particles. It is prohibited to submerge the device into water or to operate it in any way that water enters the device from the bottom side. As soon as the high voltage ignition is switched on a very hot electrical arc is being generated and the fuel can be ignited without any problems even in heavy rainfall. Ensure that all wetness or moisture can dry off completely after each usage in the rain before you stow the devices in cartons, flight cases or similar. Page 392 of 950 75 25 Maintenance and service life WARNING I Flammable atmosphere in/at the device When connecting or closing the gas containers, a flammable atmosphere could occur in/at the unit due to lose connections or leaks of the fuel - carrying components. An ignition spark could cause combustion or deflagration in/at the device. • Perform the pressure test of the fuel -carrying components as required in this operating manual. 0 \! • Make sure that the underside of the device (cutout) is not blocked. 2 2 1 • Large cutout at the underside of the device below the fuel- 2.3.4 carrying components, so that any escaping gas can be drained. 2.4.1 Do not use the device if leaks are detected. • Follow all safety instructions and regulations at all times. At the latest with every third application, the user should spray the seals of the quick couplers and the can holder with silicone spray to ensure that they remain elastic and provide a durable leak tight seal. If the flame burns long after the valves close, the Teflon seal of the nozzles may need to be replaced or the nozzle is not screwed in sufficiently tight. The rechargeable batteries can be tested by the user himself (please refer to the chapter 'The menu item 'Battery measurement" in this manual). This device must be subjected to a leak test once a year. This can be carried out by the manufacturer or a specialist company for gas installations or heating engineers with additional qualification. The following test pressures should be used: Intended operation with aerosol cartridges or operation with gas bottles with gaseous phase: 10 bar Intended operation with gas bottles, liquid phase: 12 bar The holding time for both test variants is 15 minutes. However, maintenance by the manufacturer is highly recommended. We recommend this every 12 or 24 months, depending on how often the device is used. In tour operation or for more than 30 applications per year, we recommend maintenance every 12 months. The following work will be carried out: - Firmware update if newer software is available - Inspection and, if necessary, replacement of seals and O-rings - Lubrication of seals - Leak test with highly sensitive manometer - Individual testing of each magnetic valve on its own - Inspection and, if necessary, tightening of screws - Checking and, if necessary, repairing screw locking measures - Visual inspection of the circuit board and all electrical connections for corrosion or other damages requiring repair - Replacement of damaged or defective components - Cleaning of the device if necessary - Cleaning or replacing the micro filter - Complete function test including communication test - Check of the frequency deviation of the radio modules if installed - Adjusting the ignition electrodes and the ionization measurement electrode Regular maintenance ensures a long service life and provides the basis for reliable and safe operation. In general, it can be assumed that safe operation can no longer be guaranteed after five years without maintenance by the manufacturer or an authorized dealer. Page 393 of 950 76 All quick couplers (both sides), all gas hoses and all pressure reducers generally have a service life of only eight years. Have these parts replaced by the manufacturer before this period has expired. After 50,000 switching cycles, the magnetic valves should be replaced by the manufacturer. 26 Cleaning The device is very robust. Please take care that e.g. no burning or hot cinders from firework effects fall onto the device, because this may cause damage to the surfaces. Ensure that the device is switched off before you clean it. Use a piece of cloth that was moistened with water and at the most some dishwashing agent, for cleaning the device. Solvents, strong detergents and abrasives could damage the surfaces. Keep all electrical contacts always clean. Unburned carbon may accumulate at the ignition electrodes, the ionization measurement electrode and on the electrode cage. This is absolutely normal and does not impair the function of the device. If a lot of unburned carbon has accumulated, we recommend to clean the ignition electrodes and the electrode cage by using a soft brush. Pay attention not to bend the electrodes. In case that the soot cannot be removed this way moisten the brush with brake cleaner. The ionization measurement electrode can be cleaned by using a piece of cloth. The gap between the tips of the ignition electrodes should approx. 3 mm. All fuel -carrying components, such as the quick couplers, gas cartridge receptacles and the fittings on the hoses and pressure reducers, are not allowed to become dirty. Always keep them absolutely clean to prevent leakages. 27 Micro filter This device is equipped with a micro filter. This largely prevents dust particles or foreign particles from getting into the fuel valves and leading to malfunctions and leakages. Devices produced until September 2017 have a screwable fine filter. Before each use of the units, check that the O-ring is functional and that the filter is hand -tight and leak -proof. Devices produced since October 2017 have a permanently installed filter. This does not have to be checked for tightness. After frequent use over a longer period of time, the filter may have to be cleaned. This is usually recognizable by a lower flame height. In this case, please send the unit to the manufacturer to have the filter cleaned or replaced. Under certain circumstances it is possible that the manufacturer is instructing you how to clean the filter yourself. If devices are sent in for maintenance it can happen that it is necessary that the screwable filter is exchanged against the permanently installed filter. Page 394 of 950 77 28 Warranty The warranty period is 24 months. If there is any defect during in this period please pack the device properly and send it to the manufacturer with carriage paid to have it repaired free of charge. Please do not forget to attach a description of the symptoms, which have occurred. Warranty is excluded if the device was damaged due to wrong usage or excessive stress. Unauthorized repairs and the use of non -original parts will void all warranty, guarantee and product liability claims with immediate effect. 29 Damages caused by misusage, maloperation, malfunction The devices have been designed to generate flame effects. Discuss all other applications with the manufacturer before usage. In the case that one of the events stated above has happened we are only liable if the causation was within our range of influence. The devices have been developed, manufactured and tested to the best of our knowledge and belief. Especially the user's work must comply with the safety instructions and the instructions given in this manual at all times. A long test period and our practical experience proved that the devices operate very safe and reliable even if used in difficult conditions. Page 395 of 950 78 30 Technical data Radio parameters Frequency Band: 433.05 - 434.79 MHz EU version Maximum radio -frequency power transmitted: <=10 mW (if Advanced radio Channel Spacing: 25 kHz module is installed) Number of radio channels: 70 (433.050 - 434.775 MHz) Modulation: FM narrow band Frequency Shift: +/- 3 kHz Duty Cycle: <10% Radio equipment class according to 2014/53/EU (RED): 1 Radio equipment type: non-specific short-range device, transmitter and receiver (Transceiver) Receiver Category according to ETSI EN 300 220 V3.1.1: demanded by the application: 3 (lowest performance level), fulfilled by the device up to SN F100XXXX2699: 1.5 (second-best performance level), fulfilled by the device starting at SN F100XXXX2700: 1 (best performance level); The receiver category indicates how well the device can still receive radio protocols when strong signals are present on frequencies below and above the used frequency (blocking). Receiver Principle: Double superheterodyne Receiver Sensitivity: -119 dBm @ 12 dB SINAD Wave Length: 70 cm Standard antenna included in delivery: Center Frequency: 434 MHz Radiation Pattern: omnidirectional Radiator Length: Lambda/4, not coiled Antenna Gain: 0.00 dBd, 2.15 dBi Radio parameters Frequency Range: 458 - 462.5 MHz US version License: FCC Part 90, FCC -ID: V9X-LMD400R (if Advanced radio Maximum radio -frequency power transmitted: <=10 mW module is installed) Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz Number of radio channels: 360 (458.0000 - 462.5000 MHz) Modulation: FM narrow band Frequency Shift: +/- 3 kHz Receiver Principle: Double superheterodyne Receiver Sensitivity: -119 dBm @ 12 dB SINAD Wave Length: 65 cm Standard antenna included in delivery: Center Frequency: 460 MHz Radiation Pattern: omnidirectional Radiator Length: Lambda/4, not coiled Antenna Gain: 0.00 dBd, 2.15 dBi Protocol parameters half -duplex, PCM with Manchestercoding, Checksum: 40 Bit (if Advanced radio CRC, data rate approx. 2,500 bps module is installed) Temperature range, Transport and storage: -30 to +70°C excluding fuels Operation: -20 to +65°C The maximum temperature difference between devices must not exceed 60 K in order to enable unimpaired radio communication. Optimal storage temperature for longest batter life: +10 to +20°C Humidity 10 - 90% rH, no condensation inside the device Allowable altitudes Storage and transport: -500 to 12,500 m above sea level Operation: -500 to 4,000 m Ignition Electrical arc Number of 2, connected in series electromagnetic valves Page 396 of 950 79 Functional principle of Ionization measurement the flame monitoring system Dimensions (LxWxH) and weight, each without antenna: 300 x 300 x 350 mm; 10.50 kg Power supply and charging concept: 2 x 12 V, 7 Ah, sealed lead acid type rechargeable battery, PYROTEC charging device Supplied accessories, included in delivery of the device: 1 Charging unit 1 Magnetic pen 1 User manual The following parts are included in the gas cartridge option: - cartridge holder (T-piece with quick -coupler, two non -return valves and two shut-off valves) - special nozzle for cartridge operation, size XXL The following parts are included in the gas bottle option: - gas hose with a length of 5 m and a quick -coupler - pressure regulator 1-4 bar - special nozzle for gas bottle operation, gasiform phase When buying a G-Flame either the gas cartridge or the gas bottle option is included in the purchase price. The following parts are included if an Advanced wireless module is ordered: 1 standard antenna 1 BNC feedthrough socket to be installed in the housing of the G-Flame 1 antenna cable with two BNC connectors to establish the connection between the BNC antenna feedthrough and the Advanced wireless module The following parts are included in the optional Power Upgrade: 1 cartridge holder with two quick -couplers, to be used between G-Flame and standard cartridge holder 1 housing extension to cover all four cartridges The particular nozzles must be ordered separately if not at hand already. Charging unit: Mains voltage 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz Power consumption typ. 4.5 Watts Charging time Full charge within 30 h, no danger of overcharging, automatic trickle char e Dimensions L-W-H 80-74-29 mm Weight 0.07 k Page 397 of 950 :X 31 Accessories Below is a list of original accessories that can be obtained from the manufacturer or authorized distributors at any time. The device may only be operated with these original accessories. Otherwise, all claims arising from warranty, guarantee and product liability will become void with immediate effect. Item No.: Description: 1496 Aerosol cartridges for G-Flame 1341 Antenna extension cable 1 m 1342 Antenna extension cable 2m 1345 Antenna extension cable 5m 1343 BNC-BNC adaptor 10162 Back plate for G-Flame 1498 Pressure regulator for gasiform phase. Operation with liquid phase strictly prohibited. Risk of accident! 1488 Nozzle for operation with gas cartridges size S 1489 Nozzle for operation with gas cartridges size M 1490 Nozzle for operation with gas cartridges size L 1491 Nozzle for operation with gas cartridges size XL 1492 Nozzle for operation with gas cartridges size XXL 1493 Nozzle for operation with gas bottles, gasiform phase 1494 Nozzle for operation with gas bottles, liquid phase 1206 Ext. firing key with XLR cable, 1 Output 15003 Flame Bar, straight, length 2m 15007 Flame Bar, octagon, diameter 48cm 1916 G-Flame Power Upgrade 1485 Gas cartridges option for G-Flame 1484 Gas bottle option for G-Flame, incl. 5m gas hose with quick couplers, pressure reducer for gasiform phase, operation with liquid phase strictly prohibited: Risk of accident! special nozzle for gas bottles 1917 Gas hose for G-Flame 10m 1918 Gas hose for G-Flame 15m 1301 Charging unit Profi series 1311 Magnetic pen 1302 Multi charging unit for up to 10 Profi devices 15001 Emergency Off Button 15000 Emergency Off Splitter 16-way 1499 Emergency Off Splitter 8-way 1320 Standard antenna 1322 Superscan 71, high gain antenna. Only approved for being used in receiving mode! 15020 LPG hose for liquefied gas, proof pressure 75 bar, 1 m 15004 LPG hose for liquefied gas, proof pressure 75 bar, 5m 10216 LPG hose for liquefied gas, proof pressure 75 bar, 10m 1811 LPG hose extension for liquefied gas, 1 m 1812 LPG hose extension for liquefied gas, 5m 1813 LPG hose extension for liquefied gas, 10m 1803 Gas hose adaptor for USA 1807 Extension for cartridge holder Page 398 of 950 81 32 CE marking of the EU version The EU version of this device is marked with the CE logo: C E Each device intended for operation in the EU is accompanied by an EU Declaration of Conformity. 33 Address of the manufacturer and contact details for requesting an EU declaration of conformity Galaxis Showtechnik GmbH Lohgerberstr. 2 84524 Neuotting Germany Tel.: +49 / 8671 / 73411 Fax: +49 / 8671 / 73513 Homepage: www.galaxis-showtechnik.de E-Mail: info@galaxis-showtechnik.de Please use these contact details if you want to request an EU declaration of conformity. Each device intended for operation in the EU is accompanied by an EU Declaration of Conformity. Page 399 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 Page: 1 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/MIXTURE AND OF THE COMPANY/UNDERTAKING Version: 4.0 Ashland Regulatory Information Number 1-800-325-3751 P.O. Box 2219 Telephone 614-790-3333 Columbus, OH 43216 Emergency telephone 1-800-ASHLAND (1-800-274- 5263) Product name PYROILO REGULAR STARTING FLUID Product code PYSFRI I Product Use Description No data 2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Emergency Overview Appearance: aerosol WARNING! EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. VAPOR MAY CAUSE FLASH FIRE. CONTENTS UNDER PRESSURE. MAY AFFECT THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM CAUSING DIZZINESS, HEADACHE OR NAUSEA. ASPIRATION HAZARD IF SWALLOWED - CAN ENTER LUNGS AND CAUSE DAMAGE. CAUSES EYE IRRITATION. PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT MAY DRY THE SKIN AND CAUSE IRRITATION AND BURNS. Potential Health Effects Exposure routes Inhalation, Skin absorption, Skin contact, Eye Contact Eye contact Can cause severe eye irritation. Symptoms include stinging, tearing, redness, and swelling of eyes. Can injure eye tissue. Skin contact May cause mild skin irritation. Prolonged or repeated contact may dry the skin. Symptoms may include redness, burning, drying and cracking of skin, and skin burns. Passage of this material into the body through the skin is possible, but it is unlikely that this would result in harmful effects during safe handling and use. Page l/12 Page 400 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 Page: 2 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Version: 4.0 Ingestion Swallowing small amounts of this material during normal handling is not likely to cause harmful effects. Swallowing large amounts may be harmful. This material can get into the lungs during swallowing or vomiting. This results in lung inflammation and other lung injury. Inhalation Breathing aerosol and/or mist is possible when material is sprayed. Aerosol and mist may present a greater risk of injury because more material may be present in the air than from vapor alone. Breathing small amounts of this material during normal handling is not likely to cause harmful effects. Breathing large amounts may be harmful. Symptoms are not expected at air concentrations below the recommended exposure limits, if applicable (see Section 8.). Aggravated Medical Condition Preexisting disorders of the following organs (or organ systems) may be aggravated by exposure to this material:, Skin, lung (for example, asthma -like conditions) Symptoms Signs and symptoms of exposure to this material through breathing, swallowing, and/or passage of the material through the skin may include:, stomach or intestinal upset (nausea, vomiting, diarrhea), irritation (nose, throat, airways), central nervous system depression (dizziness, drowsiness, weakness, fatigue, nausea, headache, unconsciousness), high blood pressure, effects on heart rate, effects on breathing rate Target Organs Exposure to this material (or a component) has been found to cause kidney damage in male rats. The mechanism by which this toxicity occurs is specific to the male rat and the kidney effects are not expected to occur in humans. Carcinogenicity This material is not listed as a carcinogen by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), the National Toxicology Program (NTP), or the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Reproductive hazard There are no data available for assessing risk to the fetus from maternal exposure to this material. 3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Page 2 / 12 Page 401 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR I I Hazardous SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER CARBON DIOXIDE 4. FIRST AID MEASURES CAS -No. 64742-89-8 60-29-7 124-38-9 Page: 3 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Concentration >=70-<80% >=15-<20% >=1.5-<5% Version: 4.0 Eyes If symptoms develop, immediately move individual away from exposure and into fresh air. Flush eyes gently with water for at least 15 minutes while holding eyelids apart; seek immediate medical attention. Skin Remove contaminated clothing. Flush exposed area with large amounts of water. If skin is damaged, seek immediate medical attention. If skin is not damaged and symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Launder clothing before reuse. Ingestion Seek medical attention. If individual is drowsy or unconscious, do not give anything by mouth; place individual on the left side with the head down. Contact a physician, medical facility, or poison control center for advice about whether to induce vomiting. If possible, do not leave individual unattended. Inhalation If symptoms develop, move individual away from exposure and into fresh air. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. Keep person warm and quiet; seek immediate medical attention. Notes to physician Hazards: Inhalation of high concentrations of this material, as could occur in enclosed spaces or during deliberate abuse, may be associated with cardiac arrhythmias. Sympathomimetic drugs may initiate cardiac arrhythmias in persons exposed to this material. Treatment: No information available. 5. FIRE -FIGHTING MEASURES Suitable extinguishing media Water mist, Carbon dioxide (CO2), Dry chemical Page 3 / 12 Page 402 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROILO REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 Hazardous combustion products Page: 4 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Version: 4.0 Aldehydes, carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide, organic compounds, Hydrocarbons Precautions for fire -fighting Material is volatile and readily gives off vapors which may travel along the ground or be moved by ventilation and ignited by pilot lights, flames, sparks, heaters, smoking, electric motors, static discharge or other ignition sources at locations near the material handling point. Never use welding or cutting torch on or near drum (even empty) because product (even just residue) can ignite explosively.Wear full firefighting turn -out gear (full Bunker gear), and respiratory protection (SCBA). NFPA Flammable and Combustible Liquids Classification Flammable Liquid Class IA 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Personal precautions For personal protection see section 8. Persons not wearing protective equipment should be excluded from area of spill until clean-up has been completed. Eliminate all ignition sources (flares, flames including pilot lights, electrical sparks). Environmental precautions Prevent run-off to sewers, streams or other bodies of water. If run-off occurs, notify proper authorities as required, that a spill has occurred. Methods for cleaning up Absorb liquid on vermiculite, floor absorbent or other absorbent material. 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE Handling Containers of this material may be hazardous when emptied. Since emptied containers retain product residues (vapor, liquid, and/or solid), all hazard precautions given in the data sheet must be observed. Avoid prolonged or frequently repeated skin contact with this material. Skin contact can be minimized by wearing impervious protective gloves. As with all products of this nature, good personal hygiene is essential. Hands and other exposed areas should be washed thoroughly with soap and water after contact, especially before eating and/or smoking. Regular laundering of contaminated clothing is essential to reduce indirect skin contact with this material. Static ignition hazard can result from handling and use. Electrically bond and ground all containers, personnel and equipment before transfer or use of material. Special precautions may be necessary to dissipate static electricity for non - Page 4 / 12 Page 403 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 Page: 5 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Version: 4.0 conductive containers. Use proper bonding and grounding during product transfer as described in National Fire Protection Association document NFPA 77. Hydrocarbon solvents are basically non- conductors of electricity and can become electrostatically charged during mixing, filtering or pumping at high flow rates. If this charge reaches a sufficiently high level, sparks can form that may ignite the vapors of flammable liquids. Storage Do not store near extreme heat, open flame, or sources of ignition. 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION Exposure Guidelines SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT 64742-89-8 ALIPHATIC OSHA Z1 time weighted average 500 ppm ACGIH time weighted average 300 ppm ACGIH time weighted average 1,370 mg/m3 ETHYL ETHER 60-29-7 ACGIH time weighted average 400 ppm ACGIH Short term exposure limit 500 ppm OSHA Z1 Permissible exposure 400 ppm limit OSHA Z1 Permissible exposure 1,200 mg/m3 limit CARBON DIOXIDE 124-38-9 ACGIH time weighted average 5,000 ppm ACGIH Short term exposure limit 30,000 ppm NIOSH Recommended exposure 5,000 ppm limit (REL): NIOSH Recommended exposure 9,000 mg/m3 limit (REL): NIOSH Short term exposure limit 30,000 ppm NIOSH Short term exposure limit 54,000 mg/m3 OSHA Z1 Permissible exposure 5,000 ppm limit OSHA Z1 Permissible exposure 9,000 mg/m3 limit General advice These recommendations provide general guidance for handling this product. Personal protective equipment should be selected for individual applications and should consider factors which affect Page 5 / 12 Page 404 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROILO REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR I I Page: 6 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Version: 4.0 exposure potential, such as handling practices, chemical concentrations and ventilation. It is ultimately the responsibility of the employer to follow regulatory guidelines established by local authorities. Exposure controls Provide sufficient mechanical (general and/or local exhaust) ventilation to maintain exposure below exposure guidelines (if applicable) or below levels that cause known, suspected or apparent adverse effects. Eye protection Wear chemical splash goggles when there is the potential for exposure of the eyes to liquid, vapor or mist. Skin and body protection Wear resistant gloves (consult your safety equipment supplier). Wear normal work clothing including long pants, long-sleeved shirts and foot covering to prevent direct contact of the product with the skin. Launder clothing before reuse. If skin irritation develops, contact your facility health and safety professional or your local safety equipment supplier to determine the proper personal protective equipment for your use. Respiratory protection A NIOSH-approved air -purifying respirator with an appropriate cartridge and/or filter may be persmissible under certain circumstancs where airborne concentrations are expected to exceed exposure limits (if applicable) or if overexposure has otherwise been determined. Protection provided by air - purifying respirators is limited. Use a positive pressure, air -supplied respirator if there is any potential for uncontrolled release, exposure levels are not known or any other circumstances where an air - purifying respirator may not provide adequate protection. 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Physical state Form Colour Odour Boiling point/boiling range pH Flash point Evaporation rate Lower explosion limit/Upper explosion limit Page 6 / 12 aerosol aerosol No data No data 34.60 °C @ 1,013.23 hPa Calculated Phase Transition Liquid/Gas No data -45.00 °C Calculated Flash Point No data 1.05 %(V) / 36.5 %(V) Page 405 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 Vapour pressure Vapour density Density Solubility Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water log Pow Autoignition temperature 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Stability Stable. Conditions to avoid Heat, flames and sparks. Incompatible products halogens, Strong oxidizing agents Page: 7 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Version: 4.0 717.261 hPa @ 25 °C Calculated Vapor Pressure No data 0.7114 g/cm3 @ 60.01 °F / 15.56 °C No data No data no data available No data Hazardous decomposition products Aldehydes, carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide, organic compounds, Hydrocarbons Hazardous reactions Product will not undergo hazardous polymerization. Thermal decomposition No data 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Acute oral toxicity SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER CARBON DIOXIDE Acute inhalation toxicity SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER Page 7 / 12 LD 50 Rat: > 8,000 mg/kg LD 50 Rat: 3,230 - 3,920 mg/kg no data available : LC 50 Rat: 3400 ppm, 4 h : LC 50 Rat: 32,000 mg/l, 4 h Page 406 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 CARBON DIOXIDE Acute dermal toxicity SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER CARBON DIOXIDE 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Biodegradability Page: 8 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/1/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Version: 4.0 no data available : LD 50 Rat: > 4,000 mg/kg no data available no data available SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT : no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available Bioaccumulation SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available Ecotoxicity effects Toxicity to fish SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT : no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available Toxicity to daphnia and other aquatic invertebrates. SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available Toxicity to algae SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT : no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available Toxicity to bacteria Page 8 / 12 Page 407 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT : no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available Additional ecological information SOLVENT NAPHTHA (PETROLEUM), LIGHT no data available ALIPHATIC ETHYL ETHER no data available CARBON DIOXIDE no data available 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Waste disposal methods Page: 9 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Version: 4.0 Dispose of in accordance with all applicable local, state and federal regulations. For assistance with your waste management needs - including disposal, recycling and waste stream reduction, contact Ashland Distribution's Environmental Services Group at 800-637-7922. 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION REGULATION ID PROPER SHIPPING NAME *HAZARD SUBSIDIARY PACKING MARINE NUMBER CLASS HAZARDS GROUP POLLUTANT / LTD. QTY. MEXICAN REGULATION FOR THE LAND TRANSPORT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND WASTES UN AEROSOLES 2 Page 9 / 12 Page 408 of 950 ASHLAND Page: 10 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID Version: 4.0 PYSFR 11 INTERNATIONAL AIR TRANSPORT ASSOCIATION - PASSENGER UN Aerosols, flammable (engine 2.1 starting fluid) INTERNATIONAL AIR TRANSPORT ASSOCIATION - CARGO UN Aerosols, flammable (engine 2.1 starting fluid) INTERNATIONAL MARITIME DANGEROUS GOODS UN 1950 AEROSOLS 2.1 LIMITED QUANTITY TRANSPORT CANADA - INLAND WATERWAYS UN 1950 AEROSOLS 2.1 TRANSPORT CANADA - RAIL UN 1950 AEROSOLS 2.1 TRANSPORT CANADA - ROAD UN 1950 AEROSOLS 2.1 U.S. DOT - INLAND WATERWAYS 1950 ORM-D, CONSUMER ORM COMMODITY U.S. DOT - RAIL 1950 ORM-D, CONSUMER ORM COMMODITY U.S. DOT - ROAD 1950 ORM-D, CONSUMER ORM COMMODITY *ORM = ORM-D, CBL = COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Dangerous goods descriptions (if indicated above) may not reflect quantity, end -use or region -specific exceptions that can be applied. Consult shipping documents for descriptions that are specific to the shipment. 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION Page 10 / 12 Page 409 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROIL® REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 Page: 11 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 California Prop. 65 WARNING! This product contains a chemical known in the State BENZENE of California to cause cancer. WARNING! This product contains a chemical known in the State BENZENE of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. TOLUENE SARA Hazard Classification Acute Health Hazard Fire Hazard Sudden Release of Pressure Hazard New Jersey RTK Label Information n-HEPTANE 142-82-5 ETHYL ETHER 60-29-7 CARBON DIOXIDE 124-38-9 Pennsylvania RTK Label Information n-HEPTANE 142-82-5 ETHYL ETHER 60-29-7 CARBON DIOXIDE 124-38-9 BENZENE 71-43-2 Notification status EU. EINECS y (positive listing) US. Toxic Substances Control Act y (positive listing) Australia. Industrial Chemical (Notification and Assessment) y (positive listing) Act Canada. Canadian Environmental Protection Act (CEPA). y (positive listing) Domestic Substances List (DSL). (Can. Gaz. Part II, Vol. 133) Japan. Kashin-Hou Law List n (Negative listing) Korea. Toxic Chemical Control Law (TCCL) List y (positive listing) Philippines. The Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear y (positive listing) Waste Control Act China. Inventory of Existing Chemical Substances y (positive listing) New Zealand. Inventory of Chemicals (NZIoC), as published y (positive listing) by ERMA New Zealand Reportable quantity - Product US. EPA CERCLA Hazardous Substances (40 CFR 302) Page 11/12 Version: 4.0 511 lbs Page 410 of 950 ASHLAND SAFETY DATA SHEET PYROILO REGULAR STARTING FLUID PYSFR 11 Reportable quantity -Components ETHYL ETHER 60-29-7 Page: 12 Revision Date: 01/14/2010 Print Date: 4/l/2010 MSDS Number: R0340954 Version: 4.0 100 lbs HMIS NFPA Health 2 1 Flammability 4 4 Physical hazards 0 Instability 0 Specific Hazard -- -- 16.OTHER INFORMATION The information accumulated herein is believed to be accurate but is not warranted to be whether originating with the company or not. Recipients are advised to confirm in advance of need that the information is current, applicable, and suitable to their circumstances. This MSDS has been prepared by Ashland's Environmental Health and Safety Department (1-800-325-3751). Page 12 / 12 Page 411 of 950 \J./:' RES PYRO- 1.1. Product identifier Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet Product name : Flash Tube 1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against Use of the substance/mixture Pyrotechnic Article 1.3. Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet RES Specialty Pyrotechnics, Inc. 21595 286th Street Belle Plaine, MN 56011 1.4. Emergency telephone number Emergency number 952-873-3113 HazardsSECTION 2: • • 2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture Classification (GHS-US) Expl.1.4 H2O4 Flam. Sol. 2 H228 Ox. Sol. 3 H272 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) H302 Skin Sens. 1 H317 Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 2.2. Label elements GHS-US labeling Hazard pictograms (GHS-US) < > < > < 0 > GHS01 GHS02 GHS03 GHS07 Signal word (GHS-US) Warning Hazard statements (GHS-US) H2O4 - Fire or projection hazard H228 - Flammable solid H272 - May intensify fire; oxidizer H302 - Harmful if swallowed H317 - May cause an allergic skin reaction Precautionary statements (GHS-US) P210 -Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. -No smoking P220 - Keep/Store away from clothing/combustible materials P221 - Take any precaution to avoid mixing with combustibles P240 - Ground/bond container and receiving equipment P241 - Use explosion -proof electrical/ventilating/lighting equipment P250 - Do not subject to grinding/shock/friction P261 - Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors/spray P264 - Wash thoroughly after handling P270 - Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product P272 - Contaminated work clothing must not be allowed out of the workplace P280 - Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection P301 + P312 - If swallowed: Call a poison center/doctor if you feel unwell P302 + P352 - If on skin: Wash with plenty of water P330 - Rinse mouth P333+P313 - If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice/attention P362+P364 - Take off contaminated clothing and wash it before reuse P370+P378 - In case of fire: Use water to extinguish P370+P380 - In case of fire: Evacuate area P372 - Explosion risk in case of fire P373 - DO NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives P374 - Fight fire with normal precautions from a reasonable distance P401 - Store locked up P501 - Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international 06112/2015 EN (English US) Page 1 Page 412 of 950 Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet regulations. 2.3. Other hazards No additional information available 2.4. Unknown acute toxicity (GHS-US) Not applicable 3.1. Substance Not applicable 3.2. Mixture Pyrotechnic mixtures in solid form containing fuels and oxidizers, pyrotechnic substances or a mixture of substances designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas, or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non -detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reactions. These items are classified as explosives 1 AG by the U.S. DOT. No chemical composition is exposed during normal handling, transportation and storage. The following components are present in these products as a pyrotechnic composition: Name Magnesium Product identifier (CAS No) 7439-95-4 % 0 - 84.8 Classification (GHS-US) Not classified Aluminum (CAS No) 7429-90-5 0 - 84.8 Not classified Strontium nitrate (CAS No) 10042-76-9 0 - 40 Not classified Barium nitrate (CAS No) 10022-31-8 0 - 40 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral), H302 Potassium nitrate (CAS No) 7757-79-1 0 - 20 Ox. Sol. 3, H272 Aquatic Acute 3, H402 Titanium (CAS No) 7440-32-6 0 - 20 Not classified 1,3,5,7-Tetraazatricyclo[3.3.1.13,7]decane (CAS No) 100-97-0 0 - 10 Not classified Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (CAS No) 9011-06-7 0 - 10 Not classified Ethanedioic acid, disodium salt (CAS No) 62-76-0 0 - 10 Not classified Carbon black (CAS No) 1333-86-4 0-4 Not classified Sulfur (CAS No) 7704-34-9 0-3 Skin Irrit. 2, H315 Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 4.1. Description of first aid measures First -aid measures after inhalation Medical attention is required. Remove to fresh air. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after skin contact No immediate medical attention is required. Remove contaminated clothing as needed and launder before reuse. Wash skin thoroughly with mild soap/water. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after eye contact Medical attention is required. Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for 15 minutes. An eye wash kit is required at the workplace. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation persists. First -aid measures after ingestion Medical attention is required. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed. Induce vomiting immediately (as directed by medical personnel). Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. 4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed Symptoms/injuries after inhalation Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after skin contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after eye contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after ingestion Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, ingested dusts may cause irritation. 4.3. Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed No additional information available SECTION 5.1. Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Pyrotechnics are self oxidizing. Flood with water. Fire extinguisher (Class A) may be used. Do not use suffocation methods. Unsuitable extinguishing media None. 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 2/9 Page 413 of 950 Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet 5.2. Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture Fire hazard May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizer. Explosion hazard These products will burn rapidly in the event of a fire. Fiery debris may be projected. Large quantities may explode in a fire. 5.3. Advice for firefighters Protection during firefighting Firefighters should wear full protective gear. SECTION 6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures 6.1.1. For non -emergency personnel No additional information available 6.1.2. For emergency responders No additional information available 6.2. Environmental precautions Avoid release to the environment. 6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaning up For containment Spilled composition is highly combustible. In case a device is broken open and pyrotechnic composition is spilled: Keep away any possible ignition source such as open flames, sparks and lit cigarettes. Prevent possible electrostatic discharges (for example: do not use a synthetic dustpan and brush). Methods for cleaning up Carefully pick up the material and place in a cardboard container. For dusts which may be released from a broken device, use dustless methods and place into a closed container for disposal. Take up wet and do not dry sweep or blow with compressed air. Care must be taken when using or disposing of chemical materials and/or their containers to prevent environmental contamination. 6.4. Reference to other sections No additional information available 7.1. Precautions for safe handling Precautions for safe handling All pyrotechnic devices should be handled with caution. Avoid open flames, smoking, friction, impact, excessive heat, electrostatic discharges, radio frequent interference and moisture. 7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Storage conditions : Store in dry, cool, well -ventilated area. 7.3. Specific end use(s) Pyrotechnics 8.1. Control parameters Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Magnesium (7439-95-4) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Aluminum (7429-90-5) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 1 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 3/9 Page 414 of 950 Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable 1,3,5,7-Tetraazatricyclo[3.3.1.13,7]decane (100-97-0) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Sulfur (7704-34-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Carbon black (1333-86-4) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 3 mg/m3 (inhalable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 3.5 mg/m3 Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Titanium (7440-32-6) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Ethanedioic acid, disodium salt (62-76-0) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable 8.2. Exposure controls Appropriate engineering controls Hand protection Eye protection Skin and body protection Respiratory protection None required under normal product handling conditions. None required under normal product handling conditions. None required under normal product handling conditions. Wear suitable working clothes. None required under normal product handling conditions. Physical state Solid Appearance Contained in cardboard casing. Odor None Odor threshold Not Applicable pH Not Applicable Relative evaporation rate (butyl acetate=1) Not Applicable Melting point Not Applicable Freezing point Not Applicable Boiling point Not Applicable Flash point Not Applicable Auto -ignition temperature >150°C Decomposition temperature Not Applicable Flammability (solid, gas) No data available Vapor pressure No data available Relative vapor density at 20 °C No data available Relative density No data available Solubility Not Applicable 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 4/9 Page 415 of 950 Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet Log Pow No data available Log Kow No data available Viscosity, kinematic No data available Viscosity, dynamic No data available Explosive properties No data available Oxidizing properties No data available Explosive limits No data available 9.2. Other information No additional information available 10.1. Reactivity No additional information available 10.2. Chemical stability The product is stable at normal handling and storage conditions. 10.3. Possibility of hazardous reactions Will not occur. 10.4. Conditions to avoid Open flames, sparks, high temperatures, friction or impact, electrostatic discharges and radio frequent radiation. 10.5. Incompatible materials None known. 10.6. Hazardous decomposition products Decomposition does not occur under normal circumstances during storage, transport and handling. 11.1. Information on toxicological effects Acute toxicity Oral: Harmful if swallowed. Flash Tube ATE US (oral) 887.500 mg/kg body weight Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) LD50 oral rat 2750 mg/kg Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) LD50 oral rat 3015 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 3015.000 mg/kg body weight Magnesium (7439-95-4) LD50 oral rat 230 mg/kg 1,3,5,7-Tetraazatricyclo[3.3.1.13,7]decane (100-97-0) LD50 oral rat 9200 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 9200.000 mg/kg body weight Sulfur (7704-34-9) LD50 oral rat > 3000 mg/kg LD50 dermal rabbit > 2000 mg/kg LC50 inhalation rat (mg/1) > 9.23 mg/l/4h Carbon black (1333-86-4) LD50 oral rat I > 15400 mg/kg Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) LD50 oral rat 355 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 355.000 mg/kg body weight 06112/2015 EN (English US) 519 Page 416 of 950 Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet Skin corrosion/irritation Serious eye damage/irritation Respiratory or skin sensitization Germ cell mutagenicity Carcinogenicity Not classified Not classified May cause an allergic skin reaction. Not classified Not classified Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) IARC group 1 3 -Not classifiable Carbon black (1333-86-4) IARC group 2B - Possibly carcinogenic to humans In OSHA Hazard Communication Carcinogen Yes list Reproductive toxicity Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (repeated Not classified exposure) Aspiration hazard : Not classified 12.1. Toxicity 1,3,5,7-Tetraazatricyclo[3.3.1.13,7]decane (100-97-0) LC50 fish 1 44600 - 55600 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Pimephales promelas [flow -through]) EC50 Daphnia 1 29868 - 43390 mg/I (Exposure time: 48 h - Species: Daphnia magna) Sulfur (7704-34-9) LC50 fish 1 866 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Brachydanio rerio [static]) LC50 fish 2 < 14 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Lepomis macrochirus [static]) 12.2. Persistence and degradability No additional information available 12.3. Bioaccumulative potential No additional information available 12.4. Mobility in soil No additional information available 12.5. Other adverse effects Effect on the global warming No known ecological damage caused by this product. I 06112/2015 EN (English US) 6/9 Page 417 of 950 Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet 13.1. Waste treatment methods Waste disposal recommendations Department of Transportation (DOT) In accordance with DOT Transport document description UN-No.(DOT) DOT Proper Shipping Name Department of Transportation (DOT) Hazard Classes Hazard labels (DOT) Packing group (DOT) DOT Packaging Non Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Packaging Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Packaging Exceptions (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Quantity Limitations Passenger aircraft/rail (49 CFR 173.27) DOT Quantity Limitations Cargo aircraft only (49 CFR 175.75) DOT Vessel Stowage Location DOT Vessel Stowage Other Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic (for technical purposes), 1.4, II UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes 1.4 - Class 1.4 - Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) 49 CFR 173.50 1 AG - Explosive 1.4 G 1 II - Medium Danger 62 None None Forbidden 75 kg 02 - The material may be stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) and "on deck" in closed cargo transport units or "under deck" in closed cargo transport units on a passenger vessel. 25 - Shade from radiant heat 15.1. US Federal regulations Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Magnesium (7439-95-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Aluminum (7429-90-5) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on SARA Section 313 (Specific toxic chemical listings) SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1.0 % (dust or fume only) Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 1,3,5,7-Tetraazatricyclo[3.3.1.13,7]decane (100-97-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Sulfur (7704-34-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Carbon black (1333-86-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 7/9 Page 418 of 950 Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Titanium (7440-32-6) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Ethanedioic acid, disodium salt (62-76-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 15.2. US State regulations Carbon black (1333-86-4) U.S. - California - U.S. - California - U.S. - California - U.S. - California - No significance risk Proposition 65 - Proposition 65 - Proposition 65 - Proposition 65 - level (NSRL) Carcinogens List Developmental Toxicity Reproductive Toxicity - Reproductive Toxicity - Female Male Yes No No No Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Magnesium (7439-95-4) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Aluminum (7429-90-5) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List 1,3,5,7-Tetraazatricyclo[3.3.1.13,7]decane (100-97-0) U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List Sulfur (7704-34-9) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Carbon black (1333-86-4) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Titanium (7440-32-6) U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 8/9 Page 419 of 950 Flash Tube Safety Data Sheet Full text of H-phrases:: Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 4 Aquatic Acute 3 Hazardous to the aquatic environment - Acute Hazard Category 3 Expl. 1.4 Explosive Category 1.4 Flam. Sol. 2 Flammable solids Category 2 Ox. Sol. 3 Oxidizing solids Category 3 Skin Irrit. 2 Skin corrosion/irritation Category 2 Skin Sens. 1 Skin sensitization Category 1 H2O4 Fire or projection hazard H228 Flammable solid H272 May intensity fire; oxidizer H302 Harmful if swallowed H315 Causes skin irritation H317 May cause an allergic skin reaction H402 Harmful to aquatic life This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 9/9 Page 420 of 950 \J/ RES PYRO�; 1.1. Product identifier Product name Fireball Airburst Safety Data Sheet Fireball Airburst 1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against Use of the substance/mixture : Pyrotechnic Article 1.3. Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet RES Specialty Pyrotechnics, Inc. 21595 286th Street Belle Plaine, MN 56011 1.4. Emergency telephone number Emergency number 952-873-3113 HazardsSECTION 2: • • 2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture Classification (GHS-US) Expl.1.4 H2O4 Flam. Sol. 2 H228 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) H302 Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 2.2. Label elements GHS-US labeling Hazard pictograms (GHS-US) Signal word (GHS-US) Hazard statements (GHS-US) Precautionary statements (GHS-US) 2.3. Other hazards No additional information available 2.4. Unknown acute toxicity (GHS-US) Not applicable 000 GHS01 GHS02 GHS07 Warning H2O4 - Fire or projection hazard H228 - Flammable solid H302 - Harmful if swallowed P210 - Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. - No smoking P240 - Ground/bond container and receiving equipment P241 - Use explosion -proof electrical/ventilating/lighting/equipment P250 - Do not subject to grinding/shock/friction P264 - Wash thoroughly after handling P270 - Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product P280 - Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection P301 + P312 - If swallowed: Call a poison center/doctor if you feel unwell P330 - Rinse mouth P370+P378 - In case of fire: Use water to extinguish P370+P380 - In case of fire: Evacuate area P372 - Explosion risk in case of fire P373 - DO NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives P374 - Fight fire with normal precautions from a reasonable distance P401 - Store locked up P501 - Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. 06112/2015 EN (English US) Page 1 Page 421 of 950 Fireball Airburst Safety Data Sheet 3.1. Substance Not applicable 3.2. Mixture Pyrotechnic mixtures in solid form containing fuels and oxidizers, pyrotechnic substances or a mixture of substances designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas, or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non -detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reactions. These items are classified as explosives 1 AG by the U.S. DOT. No chemical composition is exposed during normal handling, transportation and storage. The following components are present in these products as a pyrotechnic composition: Name Lycopodium (powder) Product identifier % (CAS No) 8023-70-9 0 - 90 Classification (GHS-US) Not classified Potassium perchlorate (CAS No) 7778-74-7 0 - 50 Not classified Strontium nitrate (CAS No) 10042-76-9 0 - 50 Not classified Magnesium (CAS No) 7439-95-4 0 - 40 Not classified Titanium (CAS No) 7440-32-6 0 - 19.25 Not classified Aluminum (CAS No) 7429-90-5 0 - 11.55 Not classified Iron (CAS No) 7439-89-6 0 - 6.82 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral), H302 Silicon (CAS No) 7440-21-3 0 - 1.54 Not classified Carbon (CAS No) 7440-44-0 0 - 0.22 Not classified Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 4.1. Description of first aid measures First -aid measures after inhalation Medical attention is required. Remove to fresh air. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after skin contact No immediate medical attention is required. Remove contaminated clothing as needed and launder before reuse. Wash skin thoroughly with mild soap/water. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after eye contact Medical attention is required. Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for 15 minutes. An eye wash kit is required at the workplace. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation persists. First -aid measures after ingestion Medical attention is required. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed. Induce vomiting immediately (as directed by medical personnel). Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. 4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed Symptoms/injuries after inhalation Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after skin contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after eye contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after ingestion Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, ingested dusts may cause irritation. 4.3. Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed No additional information available SECTION 5.1. Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Pyrotechnics are self oxidizing. Flood with water. Fire extinguisher (Class A) may be used. Do not use suffocation methods. Unsuitable extinguishing media None. 5.2. Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture Fire hazard May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizer. Explosion hazard These products will burn rapidly in the event of a fire. Fiery debris may be projected. Large quantities may explode in a fire. 5.3. Advice for firefighters Protection during firefighting Firefighters should wear full protective gear. 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 2/8 Page 422 of 950 Fireball Airburst Safety Data Sheet 6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures 6.1.1. For non -emergency personnel No additional information available 6.1.2. For emergency responders No additional information available 6.2. Environmental precautions Avoid release to the environment. 6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaning up For containment Spilled composition is highly combustible. In case a device is broken open and pyrotechnic composition is spilled: Keep away any possible ignition source such as open flames, sparks and lit cigarettes. Prevent possible electrostatic discharges (for example: do not use a synthetic dustpan and brush). Methods for cleaning up Carefully pick up the material and place in a cardboard container. For dusts which may be released from a broken device, use dustless methods and place into a closed container for disposal. Take up wet and do not dry sweep or blow with compressed air. Care must be taken when using or disposing of chemical materials and/or their containers to prevent environmental contamination. 6.4. Reference to other sections No additional information available 7.1. Precautions for safe handling Precautions for safe handling All pyrotechnic devices should be handled with caution. Avoid open flames, smoking, friction, impact, excessive heat, electrostatic discharges, radio frequent interference and moisture. 7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Storage conditions Store in dry, cool, well -ventilated area. 7.3. Specific end use(s) Pyrotechnics 8.1. Control parameters Aluminum (7429-90-5) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 1 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) Magnesium (7439-95-4) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Silicon (7440-21-3) - ACGIH Not applicable OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) Lycopodium (powder) (8023-70-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Potassium perchlorate (7778-74-7) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 3/8 Page 423 of 950 Fireball Airburst Safety Data Sheet Titanium (7440-32-6) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Carbon (7440-44-0) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Iron (7439-89-6) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable 8.2. Exposure controls Appropriate engineering controls Hand protection Eye protection Skin and body protection Respiratory protection None required under normal product handling conditions. None required under normal product handling conditions. None required under normal product handling conditions. Wear suitable working clothes. None required under normal product handling conditions. 9.1. Information on basic physical and chemical properties Physical state Solid Appearance Contained in cardboard casing. Odor None Odor threshold Not Applicable pH Not Applicable Relative evaporation rate (butyl acetate=1) Not Applicable Melting point Not Applicable Freezing point Not Applicable Boiling point Not Applicable Flash point Not Applicable Auto -ignition temperature >150°C Decomposition temperature Not Applicable Flammability (solid, gas) No data available Vapor pressure No data available Relative vapor density at 20 °C No data available Relative density No data available Solubility Not Applicable Log Pow No data available Log Kow No data available Viscosity, kinematic No data available Viscosity, dynamic No data available Explosive properties No data available Oxidizing properties No data available Explosive limits No data available 9.2. Other information No additional information available 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 4/8 Page 424 of 950 Fireball Airburst Safety Data Sheet 10.1. Reactivity No additional information available 10.2. Chemical stability The product is stable at normal handling and storage conditions. 10.3. Possibilityof hazardous reactions Will not occur. 10.4. Conditions to avoid Open flames, sparks, high temperatures, friction or impact, electrostatic discharges and radio frequent radiation. 10.5. Incompatible materials None known. 10.6. Hazardous decomposition products Decomposition does not occur under normal circumstances during storage, transport and handling. 11.1. Information on toxicological effects Acute toxicity : Oral: Harmful if swallowed. Fireball Airburst ATE US (oral) 500.000 mg/kg body weight Magnesium (7439-95-4) LD50 oral rat 230 mg/kg Silicon (7440-21-3) LD50 oral rat 3160 mg/kg Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) LD50 oral rat 2750 mg/kg Carbon (7440-44-0) LD50 oral rat > 10000 mg/kg Iron (7439-89-6) LD50 oral rat 984 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 984.000 mg/kg Skin corrosion/irritation Serious eye damage/irritation Respiratory or skin sensitization Germ cell mutagenicity Carcinogenicity Reproductive toxicity : Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) : Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (repeated Not classified exposure) Aspiration hazard : Not classified 12.1. Toxicity No additional information available 06/12/2015 EN (English US) Not classified Not classified Not classified Not classified Not classified 5/8 Page 425 of 950 Fireball Airburst Safety Data Sheet 12.2. Persistence and degradability No additional information available 12.3. Bioaccumulative potential No additional information available 12.4. Mobility in soil No additional information available 12.5. Other adverse effects Effect on the global warming 13.1. Waste treatment methods Waste disposal recommendations Department of Transportation (DOT) In accordance with DOT Transport document description UN-No.(DOT) DOT Proper Shipping Name Department of Transportation (DOT) Hazard Classes Hazard labels (DOT) Packing group (DOT) DOT Packaging Non Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Packaging Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Packaging Exceptions (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Quantity Limitations Passenger aircraft/rail (49 CFR 173.27) DOT Quantity Limitations Cargo aircraft only (49 CFR 175.75) DOT Vessel Stowage Location DOT Vessel Stowage Other No known ecological damage caused by this product. Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic (for technical purposes), 1.4, II UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes 1.4 - Class 1.4 - Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) 49 CFR 173.50 1 AG - Explosive 1.4 G 1 II - Medium Danger 62 None None Forbidden 75 kg 02 - The material may be stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) and "on deck" in closed cargo transport units or "under deck" in closed cargo transport units on a passenger vessel. 25 - Shade from radiant heat 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 6/8 Page 426 of 950 Fireball Airburst Safety Data Sheet 15.1. US Federal regulations Aluminum (7429-90-5) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on SARA Section 313 (Specific toxic chemical listings) SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1.0 % (dust or fume only) Magnesium (7439-95-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Silicon (7440-21-3) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Potassium perchlorate (7778-74-7) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Titanium (7440-32-6) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Carbon (7440-44-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Iron (7439-89-6) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 15.2. US State regulations Aluminum (7429-90-5) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Magnesium (7439-95-4) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Silicon (7440-21-3) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Potassium perchlorate (7778-74-7) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Titanium (7440-32-6) U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 7/8 Page 427 of 950 Fireball Airburst Safety Data Sheet Full text of H-phrases:: Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 4 Expl. 1.4 Explosive Category 1.4 Flam. Sol. 2 Flammable solids Category 2 H2O4 Fire or projection hazard H228 Flammable solid H302 Harmful if swallowed This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 8/8 Page 428 of 950 RES PYRO- 1.1. Product identifier Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet Product name : Flame Projector 1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against Use of the substance/mixture Pyrotechnic Article 1.3. Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet RES Specialty Pyrotechnics, Inc. 21595 286th Street Belle Plaine, MN 56011 1.4. Emergency telephone number Emergency number 952-873-3113 HazardsSECTION 2: • • 2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture Classification (GHS-US) Expl.1.4 H2O4 Acute Tox. 2 (Oral) H300 Acute Tox. 1 (Dermal) H310 Skin Sens. 1 H317 STOT RE 2 H373 Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 2.2. Label elements GHS-US labeling Hazard pictograms (GHS-US) < > <e> < t_ ' • <4> GHS01 GHS06 GHS07 GHS08 Signal word (GHS-US) Danger Hazard statements (GHS-US) H2O4 - Fire or projection hazard H300+H310 - Fatal if swallowed or in contact with skin H317 - May cause an allergic skin reaction H373 - May cause damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure Precautionary statements (GHS-US) P210 -Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. -No smoking P240 - Ground/bond container and receiving equipment P250 - Do not subject to grinding/shock/friction P260 - Do not breathe dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors/spray P262 - Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing P264 - Wash thoroughly after handling P270 - Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product P272 - Contaminated work clothing must not be allowed out of the workplace P280 - Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection P301 + P310 - If swallowed: Immediately call a poison center/doctor P302 + P352 - If on skin: Wash with plenty of water P310 - Immediately call a poison center/doctor P314 - Get medical advice/attention if you feel unwell P330 - Rinse mouth P333+P313 - If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice/attention P361 - Take off immediately all contaminated clothing P362+P364 - Take off contaminated clothing and wash it before reuse P363 - Wash contaminated clothing before reuse P370+P380 - In case of fire: Evacuate area P372 - Explosion risk in case of fire P373 - DO NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives P374 - Fight fire with normal precautions from a reasonable distance P405 - Store locked up P501 - Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international 06112/2015 EN (English US) Page 1 Page 429 of 950 Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet regulations. 2.3. Other hazards No additional information available 2.4. Unknown acute toxicity (GHS-US) Not applicable 3.1. Substance Not applicable 3.2. Mixture Pyrotechnic mixtures in solid form containing fuels and oxidizers, pyrotechnic substances or a mixture of substances designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas, or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non -detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reactions. These items are classified as explosives 1 AG by the U.S. DOT. No chemical composition is exposed during normal handling, transportation and storage. The following components are present in these products as a pyrotechnic composition: Name Product identifier % Classification (GHS-US) Nitroglycerin (CAS No) 55-63-0 0 - 20 Unst. Expl, H2O0 Acute Tox. 2 (Oral), H300 Acute Tox. 1 (Dermal), H310 Acute Tox. 2 (Inhalation), H330 STOT RE 2, H373 Aquatic Chronic 2, H411 Urea, N,N'-diethyl-N,N'-diphenyl- (CAS No) 85-98-3 0 - 20 Not classified Diphenylamine (CAS No) 122-39-4 0 - 20 Acute Tox. 3 (Oral), H301 Acute Tox. 3 (Dermal), H311 Acute Tox. 3 (Inhalation), H331 STOT RE 2, H373 Aquatic Acute 1, H400 Aquatic Chronic 1, H410 Nitrocellulose (CAS No) 9004-70-0 0 - 20 Not classified Rosin (CAS No) 8050-09-7 0 - 20 Acute Tox. 1 (Oral), H300 Skin Sens. 1, H317 Strontium nitrate (CAS No) 10042-76-9 0-2 Not classified Aluminum (CAS No) 7429-90-5 0-2 Not classified Barium nitrate (CAS No) 10022-31-8 0-2 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral), H302 Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 4.1. Description of first aid measures _9r First -aid measures after inhalation Medical attention is required. Remove to fresh air. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after skin contact No immediate medical attention is required. Remove contaminated clothing as needed and launder before reuse. Wash skin thoroughly with mild soap/water. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after eye contact Medical attention is required. Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for 15 minutes. An eye wash kit is required at the workplace. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation persists. First -aid measures after ingestion Medical attention is required. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed. Induce vomiting immediately (as directed by medical personnel). Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. 4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed Symptoms/injuries after inhalation Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after skin contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after eye contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after ingestion Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, ingested dusts may cause irritation. 4.3. Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed No additional information available 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 2/9 Page 430 of 950 Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet 5.1. Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Pyrotechnics are self oxidizing. Flood with water. Fire extinguisher (Class A) may be used. Do not use suffocation methods. Unsuitable extinguishing media None. 5.2. Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture Fire hazard May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizer. Explosion hazard These products will burn rapidly in the event of a fire. Fiery debris may be projected. Large quantities may explode in a fire. 5.3. Advice for firefighters Protection during firefighting Firefighters should wear full protective gear. SECTION 6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures 6.1.1. For non -emergency personnel No additional information available 6.1.2. For emergency responders No additional information available 6.2. Environmental precautions Avoid release to the environment. 6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaning up For containment Spilled composition is highly combustible. In case a device is broken open and pyrotechnic composition is spilled: Keep away any possible ignition source such as open flames, sparks and lit cigarettes. Prevent possible electrostatic discharges (for example: do not use a synthetic dustpan and brush). Methods for cleaning up Carefully pick up the material and place in a cardboard container. For dusts which may be released from a broken device, use dustless methods and place into a closed container for disposal. Take up wet and do not dry sweep or blow with compressed air. Care must be taken when using or disposing of chemical materials and/or their containers to prevent environmental contamination. 6.4. Reference to other sections No additional information available 7.1. Precautions for safe handling Precautions for safe handling All pyrotechnic devices should be handled with caution. Avoid open flames, smoking, friction, impact, excessive heat, electrostatic discharges, radio frequent interference and moisture. 7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Storage conditions Store in dry, cool, well -ventilated area. 7.3. Specific end use(s) Pyrotechnics 8.1. Control parameters Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Nitroglycerin (55-63-0) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (ppm) 0.05 ppm OSHA OSHA PEL (Ceiling) (mg/m') 2 mg/m' OSHA OSHA PEL (Ceiling) (ppm) 0.2 ppm 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 3/9 Page 431 of 950 Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet Urea, N,N'-diethyl-N,N'-diphenyl- (85-98-3) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Diphenylamine (122-39-4) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 10 mg/m3 OSHA Not applicable Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Rosin (8050-09-7) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Aluminum (7429-90-5) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 1 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) 8.2. Exposure controls Appropriate engineering controls Hand protection Eye protection Skin and body protection Respiratory protection None required under normal product handling conditions. None required under normal product handling conditions. None required under normal product handling conditions. Wear suitable working clothes. None required under normal product handling conditions. Physical state Solid Appearance Contained in cardboard casing. Odor None Odor threshold Not Applicable pH Not Applicable Relative evaporation rate (butyl acetate=1) Not Applicable Melting point Not Applicable Freezing point Not Applicable Boiling point Not Applicable Flash point Not Applicable Auto -ignition temperature >150°C Decomposition temperature Not Applicable Flammability (solid, gas) No data available Vapor pressure No data available Relative vapor density at 20 °C No data available Relative density No data available Solubility Not Applicable Log Pow No data available Log Kow No data available Viscosity, kinematic No data available 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 4/9 Page 432 of 950 Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet Viscosity, dynamic Explosive properties Oxidizing properties Explosive limits 9.2. Other information No additional information available 10.1. Reactivity No additional information available No data available No data available No data available No data available 10.2. Chemical stability The product is stable at normal handling and storage conditions. 10.3. Possibility of hazardous reactions Will not occur. 10.4. Conditions to avoid Open flames, sparks, high temperatures, friction or impact, electrostatic discharges and radio frequent radiation. 10.5. Incompatible materials None known. 10.6. Hazardous decomposition products Decomposition does not occur under normal circumstances during storage, transport and handling. 11.1. Information on toxicological effects Acute toxicity Oral: Fatal if swallowed. Dermal: Fatal in contact with skin. Flame Projector ATE US (oral) 9.198 mg/kg body weight ATE US (dermal) 24.590 mg/kg body weight Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) LD50 oral rat 2750 mg/kg Nitroglycerin (55-63-0) LD50 oral rat 100 mg/kg LD50 dermal rabbit > 280 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 5.000 mg/kg body weight ATE US (dermal) 5.000 mg/kg body weight ATE US (gases) 100.000 ppmV/4h ATE US (vapors) 0.500 mg/I/4h ATE US (dust, mist) 0.050 mg/I/4h Urea, N,N'-diethyl-N,N'-diphenyl- (85-98-3) LD50 oral rat 2750 mg/kg Diphenylamine (122-39-4) LD50 oral rat 1120 mg/kg LD50 dermal rabbit > 2000 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 100.000 mg/kg body weight ATE US (dermal) 300.000 mg/kg body weight ATE US (gases) 700.000 ppmV/4h ATE US (vapors) 3.000 mg/I/4h ATE US (dust, mist) 0.500 mg/I/4h Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) LD50 oral rat I > 5 g/kg Rosin (8050-09-7) M LD50 oral rat 7600 mg/kg 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 5/9 Page 433 of 950 Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet Rosin (8050-09-7) LD50 dermal rabbit > 2500 mg/kg LC50 inhalation rat (mg/1) 1.5 mg/l/4h ATE US (oral) 3.000 mg/kg Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) LD50 oral rat 355 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 355.000 mg/kg body weight Skin corrosion/irritation Serious eye damage/irritation Respiratory or skin sensitization Germ cell mutagenicity Carcinogenicity Reproductive toxicity Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) Specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure) Aspiration hazard W.1. Toxicity Nitroglycerin (55-63-0) Not classified Not classified May cause an allergic skin reaction. Not classified Not classified Not classified Not classified May cause damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure. Not classified LC50 fish 1 0.87 - 3.25 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Lepomis macrochirus [flow -through]) EC50 Daphnia 1 46 - 55 mg/I (Exposure time: 48 h - Species: Daphnia magna) LC50 fish 2 0.87 - 2.21 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Lepomis macrochirus [static]) EC50 Daphnia 2 38 - 55 mg/I (Exposure time: 48 h - Species: Daphnia magna [Static]) Diphenylamine (122-39-4) LC50 fish 1 3.47 - 4.14 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Pimephales promelas [flow -through]) EC50 Daphnia 1 1.69 - 2.46 mg/I (Exposure time: 48 h - Species: Daphnia magna) Rosin (8050-09-7) EC50 Daphnia 1 3.8 - 5.4 mg/I (Exposure time: 48 h - Species: Daphnia magna) 12.2. Persistence and degradability No additional information available 12.3. Bioaccumulative potential Diphenylamine (122-39-4) BCF fish 1 12.4. Mobility in soil No additional information available 51 - 253 12.5. Other adverse effects Effect on the global warming No known ecological damage caused by this product. 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 6/9 Page 434 of 950 Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet 13.1. Waste treatment methods Waste disposal recommendations Department of Transportation (DOT) In accordance with DOT Transport document description UN-No.(DOT) DOT Proper Shipping Name Department of Transportation (DOT) Hazard Classes Hazard labels (DOT) Packing group (DOT) DOT Packaging Non Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Packaging Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Packaging Exceptions (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Quantity Limitations Passenger aircraft/rail (49 CFR 173.27) DOT Quantity Limitations Cargo aircraft only (49 CFR 175.75) DOT Vessel Stowage Location DOT Vessel Stowage Other Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic (for technical purposes), 1.4, II UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes 1.4 - Class 1.4 - Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) 49 CFR 173.50 1 AG - Explosive 1.4 G 1 II - Medium Danger 62 None None Forbidden 75 kg 02 - The material may be stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) and "on deck" in closed cargo transport units or "under deck" in closed cargo transport units on a passenger vessel. 25 - Shade from radiant heat 15.1. US Federal regulations Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Nitroglycerin (55-63-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on SARA Section 313 (Specific toxic chemical listings) SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1.0 % Urea, N,N'-diethyl-N,N'-diphenyl- (85-98-3) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Diphenylamine (122-39-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on SARA Section 313 (Specific toxic chemical listings) EPA TSCA Regulatory Flag T - T - indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 4 test rule under TSCA. SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1.0 % Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Rosin (8050-09-7) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 7/9 Page 435 of 950 Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Aluminum (7429-90-5) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on SARA Section 313 (Specific toxic chemical listings) SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1 1.0 % (dust or fume only) 15.2. US State regulations Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Nitroglycerin (55-63-0) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Diphenylamine (122-39-4) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Rosin (8050-09-7) U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Aluminum (7429-90-5) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Full text of H-phrases:: Acute Tox. 1 (Dermal) Acute toxicity (dermal) Category 1 Acute Tox. 1 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 1 Acute Tox. 2 (Inhalation) Acute toxicity (inhalation) Category 2 Acute Tox. 2 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 2 Acute Tox. 3 (Dermal) Acute toxicity (dermal) Category 3 Acute Tox. 3 (Inhalation) Acute toxicity (inhalation) Category 3 Acute Tox. 3 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 3 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 4 Aquatic Acute 1 Hazardous to the aquatic environment - Acute Hazard Category 1 Aquatic Chronic 1 Hazardous to the aquatic environment - Chronic Hazard Category 1 Aquatic Chronic 2 Hazardous to the aquatic environment - Chronic Hazard Category 2 Expl. 1.4 Explosive Category 1.4 Skin Sens. 1 Skin sensitization Category 1 STOT RE 2 Specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure) Category 2 Unst. Expl Unstable explosives H2O0 Unstable explosives 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 8/9 Page 436 of 950 Flame Projector Safety Data Sheet H2O4 H300 H301 Fire or projection hazard Fatal if swallowed Toxic if swallowed H302 Harmful if swallowed H310 Fatal in contact with skin H311 Toxic in contact with skin H317 May cause an allergic skin reaction H330 Fatal if inhaled H331 Toxic if inhaled May cause damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure Very toxic to aquatic life H373 H400 H410 Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects H411 Toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 9/9 Page 437 of 950 \J/;' RES PYRO— 1.1. Product identifier Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet Product name : Proximate Gerb Series: All Types 1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against Use of the substance/mixture Pyrotechnic Article 1.3. Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet RES Specialty Pyrotechnics, Inc. 21595 286th Street Belle Plaine, MN 56011 1.4. Emergency telephone number Emergency number 952-873-3113 HazardsSECTION 2: • • 2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture Classification (GHS-US) Expl.1.4 H2O4 Ox. Sol. 3 H272 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) H302 Skin Irrit. 2 H315 Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 2.2. Label elements GHS-US labeling Hazard pictograms (GHS-US) < > <t> < > GHS01 GHS03 GHS07 Signal word (GHS-US) Warning Hazard statements (GHS-US) H2O4 - Fire or projection hazard H272 - May intensify fire; oxidizer H302 - Harmful if swallowed H315 - Causes skin irritation Precautionary statements (GHS-US) P210 - Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. - No smoking P220 - Keep/Store away from clothing/combustible materials P221 - Take any precaution to avoid mixing with combustibles P240 - Ground/bond container and receiving equipment P250 - Do not subject to grinding/shock/friction P264 - Wash thoroughly after handling P270 - Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product P280 - Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection P301 + P312 - If swallowed: Call a poison center/doctor if you feel unwell P302 + P352 - If on skin: Wash with plenty of water P330 - Rinse mouth P332+P313 - If skin irritation occurs: Get medical advice/attention P362 - Take off contaminated clothing and wash before reuse P370+P378 - In case of fire: Use water to extinguish P370+P380 - In case of fire: Evacuate area P372 - Explosion risk in case of fire P373 - DO NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives P374 - Fight fire with normal precautions from a reasonable distance P401 - Store locked up P501 - Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. 2.3. 10ther hazards No additional information available 06/12/2015 EN (English US) Page 1 Page 438 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet 2.4. Unknown acute toxicity (GHS-US) Not applicable 3.1. Substance Not applicable 3.2. Mixture Pyrotechnic mixtures in solid form containing fuels and oxidizers, pyrotechnic substances or a mixture of substances designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas, or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non -detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reactions. These items are classified as explosives 1 AG by the U.S. DOT. No chemical composition is exposed during normal handling, transportation and storage. The following components are present in these products as a pyrotechnic composition: Name Potassium nitrate Product identifier (CAS No) 7757-79-1 % 0 - 75 Classification (GHS-US) Ox. Sol. 3, H272 Aquatic Acute 3, H402 Barium nitrate (CAS No) 10022-31-8 0 - 43 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral), H302 Strontium nitrate (CAS No) 10042-76-9 0 - 43 Not classified Titanium (CAS No) 7440-32-6 0 - 29.75 Not classified Sulfur (CAS No) 7704-34-9 0 - 25 Skin Irrit. 2, H315 Magnesium (CAS No) 7439-95-4 0 - 20 Not classified Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (CAS No) 9011-06-7 0 - 17 Not classified Starch (CAS No) 9005-25-8 0 - 14 Not classified Benzoic acid, potassium salt (CAS No) 582-25-2 0 - 14 Not classified Nitrocellulose (CAS No) 9004-70-0 0 - 11 Not classified Iron (CAS No) 7439-89-6 0 - 10.54 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral), H302 Carbon black (CAS No) 1333-86-4 0 - 10 Not classified Red Gum None 0-9 Not classified Copper oxide (CUO) (CAS No) 1317-38-0 0-5 Not classified Aluminum (CAS No) 7429-90-5 0 - 3.85 Not classified Sodium bicarbonate (CAS No) 144-55-8 0-3 Not classified Silicon (CAS No) 7440-21-3 0 - 2.38 Not classified Carbon (CAS No) 7440-44-0 0 - 0.34 Not classified Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 4.1. Description of first aid measures First -aid measures after inhalation Medical attention is required. Remove to fresh air. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after skin contact No immediate medical attention is required. Remove contaminated clothing as needed and launder before reuse. Wash skin thoroughly with mild soap/water. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after eye contact Medical attention is required. Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for 15 minutes. An eye wash kit is required at the workplace. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation persists. First -aid measures after ingestion Medical attention is required. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed. Induce vomiting immediately (as directed by medical personnel). Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. 4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed Symptoms/injuries after inhalation Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after skin contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after eye contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after ingestion Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, ingested dusts may cause irritation. 4.3. Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed No additional information available SECTION 5.1. Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Pyrotechnics are self oxidizing. Flood with water. Fire extinguisher (Class A) may be used. Do not use suffocation methods. Unsuitable extinguishing media None. 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 2/10 Page 439 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet 5.2. Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture Fire hazard May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizer. Explosion hazard These products will burn rapidly in the event of a fire. Fiery debris may be projected. Large quantities may explode in a fire. 5.3. Advice for firefighters Protection during firefighting Firefighters should wear full protective gear. SECTIONAccidental 6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures 6.1.1. For non -emergency personnel No additional information available 6.1.2. For emergency responders No additional information available 6.2. Environmental precautions Avoid release to the environment. 6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaning up For containment Spilled composition is highly combustible. In case a device is broken open and pyrotechnic composition is spilled: Keep away any possible ignition source such as open flames, sparks and lit cigarettes. Prevent possible electrostatic discharges (for example: do not use a synthetic dustpan and brush). Methods for cleaning up Carefully pick up the material and place in a cardboard container. For dusts which may be released from a broken device, use dustless methods and place into a closed container for disposal. Take up wet and do not dry sweep or blow with compressed air. Care must be taken when using or disposing of chemical materials and/or their containers to prevent environmental contamination. 6.4. Reference to other sections No additional information available 7.1. Precautions for safe handling Precautions for safe handling All pyrotechnic devices should be handled with caution. Avoid open flames, smoking, friction, impact, excessive heat, electrostatic discharges, radio frequent interference and moisture. 7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Storage conditions Store in dry, cool, well -ventilated area. 7.3. Specific end use(s) Pyrotechnics 8.1. Control parameters Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Magnesium (7439-95-4) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Aluminum (7429-90-5) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 1 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) ACGIH I Not applicable OSHA I Not applicable 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 3/10 Page 440 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet Sulfur (7704-34-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Carbon black (1333-86-4) - ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 3 mg/m3 (inhalable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 3.5 mg/m3 Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Titanium (7440-32-6) - ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Copper oxide (CUO) (1317-38-0) - ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Sodium bicarbonate (144-55-8) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Starch (9005-25-8) ACGIH Mp ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 10 mg/m3 OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) Benzoic acid, potassium salt (582-25-2) ACGIH Not applicable ' OSHA Not applicable Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) ACGIH Not applicable ' OSHA Not applicable Carbon (7440-44-0) ACGIH Not applicable ' OSHA Not applicable Iron (7439-89-6) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 4/10 Page 441 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet 8.2. Exposure controls Appropriate engineering controls None required under normal product handling conditions. Hand protection None required under normal product handling conditions. Eye protection None required under normal product handling conditions. Skin and body protection Wear suitable working clothes. Respiratory protection None required under normal product handling conditions. 9.1. Information on basic physical and chemical properties Physical state Solid Appearance Contained in cardboard casing. Odor None Odor threshold Not Applicable pH Not Applicable Relative evaporation rate (butyl acetate=1) Not Applicable Melting point Not Applicable Freezing point Not Applicable Boiling point Not Applicable Flash point Not Applicable Auto -ignition temperature >150°C Decomposition temperature Not Applicable Flammability (solid, gas) No data available Vapor pressure No data available Relative vapor density at 20 °C No data available Relative density No data available Solubility Not Applicable Log Pow No data available Log Kow No data available Viscosity, kinematic No data available Viscosity, dynamic No data available Explosive properties No data available Oxidizing properties No data available Explosive limits No data available 9.2. Other information No additional information available 10.1. Reactivity No additional information available 10.2. Chemical stability The product is stable at normal handling and storage conditions. 10.3. Possibilityof hazardous reactions Will not occur. 10.4. Conditions to avoid Open flames, sparks, high temperatures, friction or impact, electrostatic discharges and radio frequent radiation. 10.5. Incompatible materials None known. 10.6. Hazardous decomposition products Decomposition does not occur under normal circumstances during storage, transport and handling. 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 5/10 Page 442 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet 11.1. Information on toxicological effects Acute toxicity Oral: Harmful if swallowed. Proximate Gerb Series: All Types ATE US (oral) 758.506 mg/kg body weight Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) LD50 oral rat 3015 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 3015.000 mg/kg body weight Magnesium (7439-95-4) LD50 oral rat 230 mg/kg Sulfur (7704-34-9) LD50 oral rat I > 3000 mg/kg LD50 dermal rabbit > 2000 mg/kg LC50 inhalation rat (mg/1) > 9.23 mg/l/4h Carbon black (1333-86-4) LD50 oral rat > 15400 mg/kg Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) LD50 oral rat 355 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 355.000 mg/kg body weight Sodium bicarbonate (144-55-8) LD50 oral rat 4220 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 4220.000 mg/kg Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) LD50 oral rat 2750 mg/kg Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) LD50 oral rat > 5 g/kg Carbon (7440-44-0) LD50 oral rat > 10000 mg/kg Iron (7439-89-6) LD50 oral rat 984 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 984.000 mg/kg Silicon (7440-21-3) LD50 oral rat 3160 mg/kg Skin corrosion/irritation Serious eye damage/irritation Respiratory or skin sensitization Germ cell mutagenicity Carcinogenicity Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) IARC group 1 3 -Not classifiable Carbon black (1333-86-4) IARC group 213 - Possibly carcinogenic to humans In OSHA Hazard Communication Carcinogen Yes list Reproductive toxicity : Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) Not classified 06/12/2015 EN (English US) Causes skin ii Not classified Not classified Not classified Not classified 6/ 10 Page 443 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet Specific target organ toxicity (repeated Not classified exposure) Aspiration hazard : Not classified 12.1. Toxicity Sulfur (7704-34-9) LC50 fish 1 866 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Brachydanio rerio [static]) LC50 fish 2 < 14 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Lepomis macrochirus [static]) Sodium bicarbonate (144-55-8) LC50 fish 1 8250 - 9000 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Lepomis macrochirus [static]) EC50 Daphnia 1 2350 mg/I (Exposure time: 48 h - Species: Daphnia magna) 12.2. Persistence and degradability No additional information available 12.3. Bioaccumulative potential No additional information available 12.4. Mobility in soil No additional information available 12.5. Other adverse effects Effect on the global warming No known ecological damage caused by this product. 13.1. Waste treatment methods Waste disposal recommendations Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. Department of Transportation (DOT) In accordance with DOT Transport document description UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic (for technical purposes), 1.4, II UN-No.(DOT) UN0431 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 7/10 Page 444 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet DOT Proper Shipping Name Department of Transportation (DOT) Hazard Classes Hazard labels (DOT) Packing group (DOT) DOT Packaging Non Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Packaging Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Packaging Exceptions (49 CFR 173.xxx) DOT Quantity Limitations Passenger aircraft/rail (49 CFR 173.27) DOT Quantity Limitations Cargo aircraft only (49 CFR 175.75) DOT Vessel Stowage Location DOT Vessel Stowage Other Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes 1.4 - Class 1.4 - Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) 49 CFR 173.50 1 AG - Explosive 1.4 G 1 II - Medium Danger 62 None None Forbidden 75 kg 02 - The material may be stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) and "on deck" in closed cargo transport units or "under deck" in closed cargo transport units on a passenger vessel. 25 - Shade from radiant heat 15.1. US Federal regulations Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Magnesium (7439-95-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Aluminum (7429-90-5) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on SARA Section 313 (Specific toxic chemical listings) SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1.0 % (dust or fume only) Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Sulfur (7704-34-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Carbon black (1333-86-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Titanium (7440-32-6) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Copper oxide (CUO) (1317-38-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Sodium bicarbonate (144-55-8) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Starch (9005-25-8) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Benzoic acid, potassium salt (582-25-2) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 8/10 Page 445 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Carbon (7440-44-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Iron (7439-89-6) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Silicon (7440-21-3) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 15.2. US State regulations Carbon black (1333-86-4) U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Carcinogens List U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Developmental Toxicity Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Reproductive Toxicity - Female No U.S. - California - No significance risk Proposition 65 - level (NSRL) Reproductive Toxicity - Male No Magnesium (7439-95-4) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Aluminum (7429-90-5) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Sulfur (7704-34-9) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Carbon black (1333-86-4) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) or U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Titanium (7440-32-6) U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 9/ 10 Page 446 of 950 Proximate Gerb Series: All Types Safety Data Sheet Starch (9005-25-8) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Silicon (7440-21-3) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Full text of H-phrases:: Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 4 Aquatic Acute 3 Hazardous to the aquatic environment - Acute Hazard Category 3 Expl. 1.4 Explosive Category 1.4 Ox. Sol. 3 Oxidizing solids Category 3 Skin Irrit. 2 Skin corrosion/irritation Category 2 H204 Fire or projection hazard H272 May intensity fire; oxidizer H302 Harmful if swallowed H315 Causes skin irritation H402 Harmful to aquatic life This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 10/10 Page 447 of 950 \J// RES PYRO 1.1. Product identifier Product name Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types 1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against Use of the substance/mixture : Pyrotechnic Article 1.3. Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet RES Specialty Pyrotechnics, Inc. 21595 286th Street Belle Plaine, MN 56011 1.4. Emergency telephone number Emergency number 952-873-3113 2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture Classification (GHS-US) Expl.1.4 H2O4 Ox. Sol. 3 H272 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) H302 Skin Irrit. 2 H315 Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 2.2. Label elements GHS-US labeling Hazard pictograms (GHS-US) Signal word (GHS-US) Hazard statements (GHS-US) Precautionary statements (GHS-US) 000 GHS01 GHS03 GHS07 Warning H2O4 - Fire or projection hazard H272 - May intensify fire; oxidizer H302 - Harmful if swallowed H315 - Causes skin irritation P210 - Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. - No smoking P220 - Keep/Store away from clothing/combustible materials P221 - Take any precaution to avoid mixing with combustibles P240 - Ground/bond container and receiving equipment P250 - Do not subject to grinding/shock/friction P264 - Wash thoroughly after handling P270 - Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product P280 - Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection P301 + P312 - If swallowed: Call a poison center/doctor if you feel unwell P302 + P352 - If on skin: Wash with plenty of water P330 - Rinse mouth P332+P313 - If skin irritation occurs: Get medical advice/attention P362 - Take off contaminated clothing and wash before reuse P370+P378 - In case of fire: Use water to extinguish P370+P380 - In case of fire: Evacuate area P372 - Explosion risk in case of fire P373 - DO NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives P374 - Fight fire with normal precautions from a reasonable distance P401 - Store locked up P501 - Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. 06/12/2015 EN (English US) Page 1 Page 448 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet 2.3. Other hazards No additional information available 2.4. Unknown acute toxicity (GHS-US) Not applicable 3.1. Substance Not applicable 3.2. Mixture Pyrotechnic mixtures in solid form containing fuels and oxidizers, pyrotechnic substances or a mixture of substances designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas, or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non -detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reactions. These items are classified as explosives 1 AG by the U.S. DOT. No chemical composition is exposed during normal handling, transportation and storage. The following components are present in these products as a pyrotechnic composition: Name Product identifier Potassium nitrate (CAS No) 7757-79-1 % 0 - 75 Classification (GHS-US) Ox. Sol. 3, H272 Aquatic Acute 3, H402 Potassium perchlorate (CAS No) 7778-74-7 0 - 75 Not classified Bismuth oxide (Bi203) (CAS No) 1304-76-3 0 - 72 Not classified Strontium nitrate (CAS No) 10042-76-9 0 - 50 Not classified Barium nitrate (CAS No) 10022-31-8 0 - 50 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral), H302 Nitrocellulose (CAS No) 9004-70-0 0 - 25 Not classified Magnesium (CAS No) 7439-95-4 0 - 24 Not classified Sulfur (CAS No) 7704-34-9 0 - 21 Skin Irrit. 2, H315 Carbon black (CAS No) 1333-86-4 0 - 15 Not classified Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (CAS No) 9011-06-7 0 - 14 Not classified Carbonic acid, strontium salt (1:1) (CAS No) 1633-05-2 0 - 14 Not classified Barium carbonate (CAS No) 513-77-9 0 - 14 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral), H302 Copper oxide (CUO) (CAS No) 1317-38-0 0 - 14 Not classified Limestone (CAS No) 1317-65-3 0 - 14 Not classified Red Gum None 0 - 11 Not classified Titanium (CAS No) 7440-32-6 0 - 10 Not classified Aluminum (CAS No) 7429-90-5 0-9 Not classified Dextrin None 0-5 Not classified Sodium benzoate (CAS No) 532-32-1 0-6 Not classified Ethanedioic acid, disodium salt (CAS No) 62-76-0 0-3 Not classified Carbonic acid, magnesium salt (1:1) (CAS No) 546-93-0 0-3 Not classified Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 4.1. Description of first aid measures First -aid measures after inhalation Medical attention is required. Remove to fresh air. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after skin contact No immediate medical attention is required. Remove contaminated clothing as needed and launder before reuse. Wash skin thoroughly with mild soap/water. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after eye contact Medical attention is required. Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for 15 minutes. An eye wash kit is required at the workplace. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation persists. First -aid measures after ingestion Medical attention is required. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed. Induce vomiting immediately (as directed by medical personnel). Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. 4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed Symptoms/injuries after inhalation Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after skin contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after eye contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after ingestion Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, ingested dusts may cause irritation. 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 2/11 Page 449 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet 4.3. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed No additional information available SECTION• • measures 5.1. Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Pyrotechnics are self oxidizing. Flood with water. Fire extinguisher (Class A) may be used. Do not use suffocation methods. Unsuitable extinguishing media None. 5.2. Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture Fire hazard May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizer. Explosion hazard These products will burn rapidly in the event of a fire. Fiery debris may be projected. Large quantities may explode in a fire. 5.3. Advice for firefighters Protection during firefighting Firefighters should wear full protective gear. SECTIONAccidental 6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures 6.1.1. For non -emergency personnel No additional information available 6.1.2. For emergency responders No additional information available 6.2. Environmental precautions Avoid release to the environment. 6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaning up For containment Spilled composition is highly combustible. In case a device is broken open and pyrotechnic composition is spilled: Keep away any possible ignition source such as open flames, sparks and lit cigarettes. Prevent possible electrostatic discharges (for example: do not use a synthetic dustpan and brush). Methods for cleaning up Carefully pick up the material and place in a cardboard container. For dusts which may be released from a broken device, use dustless methods and place into a closed container for disposal. Take up wet and do not dry sweep or blow with compressed air. Care must be taken when using or disposing of chemical materials and/or their containers to prevent environmental contamination. 6.4. Reference to other sections No additional information available SECTION• • and storage 7.1. Precautions for safe handling Precautions for safe handling All pyrotechnic devices should be handled with caution. Avoid open flames, smoking, friction, impact, excessive heat, electrostatic discharges, radio frequent interference and moisture. 7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Storage conditions Store in dry, cool, well -ventilated area. 7.3. Specific end use(s) Pyrotechnics 8.1. Control parameters Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) ACGIH Not applicable 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 3/11 Page 450 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) Not OSHA applicable Magnesium (7439-95-4) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Aluminum (7429-90-5) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 1 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) ACGIH Not applicable _ OSHA Not applicable Sulfur (7704-34-9) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Carbon black (1333-86-4) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 3 mg/m3 (inhalable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 3.5 mg/m3 Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Titanium (7440-32-6) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Ethanedioic acid, disodium salt (62-76-0) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Barium carbonate (513-77-9) ACGIH I Not applicable Not applicable Sodium benzoate (532-32-1) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Carbonic acid, strontium salt (1:1) (1633-05-2) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Bismuth oxide (Bi2O3) (1304-76-3) ACGIH I Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Limestone (1317-65-3) ACGIH Not applicable 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 4/11 Page 451 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet Limestone (1317-65-3) A OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) Potassium perchlorate (7778-74-7) ACGIH I Not applicable OSHA I Not applicable Copper oxide (CUO) (1317-38-0) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA I Not applicable Carbonic acid, magnesium salt (1:1) (546-93-0) ACGIH I Not applicable OSHA I Not applicable 8.2. Exposure controls ■ Appropriate engineering controls Hand protection Eye protection Skin and body protection Respiratory protection None required under normal product handling conditions. None required under normal product handling conditions. None required under normal product handling conditions. Wear suitable working clothes. None required under normal product handling conditions. 9.1. Information on basic physical and chemical properties Physical state Solid Appearance Contained in cardboard casing. Odor None Odor threshold Not Applicable pH Not Applicable Relative evaporation rate (butyl acetate=1) Not Applicable Melting point Not Applicable Freezing point Not Applicable Boiling point Not Applicable Flash point Not Applicable Auto -ignition temperature >150°C Decomposition temperature Not Applicable Flammability (solid, gas) No data available Vapor pressure No data available Relative vapor density at 20 °C No data available Relative density No data available Solubility Not Applicable Log Pow No data available Log Kow No data available Viscosity, kinematic No data available Viscosity, dynamic No data available Explosive properties No data available Oxidizing properties No data available 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 5/11 Page 452 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet Explosive limits No data available 9.2. Other information No additional information available SECTION1 10.1. Reactivity No additional information available 10.2. Chemical stability The product is stable at normal handling and storage conditions. 10.3. Possibility of hazardous reactions Will not occur. 10.4. Conditions to avoid Open flames, sparks, high temperatures, friction or impact, electrostatic discharges and radio frequent radiation. 10.5. Incompatible materials None known. 10.6. Hazardous decomposition products Decomposition does not occur under normal circumstances during storage, transport and handling. 11.1. Information on toxicological effects Acute toxicity Oral: Harmful if swallowed. Proximate Mine Series: All Types ATE US (oral) 573.599 mg/kg body weight Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) LD50 oral rat 12750 mg/kg Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) LD50 oral rat 3015 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 3015.000 mg/kg body weight Magnesium (7439-95-4) LD50 oral rat 230 mg/kg Sulfur (7704-34-9) LD50 oral rat > 3000 mg/kg LD50 dermal rabbit > 2000 mg/kg LC50 inhalation rat (mg/1) > 9.23 mg/I/4h Carbon black (1333-86-4) LD50 oral rat > 15400 mg/kg Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) LD50 oral rat 355 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 355.000 mg/kg body weight Ethanedioic acid, disodium salt (62-76-0) LD50 oral rat 111160 mg/kg Barium carbonate (513-77-9) LD50 oral rat 418 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 418.000 mg/kg body weight Sodium benzoate (532-32-1) LD50 oral rat 4070 mg/kg ATE US (oral) 2100.000 mg/kg body weight 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 6/11 Page 453 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet Bismuth oxide (11312O3) (1304-76-3) LD50 oral rat 1 5 g/kg Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) LD50 oral rat > 5 g/kg Skin corrosion/irritation Causes skin irritation. Serious eye damage/irritation Not classified Respiratory or skin sensitization Not classified Germ cell mutagenicity Not classified Carcinogenicity Not classified Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) IARC group 1 3 -Not classifiable Carbon black (1333-86-4) IARC group 2B - Possibly carcinogenic to humans In OSHA Hazard Communication Carcinogen Yes list Reproductive toxicity : Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) : Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (repeated Not classified exposure) Aspiration hazard : Not classified 12.1. Toxicity Sulfur (7704-34-9) LC50 fish 1 866 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Brachydanio rerio [static]) LC50 fish 2 < 14 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Lepomis macrochirus [static]) Sodium benzoate (532-32-1) LC50 fish 1 420 - 558 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Pimephales promelas [flow -through]) EC50 Daphnia 1 < 650 mg/I (Exposure time: 48 h - Species: Daphnia magna) LC50 fish 2 > 100 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 In - Species: Pimephales promelas [static]) 12.2. Persistence and degradability No additional information available 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 7/11 Page 454 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet 12.3. Bioaccumulative potential Sodium benzoate (532-32-1) BCF fish 1 (no bioaccumulation) Log Pow -2.13 12.4. Mobility in soil - No additional information available 12.5. Other adverse effects Effect on the global warming No known ecological damage caused by this product. 13.1. Waste treatment methods Waste disposal recommendations Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. Department of Transportation (DOT) In accordance with DOT Transport document description : UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic (for technical purposes), 1.4, II UN-No.(DOT) UN0431 DOT Proper Shipping Name Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes Department of Transportation (DOT) Hazard 1.4 - Class 1.4 - Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) 49 CFR 173.50 Classes Hazard labels (DOT) 1 AG - Explosive 1.4 G 1 Packing group (DOT) II - Medium Danger DOT Packaging Non Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) 62 DOT Packaging Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) None DOT Packaging Exceptions (49 CFR 173.xxx) None DOT Quantity Limitations Passenger aircraft/rail Forbidden (49 CFR 173.27) DOT Quantity Limitations Cargo aircraft only (49 75 kg CFR 175.75) DOT Vessel Stowage Location 02 - The material may be stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) and "on deck" in closed cargo transport units or "under deck" in closed cargo transport units on a passenger vessel. DOT Vessel Stowage Other 25 - Shade from radiant heat 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 8/11 Page 455 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet 15.1. US Federal regulations Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Magnesium (7439-95-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Aluminum (7429-90-5) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on SARA Section 313 (Specific toxic chemical listings) SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1.0 % (dust or fume only) Vinyl chloride-vinylidene chloride copolymer (9011-06-7) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Sulfur (7704-34-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Carbon black (1333-86-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Titanium (7440-32-6) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Ethanedioic acid, disodium salt (62-76-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Barium carbonate (513-77-9) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Sodium benzoate (532-32-1) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Carbonic acid, strontium salt (1:1) (1633-05-2) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Bismuth oxide (Bi2O3) (1304-76-3) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Limestone (1317-65-3) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Potassium perchlorate (7778-74-7) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Copper oxide (CuO) (1317-38-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Carbonic acid, magnesium salt (1:1) (546-93-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 15.2. US State regulations 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 9/11 Page 456 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet Carbon black (1333-86-4) U.S. - California - U.S. - California - U.S. - California - U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Proposition 65 - Proposition 65 - Proposition 65 - Carcinogens List Developmental Toxicity Reproductive Toxicity - Reproductive Toxicity - Female Male Yes No No No Strontium nitrate (10042-76-9) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Potassium nitrate (7757-79-1) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List um U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Aluminum (7429-90-5) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Sulfur (7704-34-9) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Carbon black (1333-86-4) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Barium nitrate (10022-31-8) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Titanium (7440-32-6) U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List Limestone (1317-65-3) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Potassium perchlorate (7778-74-7) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List No significance risk level (NSRL) 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 10/11 Page 457 of 950 Proximate Mine Series: All Types Multishot Plate: All Types Safety Data Sheet Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Carbonic acid, magnesium salt (1:1) (546-93-0) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List Full text of H-phrases:: Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 4 Aquatic Acute 3 Hazardous to the aquatic environment - Acute Hazard Category 3 Expl. 1.4 Explosive Category 1.4 Ox. Sol. 3 Oxidizing solids Category 3 Skin Irrit. 2 Skin corrosion/irritation Category 2 H2O4 Fire or projection hazard H272 May intensify fire; oxidizer H302 Harmful if swallowed H315 Causes skin irritation H402 Harmful to aquatic life This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 11/11 Page 458 of 950 \J// RES PYRO- ** 1.1. Product identifier Whistle Safety Data Sheet Product name : Whistle 1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against Use of the substance/mixture Pyrotechnic Article 1.3. Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet RES Specialty Pyrotechnics, Inc. 21595 286th Street Belle Plaine, MN 56011 1.4. Emergency telephone number Emergency number 952-873-3113 HazardsSECTION 2: • • 2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture Classification (GHS-US) Expl.1.4 H2O4 Ox. Sol. 1 H271 Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) H302 Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 2.2. Label elements GHS-US labeling Hazard pictograms (GHS-US) < < > < > 1 GHS01 GHS03 GHS07 Signal word (GHS-US) Danger Hazard statements (GHS-US) H2O4 - Fire or projection hazard H271 - May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizer H302 - Harmful if swallowed Precautionary statements (GHS-US) P210 -Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. -No smoking P220 - Keep/Store away from clothing/combustible materials P221 - Take any precaution to avoid mixing with combustibles P240 - Ground/bond container and receiving equipment P250 - Do not subject to grinding/shock/friction P264 - Wash thoroughly after handling P270 - Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product P280 - Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection P283 - Wear fire/flame resistant/retardant clothing P301 + P312 - If swallowed: Call a poison center/doctor if you feel unwell P306+P360 - If on clothing: Rinse immediately contaminated clothing and skin with plenty of water before removing clothes P330 - Rinse mouth P370+P378 - In case of fire: Use water to extinguish P370+P380 - In case of fire: Evacuate area P371+P380+P375 - In case of major fire and large quantities: Evacuate area. Fight fire remotely due to the risk of explosion P372 - Explosion risk in case of fire P373 - DO NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives P374 - Fight fire with normal precautions from a reasonable distance P401 - Store locked up P501 - Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. 2.3. 10ther hazards No additional information available 06/12/2015 EN (English US) Page 1 Page 459 of 950 Whistle Safety Data Sheet 2.4. Unknown acute toxicity (GHS-US) Not applicable 3.1. Substance Not applicable 3.2. Mixture Pyrotechnic mixtures in solid form containing fuels and oxidizers, pyrotechnic substances or a mixture of substances designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas, or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non -detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reactions. These items are classified as explosives 1 AG by the U.S. DOT. No chemical composition is exposed during normal handling, transportation and storage. The following components are present in these products as a pyrotechnic composition: Name Potassium perchlorate Product identifier % (CAS No) 7778-74-7 0 - 70 Classification (GHS-US) Not classified Sodium salicylate (CAS No) 54-21-7 0 - 30 Not classified Bismuth oxide (Bi203) (CAS No) 1304-76-3 0 - 20 Not classified Titanium (CAS No) 7440-32-6 0-5 Not classified Castor oil (CAS No) 8001-79-4 0-4 Not classified Copper oxide (CUO) (CAS No) 1317-38-0 0-3 Not classified Aluminum (CAS No) 7429-90-5 0 - 2.4 Not classified Magnesium (CAS No) 7439-95-4 0 - 2.4 Not classified Nitrocellulose (CAS No) 9004-70-0 0-1 Not classified Iron oxide (Fe203) (CAS No) 1309-37-1 0-1 Not classified Full text of H-phrases: see section 16 4.1. Description of first aid measures First -aid measures after inhalation Medical attention is required. Remove to fresh air. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after skin contact No immediate medical attention is required. Remove contaminated clothing as needed and launder before reuse. Wash skin thoroughly with mild soap/water. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation develops or persists. First -aid measures after eye contact Medical attention is required. Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for 15 minutes. An eye wash kit is required at the workplace. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed if irritation persists. First -aid measures after ingestion Medical attention is required. Professional assistance by a doctor is needed. Induce vomiting immediately (as directed by medical personnel). Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. 4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed Symptoms/injuries after inhalation Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after skin contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after eye contact Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, dusts may cause irritation. Symptoms/injuries after ingestion Not anticipated under normal use conditions. If casing is broken, ingested dusts may cause irritation. 4.3. Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed No additional information available SECTION 5.1. Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Pyrotechnics are self oxidizing. Flood with water. Fire extinguisher (Class A) may be used. Do not use suffocation methods. Unsuitable extinguishing media None. 5.2. Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture Fire hazard May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizer. Explosion hazard These products will burn rapidly in the event of a fire. Fiery debris may be projected. Large quantities may explode in a fire. 5.3. Advice for firefighters Protection during firefighting Firefighters should wear full protective gear. 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 2/8 Page 460 of 950 Whistle Safety Data Sheet 6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures 6.1.1. For non -emergency personnel No additional information available 6.1.2. For emergency responders No additional information available 6.2. Environmental precautions Avoid release to the environment. 6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaning up For containment Spilled composition is highly combustible. In case a device is broken open and pyrotechnic composition is spilled: Keep away any possible ignition source such as open flames, sparks and lit cigarettes. Prevent possible electrostatic discharges (for example: do not use a synthetic dustpan and brush). Methods for cleaning up Carefully pick up the material and place in a cardboard container. For dusts which may be released from a broken device, use dustless methods and place into a closed container for disposal. Take up wet and do not dry sweep or blow with compressed air. Care must be taken when using or disposing of chemical materials and/or their containers to prevent environmental contamination. 6.4. Reference to other sections No additional information available 7.1. Precautions for safe handling Precautions for safe handling All pyrotechnic devices should be handled with caution. Avoid open flames, smoking, friction, impact, excessive heat, electrostatic discharges, radio frequent interference and moisture. 7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Storage conditions Store in dry, cool, well -ventilated area. 7.3. Specific end use(s) Pyrotechnics 8.1. Control parameters Magnesium (7439-95-4) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Aluminum (7429-90-5) ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 1 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) Potassium perchlorate (7778-74-7) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) - ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Bismuth oxide (Bi2O3) (1304-76-3) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Castor oil (8001-79-4) ACGIH Not applicable 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 3/8 Page 461 of 950 Whistle Safety Data Sheet Castor oil (8001-79-4) OSHA Not applicable Sodium salicylate (54-21-7) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Titanium (7440-32-6) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Copper oxide (CUO) (1317-38-0) ACGIH Not applicable OSHA Not applicable Iron oxide (Fe2O3) (1309-37-1) - ACGIH ACGIH TWA (mg/m3) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (mg/m3) 10 mg/m3 (fume) 15 mg/m3 (total dust) 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction) 8.2. Exposure controls Appropriate engineering controls None required under normal product handling conditions. Hand protection None required under normal product handling conditions. Eye protection None required under normal product handling conditions. Skin and body protection Wear suitable working clothes. Respiratory protection None required under normal product handling conditions. 9.1. Information on basic physical and chemical properties Physical state Solid Appearance Contained in cardboard casing. Odor None Odor threshold Not Applicable pH Not Applicable Relative evaporation rate (butyl acetate=1) Not Applicable Melting point Not Applicable Freezing point Not Applicable Boiling point Not Applicable Flash point Not Applicable Auto -ignition temperature >150°C Decomposition temperature Not Applicable Flammability (solid, gas) No data available Vapor pressure No data available Relative vapor density at 20 °C No data available Relative density No data available Solubility Not Applicable Log Pow No data available Log Kow No data available Viscosity, kinematic No data available Viscosity, dynamic No data available Explosive properties No data available Oxidizing properties No data available Explosive limits No data available 06112/2015 EN (English US) 4/8 Page 462 of 950 Whistle Safety Data Sheet 9.2. Other information No additional information available 10.1. Reactivity No additional information available 10.2. Chemical stability The product is stable at normal handling and storage conditions. 10.3. Possibilityof hazardous reactions Will not occur. 10.4. Conditions to avoid Open flames, sparks, high temperatures, friction or impact, electrostatic discharges and radio frequent radiation. 10.5. Incompatible materials None known. 10.6. Hazardous decomposition products Decomposition does not occur under normal circumstances during storage, transport and handling. 11.1. Information on toxicological effects Acute toxicity Oral: Harmful if swallowed. Whistle ATE US (oral) 500.000 mg/kg body weight Magnesium (7439-95-4) LD50 oral rat 230 mg/kg Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) LD50 oral rat > 5 g/kg Bismuth oxide (Bi2O3) (1304-76-3) LD50 oral rat 5 g/kg Sodium salicylate (54-21-7) ]11— LD50 oral rat 1 930 mg/kg Iron oxide (Fe2O3) (1309-37-1) LD50 oral rat > 10000 mg/kg Skin corrosion/irritation Not classified Serious eye damage/irritation Not classified Respiratory or skin sensitization Not classified Germ cell mutagenicity Not classified Carcinogenicity Not classified Iron oxide (Fe2O3) (1309-37-1) IARC group 1 3 -Not classifiable Reproductive toxicity : Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) : Not classified Specific target organ toxicity (repeated Not classified exposure) 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 5/8 Page 463 of 950 Whistle Safety Data Sheet Aspiration hazard : Not classified 12.1. Toxicity _ Sodium salicylate (54-21-7) LC50 fish 1 1270 - 1470 mg/I (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Pimephales promelas [flow -through]) 12.2. Persistence and degradability No additional information available 12.3. Bioaccumulative potential Sodium salicylate (54-21-7) Log Pow 2.26 12.4. Mobility in soil No additional information available 12.5. Other adverse effects Effect on the global warming No known ecological damage caused by this product. 13.1. Waste treatment methods Waste disposal recommendations Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. Department of Transportation (DOT) In accordance with DOT Transport document description : UN0431 Articles, pyrotechnic (for technical purposes), 1.4, II UN-No.(DOT) UN0431 DOT Proper Shipping Name Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes Department of Transportation (DOT) Hazard 1.4 - Class 1.4 - Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) 49 CFR 173.50 Classes Hazard labels (DOT) 1 AG - Explosive 1.4 G 1 Packing group (DOT) II - Medium Danger DOT Packaging Non Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) 62 DOT Packaging Bulk (49 CFR 173.xxx) None DOT Packaging Exceptions (49 CFR 173.xxx) None DOT Quantity Limitations Passenger aircraft/rail Forbidden (49 CFR 173.27) DOT Quantity Limitations Cargo aircraft only (49 75 kg CFR 175.75) 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 6/8 Page 464 of 950 Whistle Safety Data Sheet DOT Vessel Stowage Location 02 -The material maybe stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) and "on deck" in closed cargo transport units or "under deck" in closed cargo transport units on a passenger vessel. DOT Vessel Stowage Other : 25 - Shade from radiant heat 15.1. US Federal regulations Magnesium (7439-95-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Aluminum (7429-90-5) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on SARA Section 313 (Specific toxic chemical listings) SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1.0 % (dust or fume only) Potassium Perchlorate (7778-74-7) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Bismuth oxide (Bi2O3) (1304-76-3) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Castor oil (8001-79-4) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Sodium salicylate (54-21-7) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Titanium (7440-32-6) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Copper oxide (CUO) (1317-38-0) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Iron oxide (Fe2O3) (1309-37-1) Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory 15.2. US State regulations Magnesium (7439-95-4) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Aluminum (7429-90-5) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Potassium perchlorate (7778-74-7) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Nitrocellulose (9004-70-0) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Titanium (7440-32-6) U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 7/8 Page 465 of 950 Whistle Safety Data Sheet Iron oxide (Fe2O3) (1309-37-1) U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - Minnesota - Hazardous Substance List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List Full text of H-phrases:: Acute Tox. 4 (Oral) Acute toxicity (oral) Category 4 Expl. 1.4 Explosive Category 1.4 Ox. Sol. 1 Oxidizing solids Category 1 H204 Fire or projection hazard H271 May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizer H302 Harmful if swallowed This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product 06/12/2015 EN (English US) 8/8 Page 466 of 950 ADMINISTRATION 1126-5 NFPA 1126 Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics Before a Proximate Audience 2016 Edition IMPORTANT NOTE. This NFPA document is made available for use subject to important notices and legal disclaimers. These notices and disclaimers appear in all publications containing this document and may be found under the heading "Important Notices and Disclaimers Concerning NFPA Documents." They can also be obtained on request from NFPA or viewed at www.nfpa.org/disclaim- ers. UPDATES, ALERTS, AND FUTURE EDITIONS. New editions of NFPA codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides (i.e., NFPA Standards) are released on scheduled revision cycles. This edition may be superseded by a later one, or it may be amended outside of its scheduled revision cycle through the issuance of Tenta- tive Interim Amendments (TIAs). An official NFPA Standard at any point in time consists of the current edition of the document, together with any TIAs and Errata in effect. To verify that this document is the current edition or to determine if it has been amended by any TIAs or Errata, please consult the National Fire Codes® Subscription Service or visit the Document Information (Doclnfo) pages on the NFPA website at www.nf1ia.org/docinfo. In addition to TIAs and Errata, the Doclnfo pages also include the option to sign up for Alerts for each document and to be involved in the development of the next edition. NOTICE: An asterisk (*) following the number or letter designating a paragraph indicates that explanatory material on the paragraph can be found in Annex A. A reference in brackets [ ] following a section or paragraph indicates material that has been extracted from another NFPA document. As an aid to the user, the complete title and edition of the source documents for extracts in mandatory sections of the document are given in Chapter 2 and those for extracts in informational sections are given in Annex E. Extracted text may be edited for consistency and style and may include the revision of internal paragraph references and other references as appropriate. Requests for interpretations or revisions of extracted text shall be sent to the technical committee respon- sible for the source document. Information on referenced publications can be found in Chapter 2 and Annex E. Chapter 1 Administration 1.1 Scope. This standard shall provide requirements for the protection of property, operators, performers, support person- nel, and the viewing audiences where pyrotechnic effects are used indoors or outdoors with a proximate audience. 1.2 Purpose. 1.2.1 The purpose of this standard shall be to provide mini- mum requirements to the operators and manufacturers for the safe operation of pyrotechnic effects. 1.2.2* The purpose of this standard shall be to provide requirements for the reasonable protection of pyrotechnic operators, performers, support personnel, proximate audien- ces, property, and buildings where pyrotechnics are used indoors or outdoors from safety and fire hazards. 1.2.2.1 The purpose of this standard shall be to provide guide- lines to the authority having jurisdiction for approval of the use of pyrotechnics as specified in 1.2.2. 1.2.2.2 The purpose of this standard shall be to provide requirements for local permits. 1.3 Application. 1.3.1* This standard shall apply to the use of pyrotechnics in the performing arts in conjunction with theatrical, musical, or similar productions before a proximate audience, performers, or support personnel. 1.3.2 This standard shall apply to the performance specifica- tions, instructions, notifications, and labeling by the manufac- turer of pyrotechnics materials, devices, equipment, and supplies. 1.3.3 This standard shall apply to any indoor use of pyrotech- nics. 1.3.4 This standard shall apply to any hybrid flame effect used before a proximate audience. 1.3.5 Application of NFPA 1123. 1.3.5.1 This standard shall apply to any outdoor use of pyro technics at distances less than those required by NFPA 1123. 1.3.5.2 The use of pyrotechnics before a proximate audience shall not be construed as a display of fireworks as regulated by NFPA 1123, except that any use of aerial shells as regulated by NFPA 1123 shall comply with the provisions of that code. 1.3.6 Application to Air Show Environments. 1.3.6.1 This standard shall apply to the installation and use of pyrotechnic devices on aircraft in a static display or as part of ground support acts during an air show when such devices are used at distances less than those specified in NFPA 1123. 1.3.6.2 Devices mounted to aircraft shall be mounted in a secure manner to maintain their proper position and orienta- tion and to prevent the unintentional separation of the device from the aircraft. 1.3.6.3* This standard shall not apply to the use of pyrotechnic devices that have been mounted on aircraft once the aircraft is airborne and operating under the terms of a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) waiver. 1.3.6.4* This standard shall not apply to the use of ground - based effects utilizing explosives, liquid fuels, or other combus- tibles in air show environments. 1.3.7 Application to the Entertainment Industry. 1.3.7.1 This standard shall apply to the video recording, audio recording, or filming of any television, radio, or movie produc- tion only where such production takes place before a proxi- mate audience and includes the use of pyrotechnics. 1.3.7.2 Where there is no audience present, NFPA 140 shall be used to regulate any pyrotechnic use. 1.3.8 This standard shall apply to the rehearsal of any produc- tion in which pyrotechnics are used. ro $8# +55 Page 467 of 950 1126-6 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE 1.3.9 This standard shall not apply to the manufacture, trans- portation, or storage of fireworks at a manufacturing facility. 1.3.10 This standard shall not apply to the use of consumer fireworks by the general public. 1.3.11* This standard shall not apply to the manufacture, transportation, storage, and use of explosives. 1.3.12 This standard shall not apply to the transportation, handling, or use of pyrotechnics by the Armed Forces of the United States of America. 1.3.13 This standard shall not apply to the transportation of pyrotechnic materials and devices approved and governed by U.S. Department of Transportation regulations. 1.3.14* Application to Training. 1.3.14.1 This standard shall not apply to the use of pyrotech- nics in training by the fire service, law enforcement, or similar government agencies. 1.3.14.2 This standard shall apply where there is a proximate audience that is not part of the live fire training evolution. 1.3.15 Applicability of NFPA 101. 1.3.15.1 Facilities in or at which pyrotechnics are to be used or stored shall comply with the applicable provisions of NFPA 101. 1.3.15.2 Pyrotechnics shall be permitted to be used in accord- ance with the provisions of NFPA 101, 13.7.3, where approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 1.3.16* This standard shall not apply to the use of flammable liquids and flammable gases in the performing arts. 1.3.17 This standard shall not apply to the manufacture of model rocket and high power rocket motors as covered in NFPA 1125. 1.3.18* This standard shall not apply to the design, construc- tion, limitation of propellant mass and power, and reliability of all rocket motors, other than fireworks rockets, produced commercially for sale to or use by the public for purposes of education, recreation, and sporting competition. 1.3.19 This standard shall not apply to the sale and use of model rockets and model rocket motors used in conformance with NFPA 1122. 1.3.20 This standard shall not apply to the sale and use of high power sport rockets and high power sport rocket motors used in conformance with NFPA 1127. 1.3.21 This standard shall not apply to the use of firearms used in motion pictures, television, or other entertainment indus- tries. 1.3.22 This standard shall apply to any portion or component of any hybrid flame effect that utilizes materials, devices, and methodologies governed by this standard. 1.3.23* This standard shall not apply to the use of flame effect materials as defined in NFPA 160. 1.4 Retroactivity. The provisions of this standard reflect a consensus of what is necessary to provide an acceptable degree of protection from the hazards addressed in this standard at the time the standard was issued. 1.4.1 Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this stand- ard shall not apply to facilities, equipment, structures, or instal- lations that existed or were approved for construction or installation prior to the effective date of the standard. Where specified, the provisions of this standard shall be retroactive. 1.4.2 In those cases where the authority having jurisdiction determines that the existing situation presents an unacceptable degree of risk, the authority having jurisdiction shall be permit- ted to apply retroactively any portions of this standard deemed appropriate. 1.4.3 The retroactive requirements of this standard shall be permitted to be modified if their application clearly would be impractical in the judgment of the authority having jurisdic- tion, and only where it is clearly evident that a reasonable degree of safety is provided. 1.5 Equivalency. Nothing in this standard is intended to prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent or superior quality, strength, fire resistance, effectiveness, durabil- ity, and safety over those prescribed by this standard. 1.5.1 Technical documentation shall be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency. 1.5.2 The system, method, or device shall be approved for the intended purpose by the authority having jurisdiction. Chapter 2 Referenced Publications 2.1 General. The documents or portions thereof listed in this chapter are referenced within this standard and shall be considered part of the requirements of this document. 2.2 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471. NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2013 edition. NFPA 72®, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016 edition. NFPA 1018, Life Safety Code®, 2015 edition. NFPA 140, Standard on Motion Picture and Television Production Studio Soundstages, Approved Production Facilities, and Production Locations, 2013 edition. NFPA 160, Standard for the Use of Flame Effects Before an Audi- ence, 2016 edition. NFPA 1122, Code for Model Rocketry, 2013 edition. NFPA 1123, Code for Fireworks Display, 2014 edition. NFPA 1125, Code for the Manufacture of Model Rocket and High Power Rocket Motors, 2012 edition. NFPA 1127, Code for High Power Rocketry, 2013 edition. 2.3 Other Publications. 2.3.1 U.S. Government Publications. U.S. Government Print- ing Office, Washington, DC 20402. Title 27, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 55, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, "Explosives Law and Regulations." Title 27, Code of Federal Regulations, Subpart K Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 171 to End. 2.3.2 Other Publications. % $&# +15 ' Page 468 of 950 DEFINITIONS 1126-7 Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionary, 11th edition, Merriam - Webster, Inc., Springfield, MA, 2003. 2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections. NFPA 1123, Code for Fireworks Display, 2014 edition. Chapter 3 Definitions 3.1 General. The definitions contained in this chapter shall apply to the terms used in this standard. Where terms are not defined in this chapter or within another chapter, they shall be defined using their ordinarily accepted meanings within the context in which they are used. Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionary, llth edition, shall be the source for the ordinarily accepted meaning. 3.2 NFPA Official Definitions. 3.2.1* Approved. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdic- tion. 3.2.2* Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). An organization, office, or individual responsible for enforcing the requirements of a code or standard, or for approving equipment, materials, an installation, or a procedure. 3.2.3 Labeled. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of an organ- ization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains peri- odic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materi- als, and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner. 3.2.4* Listed. Equipment, materials, or services included in a list published by an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with evaluation of products or services, that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evalua- tion of services, and whose listing states that either the equip- ment, material, or service meets appropriate designated standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose. 3.2.5 Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement. 3.2.6 Should. Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required. 3.2.7 Standard. An NFPA Standard, the main text of which contains only mandatory provisions using the word "shall" to indicate requirements and that is in a form generally suitable for mandatory reference by another standard or code or for adoption into law. Nonmandatory provisions are not to be considered a part of the requirements of a standard and shall be located in an appendix, annex, footnote, informational note, or other means as permitted in the NFPA Manuals of Style. When used in a generic sense, such as in the phrase "standards development process" or "standards development activities," the term "standards" includes all NFPA Standards, including Codes, Standards, Recommended Practices, and Guides. 3.3 General Definitions. 3.3.1* Aerial Shell. A cartridge containing pyrotechnic composition, a burst charge, and an internal time fuse or module that is propelled into the air from a mortar and that is intended to burst at or near apogee. 3.3.2 Airburst. A pyrotechnic device that is suspended in the air to simulate outdoor aerial fireworks shells without produc- ing hazardous debris. 3.3.3 Assistant. A person who works under the supervision of the pyrotechnic operator. 3.3.4 Audience. Spectators whose primary purpose is to view a performance. 3.3.5 Binary Materials. See 3.3.6, Binary System. 3.3.6* Binary System. A two -component pyrotechnic system. 3.3.7 Black Powder. A low explosive consisting of an intimate mixture of potassium or sodium nitrate, charcoal, and sulfur. 3.3.8 Combustible. Capable of undergoing combustion. 3.3.9* Comet. A single pellet of pyrotechnic composition that is ignited and simultaneously propelled into the air from a mortar or tube. 3.3.10 Concussion Effect. A pyrotechnic effect that produces a loud noise and a violent jarring shock for dramatic effect. 3.3.11 Concussion Mortar. A device specifically designed and constructed, when loaded with pyrotechnic material, to produce a concussion effect. 3.3.12* Electric Match. An electric device that contains a small amount of pyrotechnic material that ignites when current flows through the device. [1123, 2014] 3.3.13* Electrical Firing System. Electrical equipment that provides and/or controls the ignition of pyrotechnics. 3.3.14* Fallout Area. The designated area in which hazardous debris is intended to fall after a pyrotechnic device is fired. 3.3.15* Fallout Radius. A line that defines the fallout area of a pyrotechnic device. 3.3.16 Fire (verb). To ignite pyrotechnics by using an electric match, electrical current, or some other means. 3.3.17* Flammable. A combustible that is capable of easily being ignited and rapidly consumed by fire. 3.3.18 Flare. A pyrotechnic device designed to produce a single source of intense light for a defined period of time. 3.3.19 Flash Pot. A device used with flashpowder that produ- ces a flash of light and directs the flash. 3.3.20 Flashpowder. A specific pyrotechnic material in powder form composed of fuel(s) and oxidizer(s) that upon ignition produces a flash of light, sparkles, an audible report, or a combination of these effects. 3.3.21* Fuel. In pyrotechnics, anything combustible or acting as a chemical -reducing agent. 3.3.22 Gerb. A cylindrical preload pyrotechnic device, inten- ded to produce a controlled spray of sparks with a reproducible and predictable duration, height, and diameter. 3.3.23* Hazardous Debris. Any debris produced or expelled by the functioning of a pyrotechnic device that is capable of causing personal injury or unpredicted property damage. io $air +55 Page 469 of 950 1126-8 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE 3.3.24* Holder. Any device used to hold a pyrotechnic device other than a mortar. 3.3.25* Hybrid Flame Effect. A flame effect that is used in combination with a pyrotechnic material or device. 3.3.26* Ingredient. A chemical used to create a pyrotechnic material. 3.3.27* Isolated Power Supplies. Ungrounded power supplies that provide electricity in which both wires are isolated from ground. 3.3.28* Lift Charge. The composition in a pyrotechnic device that propels (lifts) the effect into the air when ignited. 3.3.29 Magazine. A building or structure, other than an explo- sives manufacturing building, approved for the storage of explosive materials. 3.3.30* Mine. A device containing multiple pyrotechnic effects that are simultaneously ignited and dispersed into the air from a mortar or tube. 3.3.31 Mortar. A device used to direct and control the effect of the pyrotechnic material. 3.3.32 Oxidizer. Any material that readily yields oxygen or other oxidizing gas, or that readily reacts to promote or initiate combustion of combustible materials. 3.3.33* Performance. The enactment of a musical, dramatic, operatic, or other entertainment production. 3.3.34* Performer. Any person active in a performance during which pyrotechnics are used and who is not part of the audience or support personnel. 3.3.35* Permittee. The person or persons responsible for obtaining the required permits for a production that includes the use of pyrotechnics. 3.3.36 Preload. A pyrotechnic device supplied by the manufac- turer in a ready -to -use condition. 3.3.37* Producer. An individual who has overall responsibility for the operation and management of the performance where the pyrotechnics are to be used. 3.3.38* Production. All the performances of a musical, dramatic, operatic, or other series of shows. 3.3.39 Proximate Audience. An audience closer to pyrotech- nic devices than permitted by NFPA 1123. 3.3.40 Pyrotechnic Device. Any device containing pyrotechnic materials and capable of producing a special effect as defined in this standard. 3.3.41* Pyrotechnic Material (Pyrotechnic Special Effects Material). A chemical mixture that contains sufficient oxygen or oxidizing agent required to initiate or maintain combustion and is used in the entertainment industry to produce visible or audible effects by combustion, deflagration, or detonation. 3.3.42* Pyrotechnic Operator. The person who has overall responsibility for the operation and safety of a pyrotechnic display. 3.3.43 Pyrotechnic Special Effect. A special effect created through the use of pyrotechnic materials and devices. (See also 3.3.47, Special Effect.) 3.3.44 Pyrotechnics. Controlled exothermic chemical reac- tions that are timed to create the effects of heat, gas, sound, dispersion of aerosols, emission of visible electromagnetic radi- ation, or a combination of these effects to provide the maxi- mum effect from the least volume. 3.3.45 Rehearsal. A practice performance during which no audience is present. 3.3.46 Saxon. A pyrotechnic device consisting of a tube that rotates around a pivot point to produce a circular shower of sparks. 3.3.47* Special Effect. A visual or audible effect used for entertainment purposes, often produced to create an illusion. 3.3.48* Support Personnel. Any individual who is not a performer or member of the audience. 3.3.49 Venue Manager. An individual who has overall responsi- bility for the operation and management of the facility where pyrotechnics are to be used in a performance. 3.3.50 Waterfall, Falls, Park Curtain. An effect of a cascade of sparks usually produced by multiple devices fired simultane- ously. 3.3.51 Wheel. A pyrotechnic device that rotates on a central axis and that consists of multiple gerbs or rockets attached to a framework. Chapter 4 Transportation of Pyrotechnic Materials 4.1 Transportation. All ingredients, pyrotechnic materials, and pyrotechnic devices shall be transported in accordance with U.S. Department of Transportation (U.S. DOT) 49 CFR and any state and local requirements. Chapter 5 Storage of Pyrotechnic Materials and Devices 5.1 Storage Requirements. 5.1.1* All pyrotechnic materials and devices shall be stored in accordance with 27 CFR Subpart K (Federal Storage Regula- tion) and any state and local regulations. 5.1.2 If more pyrotechnic material than is needed for the performance is prepared by mixing a single unit, the excess mixed material shall be considered, handled, stored, and disposed of as a pyrotechnic material of the applicable explo- sive class as defined in 27 CFR 55. 5.2 In -Transit Requirements. 5.2.1 All pyrotechnic materials and devices not stored in maga- zines meeting the requirements of 27 CFR Subpart K shall remain in their prescribed U.S. Department of Transportation containers until it becomes necessary to set them up for a performance. 5.2.2 The time between removal from storage and actual use shall be the shortest time practicable with respect to the needs of a performance. 5.2.3 Pyrotechnic materials and devices shall be supervised, except where they are secured or inaccessible. 5.3 Separation Distance from Unprotected Heat Source or Open Flame. Pyrotechnic materials and devices shall not be % $sir +15 Page 470 of 950 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS 1126-9 stored within 50 ft (15.3 m) of any unprotected source of heat or open flame. Chapter 6 Permit Requirements and Operator Qualifications 6.1 Permit Requirements. 6.1.1 The requirements of this standard shall be used by the authority having jurisdiction to promote the safety of the production and the qualifications of the pyrotechnic operator. 6.1.2 The use of all pyrotechnics shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 6.1.3 The authority having jurisdiction shall determine that measures are established to provide crowd management, secur- ity, fire protection, and other emergency services. 6.1.4 All planning and use of pyrotechnics shall be coordina- ted with the venue manager and producer. 6.2 Pyrotechnics Plans. 6.2.1 Before the performance of any production, the permit - tee shall submit a plan for the use of pyrotechnics to the authority having jurisdiction. 6.2.2 After a permit has been granted, the permittee shall keep the plan available at the site for safety inspectors or other desig- nated agents of the authority having jurisdiction. 6.2.3 The addition of pyrotechnics to a performance or any change in the presentation of pyrotechnics, excluding the reduction in the number or size of the devices, shall require approval by the authority having jurisdiction. 6.2.4* Hybrid flame effects shall meet the requirements of 6.2.4.1 and 6.2.4.2. 6.2.4.1 That portion of the hybrid flame effect that is governed by NFPA 1126 shall meet all of the requirements of NFPA 1126. 6.2.4.2 That portion of the hybrid flame effect that is governed by NFPA 160 shall meet all of the requirements of NFPA 160. 6.3 Content of Plans. 6.3.1 The plan for the use of pyrotechnics shall be made in writing or such other form as is approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 6.3.2 The plan shall include the following: (1) Name of the person, group, or organization sponsoring the production (2) Date and time of day of the production (3) Exact location of the production (4) Name of the person actually in charge of firing the pyro- technics (i.e., the pyrotechnic operator) (5) Number, names, and ages of all assistants who are to be present (6) Qualifications of the pyrotechnic operator (7) Pyrotechnic experience of the operator (8) Confirmation of any applicable state and federal licenses held by the operator or assistant(s) (9) Evidence of the permittee's insurance carrier or finan- cial responsibility (10) Number and types of pyrotechnic devices and materials to be used, the operator's experience with those devices and effects, and a definition of the general responsibili- ties of assistants (11) Diagram of the grounds or facilities where the produc- tion is to be held that shows the point at which the pyro- technic devices are to be fired, the fallout radius for each pyrotechnic device used in the performance, and the lines behind which the audience is to be restrained (12) Point of on -site assembly of pyrotechnic devices (13) Manner and place of storage of the pyrotechnic materi- als and devices (14) Material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the pyrotechnic material(s) to be used (15) Certification that the set, scenery, and rigging materials are inherently flame-retardant or have been treated to achieve flame-retardancy (16) Certification that all materials worn by performers in the fallout area during use of pyrotechnic effects shall be inherently flame-retardant or have been treated to achieve flame-retardancy (17) In the case of a hybrid flame effect, identification of those portions of the flame effect that require compli- ance with NFPA 160 and those portions that require compliance with NFPA 1126 6.3.3* Plan Submission. All plans shall be submitted as soon as possible so that the authority having jurisdiction has time to be present and to notify other interested parties. 6.4 Pyrotechnics Demonstration. 6.4.1 Pre -Show Review and Demonstration. 6.4.1.1* Where required, a walk-through and a representative demonstration of the pyrotechnics shall be provided to the authority having jurisdiction before a permit is approved. 6.4.1.2 The authority having jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive this requirement based on past history, prior knowledge, and other factors, provided the authority is confident that the discharge of pyrotechnics can be conducted safely. 6.4.2 The demonstration shall be scheduled with sufficient time allowed to reset/reload the pyrotechnics before the arrival of the audience. 6.4.3 Fire Alarms. 6.4.3.1 Where the use of certain indoor pyrotechnics requires smoke detectors to be bypassed or air -handling systems to be disengaged, the fire department shall be notified and a fire department representative shall be present for the demonstra- tion. 6.4.3.2 The individual responsible for the life safety systems of the building shall return those systems to normal operating conditions as soon as the likelihood of false alarms from the pyrotechnics has passed. 6.4.3.3 Alarm verification as described in 23.8.5.4.1 of NFPA 72 shall be allowed as a means of controlling false alarm initiation resulting from residual particulates suspended in the air. 6.5* Qualifications of Operators and Assistants. 6.5.1 All pyrotechnic operators shall be at least 21 years old and licensed or approved by the authority having jurisdiction in accordance with any and all applicable laws. 6.5.1.1 An applicant for licensing as an operator shall provide evidence of actual experience as an operator or assistant as part io $8# +55 Page 471 of 950 1126-10 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE of demonstrating competency to the authority having jurisdic- tion. 6.5.1.2 An applicant for licensing as an operator shall success- fully complete a written examination of laws, regulations, and safety practices pertaining to the discharge of pyrotechnics, which shall be administered by the authority having jurisdic- tion, or otherwise shall demonstrate knowledge of these areas. 6.5.2 All assistants shall be at least 18 years old. Chapter 7 Requirements for Manufacturers of Pyrotechnics and Associated Equipment 7.1 Pyrotechnic Product Information. The pyrotechnic opera- tor shall use products provided with written information supplied by the manufacturer detailing the following informa- tion: (1) Name of the pyrotechnic device and a description of its effect (2) Performance characteristics (duration, height, and diam- eter of the effect) of the pyrotechnic device where used as specified, or, in the case of binary materials, where used in the specified amounts for the designated materials and equipment (3) Material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the pyrotechnic materials (4)* The manufacturer's statement regarding whether the pyrotechnic device or material is intended for indoor use and whether it is to be used with any cautions or special considerations (5) Instructions for the proper method(s) of placing, load- ing, and using the pyrotechnic device, including any cautions or special considerations (6) Name, address, and phone number of the manufacturer 7.2 Identification of Pyrotechnic Devices or Binary Systems. 7.2.1 All pyrotechnic products or binary systems used shall have been identified or marked by the manufacturer with the following information: (1) Name of the pyrotechnic device or binary system (2) Name, address, and phone number of the manufacturer (3) Statement describing the conditions of use and potential hazards (4)* Manufacturer's statement regarding whether the pyro- technic device or binary system is intended for indoor use 7.2.2 The marking on the pyrotechnic device shall be of at least 6-point type size. 7.2.3 Where the pyrotechnic device is too small to bear the label specified in 7.2.1, this information shall be printed on the instruction sheet, shipping container, or packaging. 7.3 Pyrotechnic Equipment. 7.3.1 The pyrotechnic operator shall use equipment for which the manufacturer has provided instructions for use, including the ratings of the types and quantities of material(s) for those devices. 7.3.2 The pyrotechnic operator shall use electrical firing systems for which the manufacturer has provided instructions for the setup and use of the system with pyrotechnics. 7.4 Binary Materials. 7.4.1 Binary materials shall be premeasured and packaged by the manufacturer. 7.4.2 Binary materials intended for indoor use shall be labeled by the manufacturer as being intended for indoor use. Chapter 8 Use of Pyrotechnics 8.1 General Fire Protection. 8.1.1* Portable Fire -Fighting Equipment. Four or more fire extinguishers of the classification and size as approved by the authority having jurisdiction shall be readily accessible while the pyrotechnics are being loaded, prepared for firing, or fired. 8.1.1.1* In all cases, at least two pressurized water, Class 2-A extinguishers and two Class 10-BC extinguishers shall be provi- ded, in addition to those required by NFPA 10, for the build- ing. 8.1.1.2 The extinguishers shall be placed so that at least one is located on each opposing side of the performance where pyro- technics are used. 8.1.1.3 Additional fire -extinguishing equipment shall be provi- ded as required by NFPA 10 and the authority having jurisdic- tion. 8.1.2 Personnel who have a working knowledge of the use of the applicable fire extinguishers shall be present while the pyrotechnics are being handled, used, or removed. 8.1.3 To prevent unauthorized personnel from gaining access to the pyrotechnics, the venue manager for the site shall provide a separate, lockable room or facility for the prepara- tion of pyrotechnic materials and devices that has been approved by the authority having jurisdiction and that is acceptable to the pyrotechnic operator. 8.1.4 Provisions for lockable storage for pyrotechnics, approved by the authority having jurisdiction, also shall be provided. 8.1.5 No personnel shall use or handle pyrotechnic materials or devices while under the influence of intoxicating beverages, narcotics, controlled substances, or prescription or nonpre- scription drugs that can impair judgment. 8.1.6 Fire Detection and Life Safety Systems. 8.1.6.1 Portions of fire detection and life safety systems shall be permitted to be interrupted during the operation of tempora- rily installed pyrotechnic effects when the following conditions are met: (1) Approval by the authority having jurisdiction (2) Approval by the owner or owner's agent (3)* Presence of an approved fire watch capable of directing the operation of all fire detection and life safety systems installed in the building 8.1.6.2 Fire detection and life safety systems shall be permitted to be interrupted during the operation of permanently instal- led pyrotechnic effects only for initial acceptance of the system. % $&# +15 ' Page 472 of 950 USE OF PYROTECHNICS 1126-11 8.2 Firing Prerequisites. 8.2.1 Mounting. 8.2.1.1 All pyrotechnic devices shall be mounted in a secure manner to maintain their proper positions and orientations so that, when they are fired, the pyrotechnic effects described in the plan submitted by the permittee are produced. 8.2.1.2* Pyrotechnic devices shall be mounted so that no fall- out from the device endangers human lives, results in personal injury, or damages property. 8.2.2 Equipment. 8.2.2.1 Pyrotechnic materials shall be fired only from equip- ment specifically constructed for the purpose of firing pyro- technic materials. 8.2.2.2 The pyrotechnic operator shall be responsible for selecting equipment and materials that are compatible. 8.2.2.3 Protection of Performer. 8.2.2.3.1 Where a pyrotechnic special effect is placed on or in contact with a performer's body, a means of shielding or containment adequate to prevent any injury to the performer shall be provided. 8.2.2.3.2 This protection shall be sufficient to protect against the normal functioning of the pyrotechnic special effect as well as any possible malfunction. 8.2.2.4 Converted electrical switch boxes, lamp sockets, lamp holders, plug fuses, or other similar thin -walled, brittle devices shall not be used for concussion mortars or flash pots. 8.2.3 Mixing of Binary Systems. Binary systems shall be mixed and used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 8.2.3.1 Binary systems shall be mixed one unit at a time, and no more units than are needed for immediate use shall be mixed. 8.2.3.2 Binary systems shall be mixed only in the bottles supplied by the manufacturer. 8.2.3.3 No additional tools shall be used in the mixing of binary systems. 8.2.4 All holders shall be constructed and secured so that they remain in a fixed position when the pyrotechnic device is fired. 8.2.5 Mortars and Flash Pots. 8.2.5.1 Mortars and flash pots shall be constructed so that they do not fragment when the pyrotechnic material is fired and so that their shapes are not distorted after use. 8.2.5.2 Distorted mortars and flash pots shall not be used. 8.2.6 Before firing the pyrotechnic device, the pyrotechnic operator or designated performance security staff shall prevent unauthorized entry into the area where the special effects are to occur. 8.2.7 Rotating pyrotechnic devices, such as wheels and saxons, shall be mounted securely so that their rotation does not cause the holder to fail. 8.2.8 Rockets. 8.2.8.1 Where rockets are launched before a proximate audi- ence, performers, or support personnel, the rockets shall be attached securely to a guide wire or cable with both ends attached and placed on an impact -resistant surface located at the terminal end of the guide. 8.2.8.2 The guide wire or cable required by 8.2.8.1 shall be of sufficient strength and flame resistance to withstand the exhaust from the rocket. 8.2.8.3 An effective arrangement to stop the rocket shall be provided. 8.2.9 Flares shall be placed so that any debris falls into a safe, flame -resistant area. 8.2.10 Comets and mines shall be fired so that the trajectory of their pyrotechnic material is not carried over the audience. 8.2.11 Waterfalls and gerbs shall be placed for firing so that no flammable materials are within their fallout area. 8.2.12 Pyrotechnic devices and materials used indoors shall be specifically manufactured and marked for indoor use by the manufacturer. 8.2.13 Airbursts shall be permitted to be fired above the audi- ence, subject to the following conditions: (1) The airburst shall be suspended by a minimum 30-gauge metal wire that is attached securely to a secure support acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. (2) The airburst shall occur at a minimum height of three times the diameter of the effect. (3) Where the effect is demonstrated, there shall be no burn- ing or glowing particles less than 15 ft (4.6 m) above the floor. 8.3* Firing Safeguards. 8.3.1 Circuit Testers. 8.3.1.1 Circuit testers shall supply no more than 25 mA. 8.3.1.2 Circuit testers shall be permitted to include, but are not limited to, blasting galvanometers, low -current multimeters, or a firing system with a built-in circuit tester. 8.3.2 Power Sources. 8.3.2.1* Grounded power supplies that switch both sides of every electric match firing circuit or that are designed to fail safe upon detection of a ground fault shall be permitted to be used in firing systems. 8.3.2.2 Power sources used for firing pyrotechnic devices shall also be permitted to use batteries, isolated power supplies, or transformers. 8.3.2.3 Only pyrotechnic systems shall be used for pyrotechnic purposes. 8.3.3 All firing systems shall be designed to ensure against acci- dental firing by providing at least a two-step interlock in which no firing power can be applied to any firing circuit unless the operator intentionally does both of the following: (1) Enables or arms the firing system (2) Deliberately applies firing power ro $8# +55 Page 473 of 950 1126-12 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE 8.3.4* Electrical firing systems shall include a means that greatly reduces the possibility that unauthorized or uninten- tional firings can occur. 8.3.5 Communication. 8.3.5.1 Pyrotechnic devices shall be fired only when the area where the effect is to occur is in clear view of the pyrotechnic operator or an assistant who is in direct communication with the operator. 8.3.5.2* Direct communication with the pyrotechnic operator or assistant shall be permitted to be accomplished using signal lights or other nonverbal means of communication. 8.3.6* Warning lights or other signals shall be permitted to indicate the impending firing of a pyrotechnic effect. 8.3.7 Concussion mortars and concussion effects shall be secured by being placed under the stage or behind barricades made of equipment road cases to prevent access by the audi- ence, performers, and support personnel. 8.3.8 While the authority having jurisdiction has the authority to stop the firing of pyrotechnics, the ultimate responsibility for firing shall be that of the pyrotechnic operator. 8.4 Separation Distances for Audiences. 8.4.1* Each pyrotechnic device fired during a performance shall be separated from the audience by a minimum of 15 ft (4.6 m) or twice the fallout radius of the device, whichever is greater, except where otherwise approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 8.4.2 Concussion mortars and concussion effects shall be sepa- rated from the audience by a minimum of 25 ft (7.6 m). 8.4.3 There shall be no glowing or flaming particles within 10 ft (3 m) of the audience. 8.5 Safety Precautions. 8.5.1 The premises where pyrotechnic materials and devices are handled and used shall be maintained in a neat and orderly condition and shall be kept free of any conditions that can create a fire hazard. 8.5.2 Shipping Container Inspection. The pyrotechnic opera- tor shall inspect the containers in which all pyrotechnic materi- als and devices have been shipped. 8.5.2.1 Damaged pyrotechnic materials and devices shall not be used and shall be disposed of in accordance with the manu- facturer's instructions. 8.5.2.2 Before disposal, shipping containers shall be inspected for loose pyrotechnic materials. 8.5.2.3 If a shipping container is found to contain loose pyro- technic materials, it shall be disposed of in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 8.5.3 Storage Requirements. 8.5.3.1 Pyrotechnic materials and devices shall be stored in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF). 8.5.3.2 A closed vehicle, such as a truck, shall be permitted to be used for storage where permitted by ATF, state, or local regulations. 8.5.4 A quantity of pyrotechnics no greater than that needed for the production of special effects in one performance or rehearsal shall be removed from storage. 8.5.5 Smoking. 8.5.5.1 Smoking shall not be permitted within 25 ft (7.6 m) of the area where pyrotechnics are being handled or stored. 8.5.5.2 NO SMOKING signs shall be conspicuously posted. 8.5.5.3 Smoking by performers as part of the performance shall be permitted as blocked in rehearsals and approved by the pyrotechnic operator and the authority having jurisdiction. 8.5.6 No pyrotechnics shall be left unattended other than in a secured, approved location. 8.5.7* The pyrotechnic operator and assistants shall wear safety glasses and protective clothing applicable to the hazard associated with the material during preparation and loading of pyrotechnic devices. 8.6 Performance. 8.6.1 Safeguarding Performers. 8.6.1.1 The pyrotechnic effect operator shall advise all performers and support personnel that they are exposed to a potentially hazardous situation when performing or otherwise carrying out their responsibilities in the vicinity of a pyrotech- nic effect. 8.6.1.2 Performers and support personnel familiar and experi- enced with the pyrotechnic effects being used shall be permit- ted to be in the area of a pyrotechnic effect, but only voluntarily and in the performance of their duties. 8.6.2 No part, projectile, or debris from the pyrotechnic mate- rial or device shall be propelled so that it damages overhead properties, overhead equipment, or the ceiling and walls of the performance site. 8.6.3 Final Pre -Performance Safety Procedures. 8.6.3.1 Immediately before any performance, the pyrotechnic operator shall make a final check of wiring, position(s), hook- ups, and pyrotechnic devices to ensure that they are in working order. 8.6.3.2 The pyrotechnic operator also shall verify safety distan- ces. 8.6.4 The placement and wiring of all pyrotechnic devices shall be designed to minimize the possibility of performers and support personnel disturbing the devices during a perform- ance. 8.6.5 The pyrotechnic operator shall exercise extreme care throughout the performance to ensure that the pyrotechnic devices function correctly and that the performers, support personnel, and audience are clear of the devices. 8.6.6 Smoke Control. When pyrotechnics are fired, the quan- tity of smoke developed shall be controlled so as not to obscure the visibility of exit signs or paths of egress. 8.7 Requirements After Performance. 8.7.1 Post -Performance Procedures. 8.7.1.1 Immediately after each performance and before support personnel remove any property related to a perform - % $sir +15 Page 474 of 950 ANNEX A 1126-13 ance, the pyrotechnic operator shall verify that all pyrotechnic devices have been fired. 8.7.1.2 Any unfired pyrotechnic materials or devices shall be either fired or disposed of in accordance with the manufactur- er's recommendations. 8.7.2 All unused pyrotechnics shall be disposed of in accord- ance with the manufacturer's instructions or returned to stor- age as soon as possible following the performance or rehearsal. 8.7.3 After all other properties and equipment relating to the production have been removed from the performance site, the pyrotechnic operator shall verify that the performance site is free of any pyrotechnic devices or materials. 8.7.4 Post -Performance Pyrotechnics Storage Requirement. 8.7.4.1 All pyrotechnics shall be stored properly for transporta- tion to the next performance. 8.7.4.2 No pyrotechnics shall be transported unless such trans- portation meets U.S. Department of Transportation regula- tions. 8.7.5 Binary systems that have been mixed in excess of the needs of a rehearsal or performance shall be stored as an explosive of the applicable class or disposed of in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. (See Section 5.3 for storage requirements.) 8.7.6 Life safety and other systems that have been disarmed or disengaged as specified by 6.4.3 and 8.1.6 shall be restored to normal operating condition as soon as the likelihood of false alarms from the use of pyrotechnics has passed. 8.7.7 The fire watch required by 8.1.6 shall remain present until the restoration of normal operating conditions has been verified. Annex A Explanatory Material Annex A is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only. This annex contains explanatory material, numbered to correspond with the applicable text paragraphs. A.1.2.2 NFPA 1126 does not address the potential health hazards of smoke from pyrotechnic reactions, ordinary combustion smoke, or concurrently used theatrical effects such as chemical fogs, dusts, or noise. A.1.3.1 The circumstances of each show or attraction can be unique and can require individual evaluation when determin- ing the need for protective systems. Factors such as the experi- ence and qualifications of the operations and maintenance personnel, clearance distance between show elements and nonparticipants, visual conditions, and magnitude of the potential hazards are to be weighed in the development and presentation of the production. A.1.3.6.3 While this standard applies where pyrotechnics are loaded or displayed on the ramp or as part of ground displays at distances less than those specified in NFPA 1123, it does not apply when an aircraft is airborne per the FAA waiver as outlined in 14 CFR 91.119(b) or 14 CFR 91.119(c). The requirements in 14 CFR 91.119(b) and 14 CFR 91.119(c) are that aircraft operate at a minimum of 500 ft (152 m) or 1000 ft (305 m) from the crowd lines and that aircraft do not overfly the audience areas as part of the routine. Once the aircraft has returned to the ground, unfired and misfired devices should be handled in accordance with this standard. A.1.3.6.4 For information and guidance on ground -based effects in air shows, refer to International Council on Air Shows (ICAS) Guidelines for the Use of Pyrotechnics and Special Effects at Air Shows, and NFPA 495. A.1.3.11 For information on the manufacture, transportation, storage, and use of explosives, see NFPA 495. A.1.3.14 For information on training uses for pyrotechnics, see NFPA 1403. A.1.3.16 For information on flammable and combustible liquids, see NFPA 30. For information on storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gases, see NFPA 58. A.1.3.18 For information on model rockets, see NFPA 1122. A.1.3.23 For information on the individual or combined use of solid, liquid, or gaseous fuels in the entertainment industry, see NFPA 160. For information on flammable and combustible liquids, see NFPA 30. For information on storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gases, see NFPA 58. For information on the installation of fuel gas piping systems and equipment, see NFPA 54. A.3.2.1 Approved. The National Fire Protection Association does not approve, inspect, or certify any installations, proce- dures, equipment, or materials; nor does it approve or evaluate testing laboratories. In determining the acceptability of installa- tions, procedures, equipment, or materials, the authority having jurisdiction may base acceptance on compliance with NFPA or other appropriate standards. In the absence of such standards, said authority may require evidence of proper instal- lation, procedure, or use. The authority having jurisdiction may also refer to the listings or labeling practices of an organi- zation that is concerned with product evaluations and is thus in a position to determine compliance with appropriate standards for the current production of listed items. A.3.2.2 Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The phrase "authority having jurisdiction," or its acronym AHJ, is used in NFPA documents in a broad manner, since jurisdictions and approval agencies vary, as do their responsibilities. Where public safety is primary, the authority having jurisdiction may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department or indi- vidual such as a fire chief; fire marshal; chief of a fire preven- tion bureau, labor department, or health department; building official; electrical inspector; or others having statutory author- ity. For insurance purposes, an insurance inspection depart- ment, rating bureau, or other insurance company representative may be the authority having jurisdiction. In many circumstances, the property owner or his or her designa- ted agent assumes the role of the authority having jurisdiction; at government installations, the commanding officer or depart- mental official may be the authority having jurisdiction. A.3.2.4 Listed. The means for identifying listed equipment may vary for each organization concerned with product evalua- tion; some organizations do not recognize equipment as listed unless it is also labeled. The authority having jurisdiction should utilize the system employed by the listing organization to identify a listed product. A.3.3.1 Aerial Shell. Comets and mines are not aerial shells. The shells are most commonly 3 in. to 6 in. (76 mm to % $sir +55 Page 475 of 950 1126-14 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE 152 mm) outside diameter and are fired from mortars. Upon firing, the fuse and lift charge are consumed. A.3.3.6 Binary System. These items are shipped as separate ingredients: an oxidizer and a fuel. The ingredients do not become a pyrotechnic material until they are mixed. A.3.3.9 Comet. A comet is not an aerial shell or mine. Comets frequently leave a trail of sparks as they rise in the air, and they sometimes burst into smaller fragments at their zenith. A comet is self-consuming as it rises into the air and can be designed to split apart. A.3.3.12 Electric Match. When a sufficient electric current is passed through the wire circuit, the heat that is generated ignites the pyrotechnic composition, producing a small burst of flame. This flame can be used to ignite a fuse or a lift charge in a fireworks device. For the purposes of this standard, the term electric match also refers to other similar technologies in which an electric current is used to produce a high temperature for ignition purposes. [1123, 2014] A.3.3.13 Electrical Firing System. In an electrical system, the electrical firing system is the source of electric current used to initiate electric matches or other devices. Generally, the electri- cal firing system has components, such as a primary key switch, test circuits, warning indicators, cables, isolation transformers, and switches to control the routing of the current to various pyrotechnics. A.3.3.14 Fallout Area. The fallout area is defined as a circle that, in turn, is defined by the fallout radius. A.3.3.15 Fallout Radius. The line is defined by two points. The first point is at the center of a pyrotechnic device. The second point is the point most distant from the center of the pyrotech- nic device at which any hazardous debris from the device can fall. A.3.3.17 Flammable. Flammables can be solids, liquids, or gases exhibiting these qualities. A.3.3.21 Fuel. Examples of fuels include sulfur, aluminum powder, iron powder, charcoal, magnesium, gums, and organic plastic binders. Fuels are an ingredient of pyrotechnic materi- als. A.3.3.23 Hazardous Debris. This includes, but is not limited to, hot sparks, heavy casing fragments, and unignited compo- nents. Materials such as confetti, lightweight foam pieces, feath- ers, or novelties are not to be construed as hazardous debris. A.3.3.24 Holder. The purpose of a holder is to maintain the position of a pyrotechnic device. Holders hold preloads, which are self-contained. A holder is not to be construed to be a mortar. A.3.3.25 Hybrid Flame Effect. Special effects that use any of the fuels allowed by NFPA 160, but are initiated or directly igni- ted by means of a pyrotechnic device are common examples of a hybrid flame effect. One example of a hybrid flame effect is one that uses a pyrotechnic device or igniter to provide the initial flame to light a supervised pilot burner, which, when ignited, can be then proven by a conventional flame safeguard or other means. Often this hybrid configuration is used where the pilot burner is in and/or around water or spray, and conventional ignition means have been determined to be unre- liable or to utilize voltages or currents that provide a risk of hazard to persons in and around the water. In other instances, this configuration might be used for added reliability, opera- tional integration, or simply for convenience. In any of these instances, the pyrotechnic igniter is used under the require- ments of NFPA 1126 and is installed, maintained, and operated to meet the requirements of both NFPA 1126 and the AHJ. The flame effect itself, regardless of the fuel it uses, is designed, installed, maintained, and operated to meet the requirements of both NFPA 160 and the AHJ. A second example of a hybrid flame effect is one that utilizes a combustible dust, initially aerosolized and propelled out the end of the burner nozzle by a charge of compressed air and ignited as it passes through a field of burning metal sparks generated by yet another pyrotechnic device. Dust or powder fuel is an acceptable flame effect material under this standard. What causes this effect to be classified as a hybrid flame effect is that the pyrotechnic ignition device(s) falls under the purview of NFPA 1126. (Note that if a gas pilot burner, or even a burn- ing brand were used to ignite an aerosolized powder, this flame effect would not be considered hybrid and would fall entirely under the scope of NFPA 160.) A third example is an often -used flame effect that is typically limited to outdoor use and utilizes flammable or combustible liquid as a fuel. This would be an acceptable flame effect mate- rial under NFPA 160. The fuel is contained in a nonporous bag and placed inside a suitable open -topped container that serves as a "mortar" or burner nozzle. Upon firing, the liquid is freed from the bag, lifted from the barrel, and aerosolized by means of a substantial black powder lifting charge. A second pyrotech- nic device might or might not be used to ensure ignition of the fuel at the mouth of the container. What causes this effect to be classified as a hybrid flame effect is that the aerosolizing and igniting charges fall under the purview of NFPA 1126, or, depending upon the particular composition and quantity of the charge in use, possibly NFPA 1123 or NFPA 495. Addition- ally, the storage and/or handling of the liquid fuel would be governed by the requirements of NFPA 30. (Note that if a compressed air charge was used to aerosolize the liquid and a gas- fired pilot burner or even a burning brand was used to ignite the aerosol, this flame effect would not be considered hybrid and would fall entirely under the scope of NFPA 160.) A.3.3.26 Ingredient. Such a chemical is not itself a pyrotechnic material. A.3.3.27 Isolated Power Supply. An an ungrounded generator, an ungrounded do-to-ac converter, or commercial power supplied through an isolation transformer. A.3.3.28 Lift Charge. The lift charge usually consists of a Black Powder charge. A.3.3.30 Mine. A mine is not an aerial shell or comet. A.3.3.33 Performance. The enactment begins and progresses to its end according to a script, plan, or other preconceived list of events. A performance can include encores. A.3.3.34 Performer. Performers can include, but are not limi- ted to, actors, singers, musicians, and acrobats. A.3.3.35 Permittee. The permittee can vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The pyrotechnic operator is not necessarily the permittee. A.3.3.37 Producer. Generally, the producer is an employee of the promotion company, entertainment company, festival, theme park, or other entertainment group. % $sir +15 Page 476 of 950 ANNEX A 1126-15 A.3.3.38 Production. There are two types of productions: fixed and touring. A.3.3.41 Pyrotechnic Material (Pyrotechnic Special Effects Material). Such a chemical mixture consists predominantly of solids capable of producing a controlled, self-sustaining, and self-contained exothermic chemical reaction that results in heat, gas, sound, light, or a combination of these effects. The chemical reaction functions without external oxygen. A.3.3.42 Pyrotechnic Operator. The operator is also responsi- ble for storing, setting up, and removing pyrotechnic materials and devices after a performance. A.3.3.47 Special Effect. For example, smoke might be produced to create the impression of fog being present, or a puff of smoke, a flash of light, and a loud sound might be produced to create the impression that a cannon has been fired. A.3.3.48 Support Personnel. Among others, support person- nel include the road crew of any production, stage hands, property masters, security guards, fire watch officers, janitors, or any other employee. A.5.1.1 Binary systems are usually supplied in fuel and oxidizer packages, which are intended to be mixed as single units of fixed size. A.6.2.4 Where the standards impose different requirements, the most stringent requirement should be the one used, unless otherwise approved by the AHJ. A.6.3.3 Advance notice should be given no less than 24 hours prior to an event. In some instances, the authority having juris- diction can waive the 24-hour time period for advance notice. A.6.4.1.1 The AHJ should invite the local responding fire companies to witness the demonstration so they are familiar with the potential hazards involved. A.6.5 See Annex C for additional requirements on licensing pyrotechnic operators. A.7.1(4) Pyrotechnics intended for indoor use can be used outdoors. A.7.2.1(4) Chemicals and compounds that are not recommen- ded for indoor use other than in trace quantities include, but are not limited to, antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, lead, mercury, nickel, selenium, zinc, and their compounds; naphthalene; or any dye rated as a carcinogen. Pyrotechnics intended for indoor use can be used outdoors. A.8.1.1 Attempting to extinguish pyrotechnic fires is not recommended. Fire extinguishers should be chosen to fight potential secondary fires. A.8.1.1.1 It is often helpful, depending on the type of effect, to have one or more water sprayers (atomizers) sized according to the effect to be present for minor occurrences. A.8.1.6.1(3) A fire watch is a qualified person or persons in attendance during all times when fixed fire detection systems are intentionally taken out of operation, and should be accept- able to the authority having jurisdiction. The fire watch should be familiar with the operation of all fire and life safety systems in the building and be able to notify emergency responders. A.8.2.1.2 Deliberate destruction of properties or portions of the set, where destroyed as part of the special effects, should not be construed as property damage. A.8.3 The source used for testing match continuity should be separate from the firing power supply and must be strictly inca- pable of producing more than 25 mA. Electromagnetic induced currents in firing circuit wiring can be reduced by utilizing one or more of the following methods: (1) Use of twisted pair (2) Use of shielded wire, with the shield bonded to earth ground (3) Running the wire through metal conduit that is bonded to earth ground (4) Shunting as near to the electric match as practical Firing power sources used for firing pyrotechnic devices should be restricted to the following: (1) Batteries (2) Low -voltage do power supplies (3) Transformers incorporating an electrostatic shield between the primary and secondary winding, with the shield connected to ground The firing power source, be it ac or dc, and regardless of the voltage level, should be grounded and fused such that a ground fault in the firing circuit cannot cause unintentional ignition. Firing circuit design should be such that neither igni- tor lead is electrically connected to the firing power source until ignition is intended. It should not be permitted to wire one side of multiple match terminals together, then to switch current to the other terminal of the ignitor. Switching of one line is permitted if there is only one ignitor in the system or if there is only one match per firing power source. Suggested firing circuit is shown in Figure A.8.3. A.8.3.2.1 A show control system can be used to sequence a dedicated pyrotechnic system, but the show control system cannot initiate the pyrotechnic system directly. A.8.3.4 Common techniques include a key -operated switch or similar device. Switches should have labels under or above each switch. The labels should use either letters or numbers. Relay coil 101 Arm switch j Match j----- #1 I Relay coil I j Match j--------- #2 i FIGURE A.8.3 Suggested Firing Circuit. Note that the relay contacts shown can be replaced by solid state switching devices. (Circuitry for test currents is omitted for clarity.) % $sir +55 Page 477 of 950 1126-16 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE A.8.3.5.2 For shows that will require direct communications, a safety meeting should take place to determine signals and or communications for stopping or postponing the show due to safety concerns. Those present at the meeting should be the operator and the AHJ as well as other necessary support personnel. A.8.3.6 Warning lights should be used for warning support personnel of the presence of concussion special effects. A.8.4.1 A pyrotechnic device with a 10 ft (3 m) fallout radius should be separated from the audience by a minimum distance of 20 ft (6 m). A.8.5.7 Protective clothing should include long-sleeved shirts and long pants made of 100 percent cotton, leather, or other materials with equivalent flammability, melting, thermal, or static -reducing protective characteristics. Annex B Inspection Requirements This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only. B.1 Inspection Requirements. The authority having jurisdic- tion, who is required to judge the safety of any production, might or might not be familiar with pyrotechnic special effects. The following guidelines are provided as a possible inspection routine that can be used as a model: (1) Access (a) Fire lane kept clear (b) Hydrants not blocked (c) Fire department connections clear (d) Standpipe connections clear (e) At least two fire extinguishers provided (f) Extinguishing equipment charged and in good working order (g) Warning signs (2) Exits (a) All designated exits clear (b) Exits visible (3) Pyrotechnic materials and devices (a) Proper and current license in the possession of the pyrotechnic operator (b) Permit on site (c) Fire department briefed on proposed activity (d) Proper ventilation (4) Electrical (a) Cords and connections in good condition (b) Power supply operational and in good condition (c) Pyrotechnic firing mechanism in good working order (5) Flameproofing (a) Set and scenic materials treated for flame retard - CA Pyrotechnic Experience. A license should be granted only to an individual who has actively participated in the setup and loading of at least five performances where pyrotechnic special effects were used. (The issuing office can substitute an alterna- tive number of performances.) C.2 Formal Requirements. A license should be granted only to an individual who has met at least one of the following requirements: (1) Successful completion of a comprehensive written exami- nation covering this standard and state laws pertaining to the use of pyrotechnic special effects (2) Receipt of a competency certificate from a national organization that promotes the safe use of pyrotechnic special effects (3) Possession of a license for the use of pyrotechnic special effects issued by another state C.3 Provisions for License Renewal. A license should not be renewed unless the applicant's record proves active participa- tion in at least three pyrotechnic special effect performances during the past 4 years and that those performances were conducted in a safe manner. The pyrotechnic uses can be of either the indoor or outdoor type. CA 27 CFR Part 555.62. A license or permit issued under this part confers no right or privilege to conduct business or opera- tions, including storage, contrary to state or other law. The holder of a license or permit issued under this part is not, by reason of the rights and privileges granted by that license or permit, immune from punishment for conducting an explosive materials business or operations in violation of the provisions of any state or other law. Similarly, compliance with the provi- sions of any state or other law affords no immunity under federal law or regulations. Annex D Glossary This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only. DA Common Industry Terms. The following terms are not necessarily inclusive of all the terms used in the pyrotechnic special effects industry. D.1.1 Articles Pyrotechnic (as Defined in Part 555.11 of 27 CFR). Pyrotechnic devices for professional use similar to consumer fireworks in chemical composition and construction but not intended for consumer use. Such articles meeting the weight limits for consumer fireworks but not labeled as such and classified by U.S. Department of Transportation regula- tions in 49 CFR 172.101 as UN0431 or UN0432. D.1.2 Alternating Current (ac). An electrical current that reverses direction in a circuit at regular intervals. Almost all electrical current supplied from wall outlets or sockets is alter- nating current. ance (b) Burlap or other protective materials used for D.1.3 Black Match. A fuse made from thread impregnated rigging treated for flame retardance with Black Powder and used for igniting pyrotechnic devices. Annex C Licensing Requirements for Pyrotechnic Operators This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only. D.1.4 Blank Cartridge. A cartridge constructed from a cartridge case equipped with a percussion primer and filled with various loads of smokeless powder or other propellant. Weapons using blank cartridges often are used in conjunction with bullet hits. % $&# +15 ' Page 478 of 950 P.►u= 1126-17 D.1.5 Body Hit Effect. The effect of a bullet hit that simulates impact from a weapon as it strikes a person. D.1.6 Bridgewire. A fine wire that either heats up or explodes when an electric current is applied. It is used to fire pyrotech- nic devices. D.1.7 Bullet Hit. A small explosive charge attached to a person's clothing or body, or to an inanimate object, to simu- late a slug from a weapon as it strikes a person or object. D.1.8 Bullet Hit Effect. The effect of a bullet hit that simulates impact from a weapon as it strikes an object. D.1.9 Colored Smoke. An aerosol of special dyestuffs of chem- ical reactants dispersed by pyrotechnic heat or explosion. D.1.10 Color Pot. A tube containing pyrotechnic materials. It produces a colored flame when ignited. D.1.11 Concussion Flashpowder. Flashpowder intended to be used in a concussion mortar to produce a loud concussive effect. D.1.12 Consumer Fireworks (formerly known as "Common Fireworks"). Any small fireworks device designed primarily to produce visible effects by combustion that complies with the construction, chemical composition, and labeling regulations of the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, as set forth in 16 CFR 1500 and 1507. Some small devices designed to produce audible effects are included, such as whistling devices, ground devices containing 50 mg (0.8 gr) or less of explosive composition (salute powder), and aerial devices containing 130 mg (2 gr) or less of explosive composition (salute powder) per explosive unit. Consumer fireworks are classed as Explo- sives IAG and described as Fireworks UN0336 by the U.S. Department of Transportation. D.1.13 Deflagration. A rapid chemical reaction in which the output of heat is sufficient to enable the reaction to continue and accelerate without input of heat from another source. Deflagration is primarily a surface phenomenon, with most reaction products flowing away from the unreacted material along the surface at less than supersonic velocity. The effect of a deflagration under confinement is an explosion. Confine- ment of the reaction increases pressure, rate of reaction, and temperature and, in some cases, can cause transition into a detonation. D.1.14 Det Cord. A flexible detonating cord. It is a highly explosive material encased in a plastic -covered cord resembling a clothesline. D.1.15 Detonation. An extremely rapid chemical reaction in which the pressure generated is sufficient to cause the forma- tion of a shock wave, which causes the reaction to continue. Detonation is a phenomenon with reaction products flowing in the direction of unreacted materials at supersonic velocity. The effect of a detonation with or without confinement is an explo- sion. D.1.16 Detonator. Any device containing an initiating or primary explosive that is used for initiating detonation. The term includes, but is not limited to, electric blasting caps (instantaneous and delay types), blasting caps for use with safety fuses, detonating cord delay connectors, and nonelectric caps that use a detonating cord, shock tube, or any other replacement for electric legwires. A detonator also could be an explosive or device initiated by a primer and used to initiate another explosive that is less sensitive and larger. D.1.17 Direct Current (dc). An electrical current that flows in one direction. Most frequently, direct current is supplied by a battery. D.1.18 Display Fireworks (formerly known as "Special Fire- works"). Large firework articles designed to produce visible or audible effects for entertainment purposes by combustion, deflagration, or detonation. This term includes, but is not limi- ted to, salutes containing more than 130 mg (2 gr) of explosive composition (salute powder), aerial shells containing more than 60 g (2.1 oz) of total pyrotechnic and explosive composi- tion, and other display pieces that exceed the limit for classifi- cation as consumer fireworks. Display fireworks are described as Fireworks UN0335 and classed as Explosives 1.3G by the U.S. Department of Transportation. D.1.19 Explosion. The rapid production of hot gases at a high pressure as the result of a chemical reaction and the sudden release of the energy to cause strong dynamic stresses in the surroundings. The term usually refers to the effects of a deto- nation of initiating explosives and high explosives but also applies to the effect of a deflagrating propellant explosive in certain circumstances such as heavy confinement. The term also describes a mechanical phenomenon in which failure of the container results in a sudden release of pressure from within a vessel. D.1.20 Explosive. Any chemical compound, mixture, or device whose primary or common purpose is to function by explosion. The term includes, but is not limited to, dynamite, Black Powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detonators, safety fuses, squibs, detonating cords, igniter cords, and ignit- ers. The term "explosives" includes any material determined to be within the scope of 18 USC 40, "Importation, Manufacture, Distribution, and Storage of Explosive Materials," and also includes any material classified as Explosive 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 by the U.S. Department of Transportation, "Hazardous Materials Regulations." D.1.21 Fireworks. Any composition or device for producing a visible and/or audible effect by combustion, deflagration, or detonation and that meets the definition of "consumer" or "display" fireworks as set forth by 49 CFR 171 to end, U.S. Department of Transportation,"Hazardous Materials Regula- tions." D.1.22 First Fire. The ignited mixture used with pyrotechnic devices and loaded in direct contact with the main pyrotechnic charge. A pyrotechnic first -fire mixture is compounded to produce a high temperature and hot slag. The mixture is read- ily ignitible and capable of igniting the underlying pyrotechnic charge. D.1.23 Lycopodium. The spores produced by the genus of mosses called lycopodium. This powdery, organic, yellow mate- rial can be agitated and dispersed mechanically into a cloud and then ignited by a spark, pilot flame, or electrical heating device. Although not a pyrotechnic material, this material is used by special effects operators to produce fire effects or in conjunction with other pyrotechnics to create a special effect. D.1.24 Nonelectric Detonator. A detonator that does not need electric energy to function. ro $&# +55 Page 479 of 950 1126-18 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE D.1.25 Photoflash Flashpowder. A loose pyrotechnic mixture that yields a very large amount of light for a small fraction of a second on exploding. D.1.26 Quick Match. Black match that is encased in a loose - fitting paper sheath. Although exposed black match burns slowly, quick match burns extremely rapidly and almost instan- taneously. Quick match is used in fizses for aerial shells and for simultaneous ignition of a number of pyrotechnic devices, such as lances in a ground display piece. D.1.27 Safety Fuse. A flexible cord containing an internal burning medium by which fire or flame is conveyed at a constant and relatively uniform rate from the point of ignition to the point of use. D.1.28 Salute Powder. See D.1.31, Sonic Flash. D.1.29 Smoke Pot. A pyrotechnic device used to create smoke during a production. D.1.30 Soft Detonator. A detonator with a higher velocity than a bullet hit, but with no metallic elements or jacket. It is essen- tially a blasting cap without a metal jacket. D.1.31 Sonic Flash (Salute Powder, Extra -Fast Flash, Concus- sion Flashpowder). Flashpowder specifically formulated to produce a loud concussive effect. D.1.32 Sparkle Flashpowder. A flashpowder that produces a bright flash of light and a shower of sparks when ignited. D.1.33 Sparkle Pot. A pyrotechnic device intended to contain and control the discharge of sparkle flashpowder. D.1.34 Squib. A device consisting of an electric match plus a base pyrotechnic charge. It usually is contained in a thin metal tube and often has a hole or slit to direct the flame produced when fired. Squibs are regulated in a manner similar to blast- ing caps. Squibs are not usually used in fireworks, although electric matches often are incorrectly called squibs. D.1.35 Stars. Small masses of pyrotechnic compounds that are projected from aerial shells, mines, or roman candles. Stars burn while in the air, producing color or streamer effects. D.1.36 Theatrical Flashpowder. A pyrotechnic material inten- ded for use in theatrical shows. Theatrical flashpowder produ- ces a flash of light when ignited. Typical theatrical flashpowders burn more slowly than salute powder and also might produce a shower of sparks. Theatrical flashpowder is not intended to produce a loud report. Annex E Informational References EA Referenced Publications. The documents or portions thereof listed in this annex are referenced within the informa- tional sections of this standard and are not part of the require- ments of this document unless also listed in Chapter 2 for other reasons. E.1.1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Associa- tion, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471. NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2015 edition. NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 2016 edition. NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2014 edition. NFPA 160, Standard for the Use of Flame Effects Before an Audi- ence, 2016 edition. NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code,2013 edition. NFPA 1122, Code for Model Rocketry, 2013 edition. NFPA 1123, Code for Fireworks Display, 2014 edition. NFPA 1403, Standard on Live Fire Training Evolutions,2012 edition. E.1.2 Other Publications. E.1.2.1 ICAS Publications. The International Council of Air Shows (ICAS), 751 Miller Drive, SE. Suite F-4, Leesburg, Virginia 20175. Guidelines for the Use of Pyrotechnics and Special Effects at Air Shows, 2008. E.1.2.2 U.S. Government Publications. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 91.119, "Aero- nautics and Space, Minimum Safe Altitudes: General." Title 16, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 1500 and 1507, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, "Federal Hazard- ous Substances Act Regulations." Title 27, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 555.11, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms, "Orange Book." Title 27, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 555.62, "State or Other Law." Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 171 to end, U.S. Department of Transportation, "Hazardous Materials Regula- tions." Title 18, U.S. Code, Chapter 40, "Importation, Manufacture, Distribution, and Storage of Explosive Materials," 1970. E.2 Informational References. (Reserved) E.3 References for Extracts in Informational Sections. NFPA 1123, Code for Fireworks Display, 2014 edition. % $&# +15 ' Page 480 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. ADMINISTRATION 160-5 NFPA 160 Standard for the Use of Flame Effects Before an Audience 2016 Edition IMPORTANT NOTE: This NFPA document is made available for use subject to important notices and legal disclaimers. These notices and disclaimers appear in all publications containing this document and may be found under the heading "Important Notices and Disclaimers Concerning NFPA Documents." They can also be obtained on request from NFPA or viewed at www.nfpa.org/disclaim- ers. UPDATES, ALERTS, AND FUTURE EDITIONS: New editions of NFPA codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides (i.e., NFPA Standards) are released on scheduled revision cycles. This edition may be superseded by a later one, or it may be amended outside of its scheduled revision cycle through the issuance of Tenta- tive Interim Amendments (TIAs). An official NFPA Standard at any point in time consists of the current edition of the document, together with any TIAs and Errata in effect. To verify that this document is the current edition or to determine if it has been amended by any TIAs or Errata, please consult the National Fire Codes@ Subscription Service or visit the Document Information (Doclnfo) pages on the NFPA website at www.nfpa.org/docinfo. In addition to TIAs and Errata, the Doclnfo pages also include the option to sign up for Alerts for each document and to be involved in the development of the next edition. NOTICE: An asterisk (*) following the number or letter designating a paragraph indicates that explanatory material on the paragraph can be found in Annex A. A reference in brackets [ ] following a section or paragraph indicates material that has been extracted from another NFPA document. As an aid to the user, the complete title and edition of the source documents for extracts in mandatory sections of the document are given in Chapter 2 and those for extracts in informational sections are given in Annex D. Extracted text may be edited for consistency and style and may include the revision of internal paragraph references and other references as appropriate. Requests for interpretations or revisions of extracted text shall be sent to the technical committee respon- sible for the source document. Information on referenced publications can be found in Chapter 2 and Annex D. Chapter 1 Administration 1.1* Scope. This standard shall provide requirements for the protection of the audience, support personnel, performers, the operator, assistants, and property where flame effects are used. 1.2 Purpose. The purpose of this standard shall be to provide minimum requirements for the design, manufacture, and oper- ation of flame effects. 1.3 Application. 1.3.1* This standard shall apply to flame effects for entertain- ment, exhibition, demonstration, or simulation before an audi- ence, including their design, fabrication, installation, testing, control, operation, and maintenance. 1.3.2 This standard shall apply to the following: (1) Use of flame effects before an audience (see 3.3.12, Flame Effect) (2) Design, fabrication, installation, testing, control, opera- tion, and maintenance of equipment, materials, proce- dures, and systems used to produce flame effects (3) Rehearsal, videotaping, audiotaping, or filming of any television, radio, or movie production if such production is before an audience and includes the use of flame effects (4) Rehearsal of any production incorporating flame effects intended to be presented before an audience (5) Storage and holding at a venue where flammable and combustible materials are to be used to create flame effects (6) That portion or component of any hybrid flame effect that utilizes fuels, materials, devices, and methodologies governed by this standard. 1.3.3 This standard shall not apply to the following: (1) * Flame effects produced solely by pyrotechnic special effects devices or pyrotechnic material (2) * Use of pyrotechnic special effects (3)* Storage of flammable solids, liquids, and gases not to be used to create flame effects (4) Nitrocellulose -based flame projectors (5) Manufacture, off -site storage, and transportation of materials and equipment used to produce flame effects (6) Use of flame effects in fire training, except where there is an audience that is not part of the training (7)* Manufacture, transportation, storage, sale, or use of model or high -power rocket motors (8) Traditional nontheatrical public display of flames such as the following: (a) Use of lighted candles in restaurants or religious services (b) Fireplaces in areas open to the public (c) Restaurant cooking visible to the patrons (d) Listed Group II flame effects (e) Flame effects used in a fireworks display (see NFPA 1123) (9) Use of consumer fireworks by the public (10) Use of motor vehicles in races or sanctioned competitive sporting events (11) * Use of ground -based effects utilizing explosives, liquid fuels, or other combustibles in air show environments 1.3.4* This standard shall not be used as a product standard. 1.3.5 When there is no audience present, NFPA 140. shall be used to regulate any flame effect use. 1.4 Retroactivity. The provisions of this standard reflect a consensus of what is necessary to provide an acceptable degree of protection from the hazards addressed in this standard at the time the standard was issued. 1.4.1 Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this stand- ard shall not apply to facilities, equipment, structures, or instal- lations that existed or were approved for construction or installation prior to the effective date of the standard. Where specified, the provisions of this standard shall be retroactive. 1.4.2 In those cases where the authority having jurisdiction determines that the existing situation presents an unacceptable degree of risk, the authority having jurisdiction shall be permit- 2016 Edition Page 481 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-6 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE red to apply retroactively any portions of this standard deemed appropriate. 1.4.3 The retroactive requirements of this standard shall be permitted to be modified if their application clearly would be impractical in the judgment of the authority having jurisdic- tion, and only where it is clearly evident that a reasonable degree of safety is provided. 1.5 Equivalency. Nothing in this standard is intended to prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent or superior quality, strength, fire resistance, effectiveness, durabil- ity, and safety over those prescribed by this standard. 1.5.1 Technical documentation shall be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency. 1.5.2 The system, method, or device shall be approved for the intended purpose by the authority having jurisdiction. Chapter 2 Referenced Publications 2.1 General. The documents or portions thereof listed in this chapter are referenced within this standard and shall be considered part of the requirements of this document. 2.2 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471. NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2013 edition. NFPA 140, Standard on Motion Picture and Television Production Studio Soundstages, Approved Production Facilities, and Production Locations, 2013 edition. NFPA 1123, Code for Fireworks Display, 2014 edition. 2.3 Other Publications. 2.3.1 ASME Publications. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990. Boiler Pressure Vessel Code, 2013. 2.3.2 Other Publications. Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionary, IIth edition, Merriam - Webster, Inc., Springfield, MA, 2003. 2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections. NFPA 1126, Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics Before a Proxi- mate Audience, 2016 edition. Chapter 3 Definitions 3.1 General. The definitions contained in this chapter shall apply to the terms used in this standard. Where terms are not defined in this chapter or within another chapter, they shall be defined using their ordinarily accepted meanings within the context in which they are used. Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionary, llth edition, shall be the source for the ordinarily accepted meaning. 3.2 NFPA Official Definitions. 3.2.1* Approved. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdic- tion. 3.2.2* Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). An organization, office, or individual responsible for enforcing the requirements of a code or standard, or for approving equipment, materials, an installation, or a procedure. 3.2.3 Labeled. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of an organ- ization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains peri- odic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materi- als, and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner. 3.2.4* Listed. Equipment, materials, or services included in a list published by an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with evaluation of products or services, that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evalua- tion of services, and whose listing states that either the equip- ment, material, or service meets appropriate designated standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose. 3.2.5 Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement. 3.3 General Definitions. 3.3.1 Accumulator. A container or piping that holds a prede- termined volume of fuel that is ready for use in a flame effect. 3.3.2 Area. 3.3.2.1 Hazard Area. The area made hazardous by the oper- ation of the flame effect. 3.3.2.1.1 Accessible Hazard Area. That area made hazardous by the flame effect that is normally accessible to a person with- out the deliberate use of an additional means of access that is not normally in place. 3.3.2.2 Holding Area. An area where flame effect material or loaded flame effect devices are held prior to use. 3.3.2.3 Storage Area. An area where flame effect material or flame effect devices are stored prior to use or movement to a holding area. 3.3.3* Arm. That sequence of control system functions for the establishing of a source of ignition that must be complete and verified immediately before the firing of the flame effect. 3.3.4 Assistant. A person who works under the supervision of the flame effect operator. 3.3.5 Cast Members. Performers involved in a production involving the use of flame effects that may or may not be employees. (Many amusement employees are also referred to as "cast members.") 3.3.6 Direct Ignition. An automatic or manual ignition system that ignites fuel without a pilot. 3.3.7 Emergency Stop [Emergency Shutdown (ESD) System]. A circuit or other mechanism that, when actuated, results in the complete shutdown and extinguishment of all flame effects that are controlled by it. 3.3.8* Enable. The final set of control system functions that must be verified to be in a specific control mode immediately before the arming and firing of a flame effect may be imple- mented. 2016 Edition Page 482 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. DEFINITIONS 160-7 3.3.9 Enable Button. The control operator that is manually actuated by the operator prior to and during the arming and firing of the effect. 3.3.10 Fail -Safe. A state or an attribute of a system such that every single point failure in the system results in all controlling parts of the system with the ability to do harm to humans, animals, or equipment being disconnected from all sources of power and stored energy at the primary disconnect point. 3.3.11* Fire. The sequence of control system functions that result in the deliberate release of fuel for ignition. 3.3.12 Flame Effect. The combustion of solids, liquids, or gases utilizing atmospheric oxygen to produce thermal, physi- cal, visual, or audible phenomena before an audience. 3.3.12.1 Automatic Flame Effect. A flame effect that is super- vised and fired by an automatic control system. 3.3.12.2* Hybrid Flame Effect. A flame effect that is used in combination with a pyrotechnic material or device. 3.3.12.3 Manual Flame Effect. A flame effect that is operated manually without the use of an automatic control system. 3.3.12.4 Portable Flame Effects. Flame effects that are designed and installed, either in a permanent or temporary installation, and that are designed to move or be moved in the course of operation or installation. 3.3.13 Flame Effect Appliance. The complete assembly of components and devices that controls and generates a flame effect. 3.3.14 Flame Effect Burner. A burner designed to produce specific sizes and configurations of flames for flame effects. 3.3.15 Flame Effect Material. Any solid, liquid or gas fuel, or combination thereof, that requires the addition of oxygen in order to initiate and maintain combustion. 3.3.16 Flame Effect Operator. The single person with overall responsibility for flame effect operations and safety. 3.3.17 Flame Effect Safety Controller. A control system that is part of a flame effect appliance that is used to prove that the source of ignition is present ("flame safeguard control"). 3.3.18* Flame Effect System. The complete assembly of inter- connected components, devices, and/or appliances that provides all of the functions necessary to fuel, monitor, super- vise, generate, and control flame effects, including the emer- gency shutdown of the flame effects and, where necessary, the monitoring of external conditions that affect operation. 3.3.19* Flame Effect Systems, Classifications 3.3.19.1 Group I Flame Effect. An attended, manually controlled flame effect. 3.3.19.2 Group H Flame Effect. An individual or group flame effect designed for unattended operation that is temporarily or permanently installed outside any structure. 3.3.19.3 Group III Flame Effect. An attended, temporarily installed flame effect for a specific production with limited operation and fixed time for removal. 3.3.19.4 Group IV Flame Effect. A large individual or group flame effect that is permanently installed inside or outside any structure designed for unattended operation without a main show supervisory control system. 3.3.19.5 Group V Flame Effect. A large individual or group flame effect that is temporarily or permanently installed inside or outside any structure and is designed for intermit- tent or continuous operation under the supervision of a main show control system but without full-time supervision by a technician. 3.3.19.6 Group VI Flame Effect. A large individual or group flame effect that is temporarily or permanently installed inside or outside any structure and is designed for intermit- tent operation under the supervision of a main show control system and a technical director, with cast members in close proximity to the effect at the time of operation. 3.3.19.7 Group VH Flame Effect. An individual flame effect that can be temporarily or permanently installed inside or outside any structure that, due to its unique operating requirements, does not fit into any other classification. 3.3.20 Hybrid Flame Effect. See 3.3.12.2. 3.3.21 Installation, Term of. 3.3.21.1 Permanent Installation. An installation of flame effects for which the governing use permit has a duration longer than 180 days. 3.3.21.2 Temporary Installation. An installation of flame effects for which the governing use permit has a duration of 180 days or less within a twelve-month period in a single venue. 3.3.22* Performer. Any person active in a performance during which pyrotechnics are used and who is not part of the audience or support personnel. [1126, 20161 3.3.23 Permit. A document issued by the AHJ for the purpose of authorizing performance of a specified activity. Unless other- wise specified, the word permit, when used in this document, refers to a use permit. 3.3.23.1 Use Permit. A document issued by the AHJ for the purpose of authorizing the use of specific flame effects in a specific venue on a specified date and time or within a speci- fied period. 3.3.24 Plan. 3.3.24.1 Design. Plan. The plan for a flame effect appliance or design that presents the design criteria and/or assump- tions used in the design, along with complete design infor- mation. 3.3.24.2 Flame Effect Plan. The document that is used to convey to the AHJ the information needed to evaluate the flame effect for the purpose of applying for a permit. 3.3.25* Primary Safety Control. A control with a sensor that is directly responsive to the ignition device attributes necessary for the safe operation of the effect. 3.3.26 Rated. A description of performance derived from test- ing or evaluation that guides appropriate selection, installation, and use of equipment that is not listed. 3.3.27* Safety Shutdown (Lockout). The safe shutdown of the flame effect in the event of the actuation of any flame effect primary safety control or limit switch. 2016 Edition Page 483 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-8 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE 3.3.28 Safety -Critical. The failure of a device, component, system, or mechanism, which results in a situation that is imme- diately dangerous to life, health, or property. 3.3.29* Supervisory Control System. A manual or automatic control system that supervises the operation of the flame effect. 3.3.30* Support Personnel. Any individual who is not a performer or member of the audience. [1126, 2016] 3.3.31 Valve. 3.3.31.1 Accumulator Charge Valve. A valve used to control the flow of fuel into an accumulator. 3.3.31.2 Effect Valve. The last fuel shutoff valve before the flame effect burner. 3.3.31.3 Safety Shutoff Valve. A fast -closing valve that auto- matically and completely shuts off the fuel supply in response to a normal or safety shutdown. 3.3.31.4 Vent Valve. A normally open, power -closed valve, normally located between the two safety shutoff valves. 3.3.32* Venue. The property, facility, building, or room within a building where flame effects are used, intended to be used, or are prohibited. Chapter 4 Holding Areas for Flame Effect Materials and Devices 4.1* General. All flame effect materials and devices not connected for use shall be stored in accordance with applicable codes and standards and any state and local regulations. 4.2 Holding Areas. All flammable flame effect materials and loaded devices that have been removed from storage areas in anticipation of use shall be stored in a holding area acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 4.2.1 Quantity Limitations. 4.2.1.1 The maximum quantity of flammable flame effect materials and loaded devices stored in a holding area shall be that quantity used in one day. 4.2.1.2 Quantities of flammable flame effect materials and devices in excess of those used in one day shall be permitted to be stored in holding areas with the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. 4.2.2 Flammable flame effect materials and loaded devices in holding areas shall be secured or supervised continuously by an attendant trained in emergency response procedures. Chapter 5 Permit and Approval Requirements and Terms of Installation 5.1 Permit Requirements. 5.1.1* Permit Required. Except when otherwise required by the jurisdiction, a use permit shall be required for the use of flame effects before an audience. 5.1.2* Terms of Installation. 5.1.2.1 Permanent Installation. An installation of flame effects for which the governing use permit has a duration longer than 180 days shall be considered a permanent installation. 5.1.2.2 Temporary Installation. An installation of flame effects for which the governing use permit has a duration of 180 days or less within a 12-month period in a single venue shall be considered a temporary installation. 5.1.3 Use Permits. 5.1.3.1 A use permit shall authorize the use of only the number and types of flame effects in the venue as specified in the flame effect plan, as described in Section 5.3. 5.1.3.2 Use permits shall have a specified expiration date. 5.1.3.2.1 Use permits for temporarily installed flame effects shall specify the date(s) and time(s) of use and the expiration date of the permit. 5.1.3.2.2 Use permits for permanently installed flame effects shall specify the duration and expiration date of the permit. 5.1.3.3 Any activity authorized by the use permit shall be conducted by the permittee or the permittee's agents or employees in compliance with all requirements of this standard applicable thereto and in accordance with the approved plans and conditions. 5.2 Approval Requirements. 5.2.1 Prior Approval Required. Other than during the flame effect demonstration, as described in Section 5.4, the use of all flame effects shall be first approved by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). 5.2.1.1* Hybrid flame effects shall meet the requirements of 5.2.1.1.1 and 5.2.1.1.2. 5.2.1.1.1 That portion of the hybrid flame effect that is governed by NFPA 160 shall meet all of the requirements of NFPA 160. 5.2.1.1.2 That portion of the hybrid flame effect that is governed by NFPA 1126 shall meet all of the requirements of NFPA 1126. 5.2.2 Approval of Flame Effect Plan. A plan for the use of flame effects shall be submitted to the AHJ for approval. 5.2.2.1 After a flame effect plan has been approved, the plan shall be maintained to be readily accessible at the venue and shall be subject to inspection as specified by the AHJ. 5.2.2.2* If any addition or modification of flame effects to that described in the approved plan is made, that addition or modi- fication shall be approved by the AHJ prior to use of the modi- fied flame effects. 5.2.2.3 In the case of a hybrid flame effect, the plan shall iden- tify those portions of the flame effect that require compliance with NFPA 160 and those portions that require compliance with NFPA 1126. 5.3* Content of Flame Effect Plans. 5.3.1 Flame Effect Plan Requirements. 5.3.1.1 The plan for the use of flame effects shall be submitted in writing or other form acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 5.3.1.2* The plan shall include the following: (1) The name of the person, group, or organization responsi- ble for the production 2016 Edition Page 484 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. USE OF FLAME EFFECTS 160-9 (2) The dates and times of the production (3) The location of the production (4) The flame effect classification (5) A site plan showing the following: (a) A narrative description of the flame effect (b) The location of flame effect devices to be fired and their controls and control sequence (c) The area affected by the flame effect device (d) The location of the audience (e) The fuels used and their estimated consumption (f) Air for combustion and ventilation for indoor effects (g) Flammable materials piping (h) Storage and holding areas and their capacities (i) Supplemental fire protection features 0) Emergency response procedures (k) Means of egress (6) A current material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the mate- rials (fuels) consumed in the flame effect (7) Documentation that the combustible materials used for construction of the flame effects have been rendered flame retardant (8) The name of the effect operator 5.3.2 The operator shall make operating instructions for flame effects available to the authority having jurisdiction. 5.3.3 The plan shall be reviewed with the authority having jurisdiction, flame effects operator, and building owner/repre- sentative prior to the production, to ensure coordinated response in the event of an emergency. 5.4 Flame Effect Demonstration. 5.4.1* When required, a walk-through and a representative demonstration of the flame effects shall be provided to the authority having jurisdiction before flame effects are approved. 5.4.2 The demonstration shall be scheduled with sufficient time to allow resetting of the flame effects prior to the arrival of the audience. 5.5 Interruption of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems During Flame Effect Demonstrations and Operations. Fire protection and life safety systems shall not be permitted to be interrupted during the operation of flame effects. 5.5.1 Portions of fire protection and life safety systems shall be permitted to be interrupted during the operation of temporary indoor flame effects when the following conditions are met: (1) Approval of the authority having jurisdiction is received. (2) Approval of the owner or owner's agent is received. (3)* An approved fire watch capable of directing the opera- tion of all fire protection and life safety systems installed in the building is present. 5.5.2 Fire protection and life safety systems shall be permitted to be interrupted during the operation of permanently instal- led indoor flame effects only for initial acceptance of the system. Chapter 6 Documentation of Flame Effects 6.1 General. 6.1.1 All flame effect devices and materials shall have drawings, manuals, or written descriptions to describe the type of item and performance specifications of the flame effect created. 6.1.2 This documentation shall be on site and available to the authority having jurisdiction. 6.2 Operating Procedures. 6.2.1 All flame effects shall have written operating instructions, including start-up, show operations, normal shutdown proce- dures, and emergency shutdown procedures. 6.2.2 Operating instructions shall be available to the operator. Chapter 7 Use of Flame Effects 7.1 Testing and Evaluation. 7.1.1 Flame effects shall be tested to verify that they operate in accordance with their designs. 7.1.2* Flame effects shall be evaluated to verify that spectators, performers, support personnel, and the operator are not exposed to a hazardous situation when the flame effects are activated as designed or anticipated. 7.1.3 On an interval acceptable to the authority having juris- diction, flame effects shall be inspected for normal and safe operating condition and retested for operation as designed and anticipated. 7.1.4 Documentation of the testing and evaluation shall be permitted to be prepared by a third party acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 7.1.5 The documentation shall be made available to the authority having jurisdiction as a part of the application for approval of the effect. 7.2 Housekeeping. The premises where flame effect devices are installed or fired shall be maintained in a neat and orderly condition. 7.3 Site Inspection. The flame effect operator shall inspect all areas of the site where flame effect materials and devices are ignited before start-up and after shutdown. 7.4 Smoking. 7.4.1 Smoking shall be prohibited in the area where fuels used in flame effects are present. 7.4.2 Smoking by performers as part of the performance shall be permitted where approved by the authority having jurisdic- tion. 7.5 Rehearsal and Pre -Show Operations. 7.5.1 The flame effect operator shall advise all performers and support personnel that they are exposed to a potentially hazardous situation when performing or otherwise carrying out their responsibilities in the vicinity of a flame effect. 7.5.2 Performers and support personnel familiar and experi- enced with the flame effects being used shall be permitted to 2016 Edition Page 485 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-10 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE be in the area of a flame effect, but only voluntarily and in the performance of their duties. 7.6 Show Operations. Show operations shall be in accordance with the plan approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 7.7 Post -Show Operations. Post -show operations shall be in accordance with the plan approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 7.7.1 Fire and life safety systems that have been interrupted shall be restored immediately after completion of the flame effect. 7.7.2 When restoration of fire and life safety systems is neces- sary, it shall be conducted by a person trained in the operation of all aspects of the systems. 7.8 Maintenance. Flame effect systems shall be maintained to design specifications. 7.9 Emergency Operations. Emergency operations shall be in accordance with the plan approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 7.10 Protective Clothing. 7.10.1 The flame effect performers, operators, and assistants shall be protected by clothing or other means suitable for their exposure to flame effects. 7.10.2 Protective clothing requiring fire resistance shall be tested and demonstrated to be flame retardant, and documen- tation shall be furnished to the authority having jurisdiction upon request. 7.10.3 Bare skin (naked) shall be permitted when the illusion of danger is implicit in the visual effect desired by the performer. 7.11 Security. 7.11.1 A means shall be provided to render installed flame effect systems inoperative when not in use. 7.11.2 Portable flame effects shall be stored and secured when not in use. Chapter 8 Flame Effect Operator 8.1 * Operator Qualifications. 8.1.1 The operator of any flame effect shall understand and be familiar with the operating manual or instructions. 8.1.2 The operator shall demonstrate competency by experi- ence and training or by holding a license acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 8.2 Operator Responsibilities. The flame effect operator shall be responsible for storage, setup, operations, and teardown of all flame effect materials, devices, equipment, systems, and supervision of assistants. 8.3 Substance Abuse and Safety. No person shall use or handle flame effect materials or devices while under the influ- ence of the following: (1) Intoxicating beverages (2) Narcotics or controlled substances (3) Prescription drugs and/or nonprescription drugs that impair judgment 8.4* Minimum Age. All flame effect operators shall be at least 21 years of age. Chapter 9 System Components, Flame Effect Control Systems, and Design 9.1 General Requirements for Flame Effect Control System Design. 9.1.1 All flame effect control systems shall be designed and installed to prevent accidental firing and unintentional release of fuel. 9.1.2 All Group II through Group VII control systems shall be designed to ensure against accidental firing by providing at least a removable activator, keyswitch, or coded arming system in which no control power can be applied to any control system unless the operator intentionally does both of the following: (1) Deliberately applies control power (2) Enables or arms the control system 9.1.3 Control System Attendance Requirements. 9.1.3.1 Any Group III, Group VI, or Group VII flame effects control systems shall not be left unattended while connected to a fuel source. 9.1.3.2 Control systems that are disconnected from their power source or de -energized by means of a removable activator, keyswitch, or coded arming system shall be permitted to be left unattended while connected to a fuel source. 9.1.4 Control System Operation. 9.1.4.1 All flame effect control systems shall be designed to implement the following functions: (1) Emergency stop capability (2) Fuel management (3) Controlled enabling of flame effect (4) Controlled arming of flame effect (5) Controlled and repeatable firing of flame effect 9.1.4.2 The flame effect plan submitted for approval to the authority having jurisdiction shall indicate the means of provid- ing for these requirements. 9.1.5 Flame effect control system components shall be listed. 9.1.5.1 Where listed devices are not available, approved devices shall be permitted. 9.1.6 Control system components and protective devices, including sensors, valves, and switches, shall be located so that they are protected against physical damage and tampering, and so that they can be serviced and maintained. 9.2* Specific Requirements for Flame Effect Control System Design and Operation, by Group. Control systems for each flame effect group shall be in accordance with Table 9.2. 9.3 Implementation of the Required Control Functions. 9.3.1 * Emergency Stop. 9.3.1.1 One of the following conditions shall be met prior to the use of flame effects: 2016 Edition Page 486 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. SYSTEM COMPONENTS, FLAME EFFECT CONTROL SYSTEMS, AND DESIGN 160-11 Table 9.2 Group Control Functions Required Flame Effect Group Control Type Minimum Control Requirements I Manual controls 1. No automatic controls shall be required. II Automatic controls 1. Ignition supervision shall be provided. 2. Automatic shutoff shall follow failure. III Automatic controls 1. Manual operation of the effect valve shall be permitted. 2. If the operator cannot confirm the pilot or direct ignition source for the flame special effect, a primary safety control shall be installed. 3. Two fuel shutoff valves, one of which will be a safety shutoff valve, shall be provided and installed in series. IV Automatic controls 1. Primary limit device(s) shall be installed as required. 2. A fuel supervisory station shall be installed with fuel pressure limit switches to control the supervisory station valves. 3. Each flame effect burner shall be equipped with a primary safety control and an effect valve. 4. A flame effect safety control system that is capable of safely operating the entire flame effect consistently for repeated cycles shall be used. V Automatic controls 1. The requirements for Group IV shall apply. 2. A flame effect safety control system that is capable of safely operating the entire flame effect consistently that is sequenced by the main control system shall be used. The flame effect safety control system shall maintain all of its internal safety features, with the interface between the flame effect control system and the main show control system limited to those commands and status indicators that cannot alter or override the flame supervisory system control logic. VI Automatic controls 1. The requirements for Group V shall apply. 2. Where cast members are in close proximity to the flame effect, the flame effect shall be under the active control of a main show control system and a fail-safe positive manual enable (PME). VII Manual or automatic controls 1. Controls shall be as recommended by the designer and acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. (1) Approval of a plan to extinguish the flame effect as required in 9.3.1.4 (2) Approval of a supervisory control system for the emer- gency stop and complete shutdown of the flame effect and any interrelated safety -critical system as required in 9.3.1.5 9.3.1.2 Interrelated safety -critical system and flame effect control system safety considerations shall extend to safety -criti- cal effects, allied equipment, and other proximate equipment to avoid additional or contributory hazards. 9.3.1.3 Where the hazards described in 9.3.1.2 exist, the effects safety controller shall have a direct validated means of confirm- ing the status or other information from the other systems before the safety -critical effect is enabled or triggered. 9.3.1.4 Manually controlled flame effects (Group I and manually controlled Group VII) shall have a plan for the emer- gency stop and complete shutdown of the operation of the effects through one or more of the following: (1) Manual fuel shutoff valve (s) (2) Manual turn-off of control power (3) Fire containment devices (4) Other devices acceptable to the authority having jurisdic- tion 9.3.1.5 Automatically controlled flame effects (Group II through Group VI and automatically controlled Group VII) shall have provisions for the emergency stop and complete shutdown of the operation of the effects installed according to the following criteria: (1) The flame effect control system shall not be capable of operation unless the emergency stop is reset. (2) The actuation of the emergency stop shall bring the flame effect control system to a safe state. (3) The emergency stop shall require manual reset. (4) The emergency stop shall actuate both manually and automatically upon the detection of an unsafe condition, including power failure. (5) The emergency stop shall be fail-safe. (6)* The emergency stop shall be automatically actuated when a monitored condition exceeds a preset limit of opera- tion. 9.3.1.6 Manual Emergency Stop Control Stations. 9.3.1.6.1 Manually operated emergency stop control stations shall be clearly identified and placed in accessible locations and shall maintain the actuated state until manually reset. 9.3.1.6.2 Operation of a manual emergency stop station shall actuate the emergency stop. 2016 Edition Page 487 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-12 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE 9.3.2 Fuel Management. 9.3.2.1 The fuel supply for the operation of the flame effect shall be available only during operation. 9.3.2.2 Fuels not provided through a central distribution system and that are supplied to the flame effect shall be limited to that amount necessary for operation. 9.3.2.3 Minimum tank size for liquefied flammable gas flame effects shall be determined by the surface area required to prevent reduced fuel delivery to the burner during the effect. 9.3.2.4 Fuel Delivery. 9.3.2.4.1 Fuels delivered through a central distribution system shall be in accordance with the following: (1) A manual fuel shutoff valve shall be installed as follows: (a) It shall be installed in an accessible location at the point of delivery and upstream of any other flame effect control system components that, when closed, will shut off all fuel supplied to the flame effect control system. (b) Where the point of delivery is outside a building containing the flame effect control system, the valve shall be located outside of the building. (2) The following shall apply to fuel pressure: (a) Where low fuel pressure could cause the flame effect control system to malfunction, devices to provide low -fuel -pressure supervision shall be instal- led. (b) Where high fuel pressure could cause the flame system to malfunction, devices to provide high -fuel - pressure supervision shall be installed. (3)* A supervisor station shall be installed and shall meet the following criteria: (a) It shall be installed downstream of the manual fuel shutoff valve. (b) It shall shut off all fuel supplied to the flame effect control system when closed. (c) When opened during the enable process, it shall be held open by a maintained signal from the flame effect control system. 9.3.2.4.2 The supervisor station shall be provided with a means to test the seat -tightness of the shutoff valve at the operating pressure. 9.3.2.5 Effect Valve. 9.3.2.5.1 Each flame effect shall be provided with an automatic fuel shutoff valve (the effect valve), installed upstream of the burner. 9.3.2.5.2 The effect valve shall shut off all fuel to the burner when closed. 9.3.2.5.3 The effect valve shall be opened only at the time of firing the flame effect and shall be held open by a maintained signal from the flame effect control system. 9.3.2.5.4 The effect valve shall close on loss of the hold -open signal. 9.3.2.6* Systems Using Fuel Accumulators. Fuel accumulators used in flame effect control systems shall meet the following requirements: (1) Accumulator tanks shall be designed, manufactured, and certified as unfired pressure vessels. (a)* Accumulators for use with flammable or liquefied gas shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler Pressure Vessel Code or the Department of Transportation for the pres- sure of the gas in use. (2)* The volume of fuel stored in an accumulator tank shall be no more than what is required to produce the desired flame effect. (3) Each accumulator shall have a manual fuel shutoff valve at the connection to the inlet of the tank, and when closed, this valve shall shut off all fuel supplied to the accumulator tank. (4) An accumulator charge valve that charges the accumula- tor when opened shall be installed at the connection to the inlet of the tank. (5) The accumulator shall be charged as close to the time of the actual arming and firing of the effect as is practical. (6) Each accumulator shall be designed and installed so that the fuel can be safely removed, as follows: (a) Accumulators fixed in location shall be provided with a permanently installed means of conveying the fuel to a safe point of discharge. (b) Portable accumulators shall be allowed to be moved to a safe location for discharge. (7) The mixing of air or any other oxidizing media with fuel that creates a flammable mixture within an accumulator tank shall be prohibited. 9.3.3* Controlled Enabling of Flame Effect Control System. All flame effect control systems shall be manually or automati- cally enabled according to a prescribed sequence of operations outlined in the plan, which prepares the flame effect for subse- quent arming and firing. 9.3.3.1 Flame Effect Safety Controller Function. 9.3.3.1.1 A flame effect safety controller shall be used to auto matically sequence the enable process, monitor areas of restric ted access, and allow, trigger, and request safety -critical action. 9.3.3.1.2 Flame effect control system safety considerations shall extend to other safety -critical effects, allied equipment, and other proximate equipment to avoid additional or contributory hazards. 9.3.3.1.3 In circumstances described in 9.3.3.1.2, the flame effect safety controller shall have a direct validated means of confirming the status or other information from the other systems before the flame effect is enabled. 9.3.3.2* The enable process shall begin with the activation of the control power to the flame effect control system. 9.3.3.3 Fuel Supply and Auxiliary Services. 9.3.3.3.1 Following the activation of the control power, the fuel supply and auxiliary services necessary to the operation of the flame effect control system (compressed air supply, oxidizers, additives, etc.) shall be permitted to be turned on. 9.3.3.3.2 Positive confirmation through the use of an interlock or other device of the fuel supply and each auxiliary service shall be made prior to the continuation of the enable process. 2016 Edition Page 488 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. SYSTEM COMPONENTS, FLAME EFFECT CONTROL SYSTEMS, AND DESIGN 160-13 9.3.3.4* Interlocks. 9.3.3.4.1 Interlocks shall be provided in the control system to monitor changes of condition and to automatically implement control system responses to the change of condition. 9.3.3.4.2 Safety interlocks shall be fail-safe. 9.3.4 Controlled Arming of Effect. 9.3.4.1 All flame effects shall be manually or automatically armed prior to any attempt to fire. 9.3.4.2 The arming of the effect shall be manually or automati- cally monitored and confirmed until the effect is fired. 9.3.4.3 Manual Confirmation of Arming (Group I and Manually Controlled Group VII). 9.3.4.3.1 The flame effect shall be confirmed as armed when the means of ignition can be clearly and directly seen by the operator or assistant(s) firing the flame effect for the entire time that the effect is enabled. 9.3.4.3.2 When the means of ignition cannot be clearly and directly seen by the operator or assistant(s) firing the flame effect for the entire time that the effect is enabled, the confir- mation of the arming of that effect shall be done automatically. 9.3.4.4* Automatic Confirmation of Arming (Group II through Group VI and Automatically Controlled Group VII). The flame effect shall be confirmed as armed when a sensor(s) has detected the presence of the means of ignition necessary for the correct operation of the effect through the monitoring of a characteristic unique to the means of ignition. 9.3.4.5 Control sensors and devices used to automatically confirm arming shall operate in the environment where in- stalled. 9.3.4.6 Where cast members or moving set pieces are present in the hazard area immediately before or after the arming and firing of the flame effect, a positive manual enable (PME) shall be required during arming and firing. 9.3.4.7 Ignition Detection Device Function. 9.3.4.7.1 It shall not be possible for an ignition detection device to report the presence of an ignition device or pilot, due to false sensing of ignition devices, pilots, or flame effects other than that ignition device or pilot intended to be sensed by the ignition detection device. 9.3.4.7.2 It also shall not be possible for an ignition detection device to report the presence of an ignition device or pilot due to false sensing of other non -fire -related devices normally present in the local environment including, but not limited to, spark effects, ultraviolet light sources, or effects that generate heat without flame. 9.3.5* Firing of Flame Effects. 9.3.5.1 Flame effects shall only be fired after they have been confirmed as armed following the completion of the enable and arming process and confirmation that the hazard area is clear. 9.3.5.2 If the arming confirmation is lost during the firing process or the hazard area becomes unsafe, the firing of the effect shall be immediately terminated and the effect secured until the problem has been corrected. 9.3.5.3* Monitoring of the Hazard Area Surrounding the Flame Effect. 9.3.5.3.1 That area surrounding each flame effect that is made hazardous by the operation of the effect shall be monitored and confirmed clear and ready for firing, or access to the area shall be supervised by automatic means, or the area shall be made inaccessible, prior to any attempt to fire the effect. 9.3.5.3.2 Other parameters critical to the safety of the flame effect shall also be monitored or supervised. 9.3.5.4* Supervision of the Hazard Area Surrounding the Flame Effect. 9.3.5.4.1 The accessible hazard area shall be under the direct observation of the operator or assistant(s) firing the flame effect for the entire time that the effect is enabled and fired. 9.3.5.4.2 Where the hazard area cannot be seen by the opera- tor or assistant(s) firing the flame effect for the entire time that the effect is enabled, an alternative means of monitoring the area shall be permitted to be used, with the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. 9.3.5.4.3 Use of Enable Buttons. 9.3.5.4.3.1 If all areas of safety concern cannot be seen by a single human operator, as many enable buttons shall be used as are necessary to ensure safety. 9.3.5.4.3.2 Such buttons shall be monitored separately and verified for proper operation by the flame effect control system. 9.3.5.5 Firing. The design of the flame effect control system shall prevent the firing of any flame effect except on the delib- erate positive action of an operator or on the verification by the automatic control system of correct enabling and arming of the effect. 9.3.5.5.1 Manual Firing of Flame Effects. It shall be the responsibility of the operator to verify the correct enabling and arming and the safety of the hazard area prior to the manual firing of the effect. 9.3.5.5.2 Automatic Firing of Flame Effects. 9.3.5.5.2.1 The operating power for firing any flame effect shall originate from the flame effect control system and only be supplied under the supervision of all limits, interlocks, and ignition -monitoring devices present for the safe and reliable operation of the flame effect. 9.3.5.5.2.2 All effect valves shall be permitted to be opened only by a maintained firing signal from the flame effect control system and shall automatically close on loss of signal. 9.3.6 Post -Operation Securing. Immediately following the firing of any flame effect, the enable and arming signals shall be removed, all fuel and auxiliary services shall be secured without going through the sequence of operation specified in 9.3.5.5, and a visual inspection of all effect hazard areas shall be completed prior to confirmation that the flame effect control system is secure. 2016 Edition Page 489 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-14 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE Chapter 10 System Installation and Testing 10.1 General. 10.1.1 Flame effects shall be tested to verify that they operate in accordance with the flame effect control system design. 10.1.2 Documentation of the testing shall be provided by the manufacturer or fabricator. 10.2 Pressure Testing and Inspection of Piping. Where flame effect systems use piping, such piping shall be pressure tested in accordance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. 10.2.1 The complete piping system with all accessories in place shall be pressure tested at no less than the system operating pressure. 10.2.2 Pressure Test Procedures. 10.2.2.1 System pressures shall be recorded together with the temperature and the atmospheric pressure. 10.2.2.2 Pressure testing of reassembled flame effect piping systems designed to be separated into subassemblies shall be permitted to be tested at system operating pressure, with leak detection using a noncorrosive leak -detecting solution, or other means acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, at the reconnected joints. 10.3 Temperatures of Components. 10.3.1 Temperatures of components that are used in the fabri- cation of a flame effect control system shall not exceed the rated temperature limits of the component during sustained operation of the flame effect. 10.3.2 Temperatures of components subject to the heat of the flame effect shall be determined while the flame effect is being operated at its maximum design cycle rate during the accept- ance test required by Section 10.1. 10.3.2.1 The temperatures shall be observed until a maximum or stable reading has been attained. 10.3.2.2 The temperatures attained shall not exceed the rated temperatures for the components. 10.3.3 Temperatures of Surroundings. 10.3.3.1 Temperatures of combustible materials subject to the heat of the flame effect shall not exceed 117°F (47.2°C) above the ambient temperature after equilibrium temperatures are attained. 10.3.3.2 The temperatures shall be observed until a maximum or stable reading has been attained. Chapter 11 Fire Protection Provisions 11.1 General. The wide range in size, arrangement, and loca- tion of flame effects covered by this standard shall preclude the inclusion of detailed fire protection provisions that are applica- ble to all flame effects. 11.2 Evaluation for Permanently Installed Flame Effects. 11.2.1* Where required by the authority having jurisdiction, a fire hazards evaluation shall be conducted for permanently installed flame effects to be used at a venue for a performance. 11.2.2 The evaluation in 11.2.1 shall be coordinated with the building owner, the flame effect operator, and the authority having jurisdiction. 11.3* Additional Fire Safety Provisions for Temporary Installa- tions. 11.3.1 Where determined by the authority having jurisdiction that a need for fixed or additional fire protection equipment or standby fire safety personnel exists, such equipment or personnel shall be provided. 11.3.2 Four or more fire extinguishers of the proper classifica- tion and size as approved by the authority having jurisdiction shall be readily accessible while the flame effects performance is being conducted. 11.3.2.1 In all cases, at least two pressurized water, Class 2-A extinguishers and two Class 10-BC extinguishers shall be provi- ded, in addition to those required by NFPA 10, for the build- ing. 11.3.2.2 The extinguishers shall be placed so that at least one each is located on opposing sides of the performance where flame effects are used. 11.4 Standby Fire Safety Personnel Requirements. 11.4.1 Where required by the fire hazards evaluation or the authority having jurisdiction, standby fire safety personnel shall be present along with operational supplemental equipment. 11.4.2 Standby fire safety personnel shall have a working knowledge of the supplemental fixed or portable fire -fighting equipment used in the area of the flame effects. 11.4.3 Standby fire safety personnel shall have a means of communication or of transmitting an alarm during the opera- tion of flame effects. Annex A Explanatory Material Annex A is not a part of the requirements of this ATPA document but is included for informational purposes only. This annex contains explanatory material, numbered to correspond with the applicable text paragraphs. A.1.1 This document details how to control the use of flame effects. The issue of permitting or prohibiting the use of open flames before an audience is in the scope of a code such as NFPA 101, The Life Safety Code has traditionally prohibited open flames within assembly occupancies. A.1.3.1 The circumstances of each show or attraction can be unique and can require individual evaluation when determin- ing the need for protective systems. Factors such as the experi- ence and qualifications of the operations and maintenance personnel, clearance distance between show elements and nonparticipants, visual conditions, and magnitude of the potential hazards are to be weighed in the development and presentation of the production. A.1.3.3(1) As covered in NFPA 1126. A.1.3.3(2) For information on the use of pyrotechnic special effects before an audience, see NFPA 1126. A.1.3.3(3) For information on the storage of flammable and combustible liquids, see NFPA 30. For information on the stor- age of flammable gases, see NFPA 55, and NFPA 58. 2016 Edition Page 490 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. ANNEX A 160-15 A.1.3.3(7) For information on the manufacture, transporta- tion, or storage of model or high power rocket motors, see NFPA 1125. For information on the sale or use of model or high power rocket motors, see NFPA 1122 and NFPA 1127. A.1.3.3(11) For information and guidance on ground -based effects in air shows, refer to International Council on Air Shows (ICAS) Guidelines for the Use of Pyrotechnics and Special Effects at Air Shows and NFPA 495. A.1.3.4 This standard contains user requirements for the performance, use, or installation of flame effects. User require- ments are those that apply to users of the product and specify when, where, and how a product is used. Unlike this standard, a product standard contains perform- ance, testing, and third -party certification requirements, and can contain design requirements, for a specific product, such as a flame effect appliance. Third -party certification includes the requirements for the testing, labeling, listing, follow-up, and quality assurance programs by which a product is certified as being compliant with a specific standard from a certification organization. Product standards should be written, to the extent possible, such that the product is evaluated and tested for compliance with minimal or no judgmental decisions and with specific pass/fail requirements and a designated test method to evaluate the performance. NFPA 160 does not meet these requirements, nor is it intended for use as a product standard. A.3.2.1 Approved. The National Fire Protection Association does not approve, inspect, or certify any installations, proce- dures, equipment, or materials; nor does it approve or evaluate testing laboratories. In determining the acceptability of installa- tions, procedures, equipment, or materials, the authority having jurisdiction may base acceptance on compliance with NFPA or other appropriate standards. In the absence of such standards, said authority may require evidence of proper instal- lation, procedure, or use. The authority having jurisdiction may also refer to the listings or labeling practices of an organi- zation that is concerned with product evaluations and is thus in a position to determine compliance with appropriate standards for the current production of listed items. A.3.2.2 Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The phrase "authority having jurisdiction," or its acronym AHJ, is used in NFPA documents in a broad manner, since jurisdictions and approval agencies vary, as do their responsibilities. Where public safety is primary, the authority having jurisdiction may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department or indi- vidual such as a fire chief; fire marshal; chief of a fire preven- tion bureau, labor department, or health department; building official; electrical inspector; or others having statutory author- ity. For insurance purposes, an insurance inspection depart- ment, rating bureau, or other insurance company representative may be the authority having jurisdiction. In many circumstances, the property owner or his or her designa- ted agent assumes the role of the authority having jurisdiction; at government installations, the commanding officer or depart- mental official may be the authority having jurisdiction. A.3.2.4 listed. The means for identifying listed equipment may vary for each organization concerned with product evalua- tion; some organizations do not recognize equipment as listed unless it is also labeled. The authority having jurisdiction should utilize the system employed by the listing organization to identify a listed product. A.3.3.3 Arm. In a manually operated system, the enabling, arming, and firing functions are provided directly through the actions of the flame effect operator or assistant. Arm means supplying a source of ignition and verifying its presence, such as with manual ignition of a pilot, flammable liquid, or flamma- ble solid. A.3.3.8 Enable. In a manually operated system, the enabling, arming, and firing functions are provided directly through the actions of the flame effects operator or assistant. Enable means bringing to the site all the equipment, setting it up, and ready- ing it for arming, such as bringing a campfire effect to the stage, verifying that no hazards are present in the area, and connecting all components. A.3.3.11 Fire. In a manually operated system, the enabling, arming, and firing functions are provided directly through the actions of the flame effect operator or assistant. Fire means supplying fuel to the source of ignition, such as by manually opening a valve and verifying that the fuel ignites. A.3.3.12.2 Hybrid Flame Effect Flame effects that use any of the fuels allowed by this standard but are initiated or directly ignited by means of a pyrotechnic device are common exam- ples of a hybrid flame effect. One example of a hybrid flame effect is one that uses a pyrotechnic device or igniter to provide the initial flame to light a supervised pilot burner, which, when ignited, can be then proven by a conventional flame safeguard or other means. Often this hybrid configuration is used where the pilot burner is in and/or around water or spray, and conventional ignition means have been determined to be unre- liable or to utilize voltages or currents that provide a risk of hazard to persons in and around the water. In other instances, this configuration might be used for added reliability, opera- tional integration, or simply for convenience. In any of these instances, the pyrotechnic igniter is used under the require- ments of NFPA 1126 and is installed, maintained, and operated to meet the requirements of both NFPA 1126 and the AHJ. The flame effect itself, regardless of the fuel it uses, is designed, installed, maintained, and operated to meet the requirements of both NFPA 160 and the AHJ. A second example of a hybrid flame effect is one that utilizes a combustible dust, initially aerosolized and propelled out the end of the burner nozzle by a charge of compressed air and ignited as it passes through a field of burning metal sparks generated by yet another pyrotechnic device. Dust or powder fuel is an acceptable flame effect material under this standard. What causes this effect to be classified as a hybrid flame effect is that the pyrotechnic ignition device(s) falls under the purview of NFPA 1126. (Note that if a gas pilot burner or even a burn- ing brand were used to ignite an aerosolized powder, this flame effect would not be considered hybrid and would fall entirely under the scope of NFPA 160.) A third example is an often -used flame effect that is typically limited to outdoor use and utilizes flammable or combustible liquid as a fuel. This would be an acceptable flame effect mate- rial under this standard. The fuel is contained in a nonporous bag and placed inside a suitable open -topped container that serves as a "mortar" or burner nozzle. Upon firing, the liquid is freed from the bag, lifted from the barrel, and aerosolized by means of a substantial black powder lifting charge. A second pyrotechnic device might or might not be used to ensure igni- tion of the fuel at the mouth of the container. What causes this effect to be classified as a hybrid flame effect is that the aerosol- izing and igniting charges fall under the purview of NFPA 1126, 2016 Edition Page 491 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-16 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE or, depending upon the particular composition and quantity of the charge in use, possibly NFPA 1123 or NFPA 495. Addition- ally, the storage and/or handling of the liquid fuel would be governed by the requirements of NFPA 30. (Note that if a compressed air charge was used to aerosolize the liquid and a gas fired pilot burner or even a burning brand was used to ignite the aerosol, this flame effect would not be considered hybrid and would fall entirely under the scope of NFPA 160.) A.3.3.18 Flame Effect System. Manually controlled systems might not have interconnected components, devices, and/or appliances that provide all of the functions necessary to fuel, monitor, supervise, generate, and control flame effects, includ- ing the emergency shutdown of the flame effects and, where necessary, the monitoring of external conditions that affect operation. The flame effects operator or assistant carries out all the functions described in the definition. A.3.3.19 Flame Effect Systems, Classifications. Examples of flame effects are as follows: (1) Group L Where used to give the illusion of danger to a performer, the use of hand-held burning torches, ciga- rette lighters, candles, matches, lighting paper in an ashtray, jugglers burning batons, fire rings that are jumped through, and other flame effects that are not included in another flame effect group. (2) Group H. Unattended torches, burning urns, and small fires. (3) Group III. An attended, temporarily installed flame effect used by traveling shows and concerts and effects used for limited -duration special events, such as the Olympics. This group also includes a traveling entertainment event that plays various venues, such as (but not limited to) circuses, operas, musicals, stage plays, trade shows, or corporate events. This group effect also includes a non - traveling entertainment event that plays a single venue. (4) Group IV. A burning cabin or bonfire and large single or multiple flaming brazier entrance features used to create a "theme" atmosphere. A standalone -type flame effect control system without any significant control supervision by a main show control system is used. (5) Group V. A simulated building or vehicle explosion that is part of a larger theme -type attraction. The flame effect control system is totally dedicated to the operation of the flame effect elements. The flame effect control system maintains all its internal safety features, with the interface between the flame effect control system and the main show control system limited to those commands and status indicators that cannot alter or override the flame supervisory system control logic. (6) Group VI. A live -action stunt show that is part of a larger theme -type attraction. The flame effect control system is totally dedicated to the operation of the flame effect elements. The flame effect control system maintains all its internal safety features, with the interface between the flame effect control system and the main show control system limited to those commands and status indicators that cannot alter or override the flame supervisory system control logic. (7) Group VII. A fire created as part of an illusion used to make an item or individual disappear. See Table A.3.3.19 for a list of features included in each flame effect group. Table A.3.3.19 Features Included in Flame Effect Groups Features Flame Effect Groups I II III IV V VI VII Outside X X X X X X X Inside X X X X X X Temporary installation X X X X X X Permanent installation X X X X X Attended X X X X Unattended X X X X Visual flame verification X X X Automatic flame supervision X X X X X Manual fuel controls X X Automatic fuel controls X X X X X X Main show control X X Proximate cast X X X Note: A blank space means that the feature cannot be in the group. An X means that it is a feature of the group. A.3.3.22 Performer. Performers can include, but are not limi- ted to, actors, singers, musicians, and acrobats. [1126, 2016] A.3.3.25 Primary Safety Control. In the event of ignition fail- ure or loss of flame, the control causes a safety shutdown. A.3.3.27 Safety Shutdown (Lockout). The flame effect can be restarted only after a manual reset following correction of the abnormal condition. A.3.3.29 Supervisory Control System. In the case of a manual system, this function might be performed by the flame effect operator or assistant. A.3.3.30 Support Personnel. Among others, support person- nel include the road crew of any production, stage hands, property masters, security guards, fire watch officers, janitors, or any other employee. [1126, 2016] A.3.3.32 Venue. The term venue is one that is widely used in the entertainment industry. For the purposes of this standard, the term is to be used to specify the exact area of the property, building, or the room within a building where the use of flame effects is to be allowed. For example, the use of flame effects can be allowable in one specific meeting room of a hotel, but not in another; or in the case of reconfigurable (flexible plan) buildings or rooms, some configurations can be safe for the use of flame effects, but not others. A.4.1 The following NFPA standards cover storage of flame effect materials: 2016 Edition Page 492 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. ANNEX A 160-17 NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code NFPA 59A, Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) NFPA 101, Life Safety Code NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code NFPA 1126, Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics Before a Proxi- mate Audience A.5.1.1 Because permit and approval requirements vary with each jurisdiction, this standard is intended to provide require- ments that can be used by the authority having jurisdiction in making sound judgment regarding the safety of the proposed use of flame effects and the qualifications of the flame effect operator. A.5.1.2 The use of flame effects is governed by a permit, which specifies the date (s) and time (s) or the expiration date of the permit, which, in turn, define the period during which the effects can be used. The length of this period determines the term of installation — that is, whether the flame effect installa- tion is to be considered permanent or temporary. The term of installation is used in this standard as a criterion to classify the flame effects into one of seven groups. A.5.2.1.1 Where the standards impose different requirements, the most stringent requirement should be the one used, unless otherwise approved by the AHJ. A.5.2.2.2 There is an inherent danger in the modification of flame effects once the initial commissioning activities are complete. A protective control system could provide protection against events and safety concerns that are not recognized or fully understood by other than the original designers of the system. For others to attempt modifications to a protective system invites the inadvertent elimination of subtle but impor- tant safety features of a system. A.5.3 Measures for control of inadvertent liquefied or gaseous fuel releases, additive system releases, portable component releases, or fire should be coordinated with local emergency - handling agencies, such as fire and police departments. Information on those hazards not commonly covered in the training programs of emergency -handling agencies should be provided upon request to emergency responders. The safety of emergency personnel should be considered in the plan. A.5.3.1.2 See Annex B for guidelines on design of flame effects. A.5.4.1 The AHJ should invite the local responding fire companies to witness the demonstration to familiarize them with the potential hazards involved. A.5.5.1(3) A fire watch is a qualified person or persons in attendance during all times when fixed fire protection systems are intentionally taken out of operation and should be accepta- ble to the authority having jurisdiction. The fire watch should be familiar with the operation of all fire and life safety systems in the building and be able to notify emergency responders. A.7.1.2 As a guide, the incident radiation from the flame effect should not cause the surface temperature of the exposed skin of a member of the audience to exceed IIYF (44°C), as meas- ured using an infrared surface thermometer or other equiva- lent means. The operator should have, on site, the instrumentation necessary to verify skin temperature, if reques- ted by the authority having jurisdiction. A.8.1 There is no substitute for a diligent, capable, well -trained operations and maintenance staff; therefore, operators of equipment involved in safety -critical processes or effects are the primary safety and control element and should have a full understanding of the system, including the possible dangers and the required responses. A.8.4 The flame effect operator is defined as the person who has overall responsibility for the flame effect. Attendants and assistants can be less than 21 years of age. A.9.2 In Table 9.2, Group VI, positive manual enable (PME) is sometimes known as "Man in the Loop." A.9.3.1 Enabling the safety -critical effect could require coordi- nation of the emergency stop systems of independent subsys- tems developed by separate vendors or contractors. This requirement applies only when an emergency stop button is pressed. Generally, conditions internal or local to a single subsystem (other than pressing an emergency stop button) that cause an automatic safety shutdown of one subsystem need not cause a shutdown of other subsystems. After a safety shutdown resulting from a pressed emergency stop button, and after the offending button has been reset, individual subsystems can be brought out of the shutdown condition, as long as no emer- gency stop button remains pressed. A.9.3.1.5(6) Examples of monitored conditions are as follows: (1) Loss of purge airflow to electrical enclosures in classified areas (2) Loss or impairment of required ventilation systems (3) Detection of flammable gas (4) Loss of "proof of vacancy" in areas that present a serious hazard to personnel (5) Loss of proof of the safe state of any valve or other protective device that is required to maintain the protec- tive nature of the system (6) Detection of a person in an unsafe area (7) Detection of unsafe environmental conditions (8) Detection of equipment in an unsafe state, condition, or position (9) Wind or other weather conditions that create unsafe conditions (10) System errors that should be addressed or acknowledged prior to a restart of the system A.9.3.2.4.1(3) As shown in Figure A.9.3.2.4.1(3), an example of a supervisor station can include the following: (1) Two safety valves in series, each with proof of closure, should be provided in the gas line to the main burners. An automatic vent valve should be provided between the two valves. (2) Where the automatic vent valve is prohibited by the authority having jurisdiction, two safety shutoff valves in series, each with an interlock switch, supervised by a listed automatic valve proving system, should be provided in the 2016 Edition Page 493 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-18 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE gas line to the burners. Valve proving should be performed either after every burner shutdown or prior to every burner light -off. (3) Where flame effect fuel piping systems are subdivided into zones, each zone should be separated from other zones by a zone station. A zone station should consist of a manual fuel shutoff valve at the point of connection to the fuel supply piping and upstream of any other station components, and an automatic zone valve. The zone station shuts off all fuel to or from the flame effect zone when closed. When opened during the enable process, this station should be held open by a maintained signal from the flame effect control system. The zone valve should automatically close in the event of the loss of the hold -open signal. The zone valve should only be opened as close to the time of the actual arming and firing of the flame effects as is practical. The zone valve should be provi- ded with a means to test the seat -tightness of the valve at oper- ating pressure. Supervisor station— Fuel gas specific gravity less than 1.0 Vent valve NO 04 Low High gas Main Safety gas Gas press. safety Main press. switch shutoff Manual shutoff Manual press. switch shutoff reg. valve shutoff No r1 � (block) shutoff r1 Nc --* 0-4W W Supply Leak gas inlet testvalve Zone 1 A.9.3.2.6 The operating characteristics of some flame effects require that fuel be released at a rate greater than can be deliv- ered by the fuel supply. To do so requires that quantities of fuel be temporarily accumulated at the location of the effect. A.9.3.2.6(1)(a) For applications outside of the United States, equivalent national standards can be used. A.9.3.2.6(2) The standard requires that the amount of fuel in an accumulator tank never be more than what is required to produce the effect. However, that amount deserves some consideration, as producing the desired effect can sometimes require that more fuel be stored in the accumulator than is actually discharged during the effect. Three examples of situa- tions where it is necessary to store more fuel in the accumula- tor than is actually consumed are as follows: (1) The creation of perfectly round fireballs — those without a tail — often requires that the effect valve be shut while the gas is still exiting the burner nozzle at relatively high velocity. This means that significant residual pressure is Safety Manual shutoff Manua shutoff valve shutoff valve INcI valve Pilot Pilot safety Pilot shutoff Manual shutoff press. reg. valve shutoff valve Nc valve Pilot flame Pilot Leak sensing gas Pressure test element inlet relief valve Effect valve safety Manual shutoff Manual shutoff valve shutoff Pilot burner Accumulator valve INcI valve -1 charge valve Leak Leak test test valve valve Zone 2 Effect Safety safety Leak Manual shutoff Manual shutoff Manual test shutoff valve shutoff valve shutoff valve valve INcI valve INcI valve Leak test valve Supervisor station— Fuel gas specific gravity more than 1.0 or if required by the authority having jurisdiction Low gas Main SafetyHigh gas Gas press. safeshutoff shutoff press. Main press. switch Manual valve Manual switch shutoff reg No valve shutoff (block) shutoff Nc valve Nc valve Nc valve supply gas VPS inlet Key: NC = normally closed; NO = normally open; VPS = valve proving system Leak test Leak L test valve Accumulator effect Spark ignition sensing element Igniter ///b111 - I Effect 1 burner Effect burner valve Effect Pilot safety Manual shutoff Manual shutoff press. valve shutoff valve re g' Nc valve Pilot flame —r' sensing Pilot Leak element gas test Effect nlet valve safety Manual shutoff Manual shutoff valve shutoff Pilot burner valve Nc valve Effect burner Purge gas Leak safety test Manual shutoff Manual valve shutoff valve shutoff valve FNC1 valve Purge Leak gas test inlet valve FIGURE A.9.3.2.4.1(3) Example of Various Flame Effect Control and Piping Components. 2016 Edition Page 494 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. ANNEX A 160-19 left in the accumulator after the effect is complete; in other words, to produce round fireballs it is required to have an amount of fuel in the accumulator in excess of that consumed. (2) Bursts of multiple fireballs or jet flames are often required to be produced rapidly, sometimes without suffi- cient interval between each discharge to allow the accu- mulator to recharge. This situation occurs often in temporarily installed or portable flame effect appliances, particularly when the fuel supply is not capable of supporting high flow rates during the charge cycle. In this case, the accumulator must store more fuel than is consumed in a single discharge, although it is expected that the bulk of the fuel will be consumed over the course of a full burst. (3) It is considered good practice to maintain a fuel -rich atmosphere inside the accumulator at all times, one that is well above the upper flammable limit. In order to do so it is necessary to shut the effect valve before all of the pressure in the accumulator is exhausted, trapping some fuel in the accumulator in excess of the amount consumed. It is important to realize that even when an accumulator is sized exactly to the amount of fuel to be consumed, there are some situations where the accumulator will be left with an excess of fuel. Take, for example, an accumulator that has been charged, but for any number of reasons — performer off the mark, detected failure of the igniter, and so forth — the flame effect is not discharged. The result is a fully charged accumula- tor that can or cannot be consumed during the subsequent course of the performance. This scenario points out the neces- sity of providing each accumulator with a means of venting the fuel to a safe point of discharge, as required in 9.3.2.6(6). A.9.3.3 Some of the operating parameters that can be enabled or monitored during the enabling of the flame effect control system include the following: (1) Control power (2) Main fuel supply (3) Safety interlocks (4) Ventilation airflow interlock (where used) (5) Support services (compressed air, hydraulic pressure, etc.) (6) Other parameters as required by the authority having jurisdiction A.9.3.3.2 Where required for operation and maintenance, control systems can have separate sources of control power to allow operation in distinct modes; for example, they can have one source for automatic (normal) operation and a second for limited operation of the flame effects for the purpose of main- tenance and testing. Where multiple sources of control power are available, the design of the flame effect control system should meet the following minimum criteria: (1) One mode of operation should be "off," which should remove all control power from the flame effect control system. (2) System operation should be such that the selection of one mode of operation disables all other modes of operation. It should not be possible to change from one mode of operation to another without turning all control power off. The flame effect control system should operate safely during the transition from one mode to any other mode of operation. (3) All control power, regardless of source and mode of oper- ation, should be interrupted by actuation of the emer- gency stop system. Loss of control power should bring the flame effect system to a safe state. (4) When a main show control system is used, the status of the control power (mode of operation) should be auto- matically sent to the show control system at all times. Where a main show control system is used, and the mode of operation is in any mode other than that of normal automatic operation, or "off," the sending of any command from the show control system to the flame effect control system should automatically actuate the emergency stop system and bring the flame effect system to a safe state. Circumstances for consideration include the following: (1) Particular position, mode, or state for the proper opera- tion of a safety -critical system. Example. A fire -breathing dragon that needs to be in a particular position before fire is initiated. Similarly, other set pieces might have to be out of the area of the fire before fire is initiated. Example. A fire on a set that is on a lift and that is not to be initiated until the lift is confirmed to be in the fully raised position. (2) Effects on vision or hearing that could prevent the safe operation of systems or the related procedures or opera- tions. Example. A fog or other atmospheric effects system that could obscure egress routes or interfere with monitoring an effect fire or with taking corrective action in case of an incident. (3) Conditions that can be confused with conditions or events of the safety -critical system. Example. Other effect systems that create the appearance of fire, smoke, or heat. Personal computers, single -board controllers, and other systems that have control capability but that are not routinely used in protective applications should not be used as life safety controllers. Only effect safety controllers should be used to prevent any safety -critical action. Non -effect safety controllers should not be used to allow, trigger, or request safety -critical action unless the signals of these non -effect safety controllers are intercepted and qualified by an effect safety controller that has responsibility for allowing safety -critical actions. Personal computers and single -board controllers can be used in related applications such as the display, logging, and trending of proc- ess variables, environmental conditions, status, faults, and other information. Show controllers, including stage, lighting, pyrotechnics, animation, automation, and audio controllers that are used to control overall show timing relationships or that provide synchronization with audio, lighting, and unrelated effects, should be permitted to provide timing information to a flame effect safety controller but should not directly control safety - critical processes. The flame effect safety protective controller then should use this information, and other safety -related information, to control safety -critical effects. The flame effect control system that is responsible for control of safety -critical effects should not provide control of general show timing or of non -safety -critical effects, except as follows: 2016 Edition Page 495 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-20 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE (1) Timing internal to a single effect, such as to create phases or sub -effects, should be permitted to be programmed into the flame effect control system. (2) The protective flame effect control system should be permitted to provide control of a limited number of small non -safety -critical effects with limited and simple timing needs. In such cases, there should be a division of the safety -critical and non -safety -critical functions of the system. The purpose of the requirement in 9.3.3.2 is to prevent equipment that is being used for protective control purposes from being utilized for general show control purposes when doing so would partially obscure the protective control purpose of the system, distracting the designers and operators from devoting attention to the safety -critical aspects of the system, which are of primary concern. A.9.3.3.4 Examples of interlocks that can be included in the flame effect control systems are as follows: (1) Wind speed and direction (2) Critical temperatures (3) Opacity instrumentation (4) Purge airflow and/or damper positions (5) Combustion airflow (6) Position indicator switches for animated figures and sets (7) Cast position confirmation switches (8) Audience position/ride vehicle position indicators (9) Others as required by the operation of the show A.9.3.4.4 Some of the sensors that are currently in use for monitoring these characteristics are as follows: (1) Ultraviolet flame detector in combination with a listed primary safety control (2) Infrared flame detector in combination with a listed primary safety control (3) Flame rod in combination with a listed primary safety control (4) Thermocouple temperature sensor in combination with a listed primary safety control or as part of a listed auto- matic valve assembly (5) Other devices directly sensitive to the characteristics of the means of ignition and acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction A.9.3.5 The firing of the flame effect is normally achieved through the release of the fuel into ambient air where the mixture is ignited by an ignition device. Normally, this is achieved by the opening of a manual or electrically actuated fuel release valve. Other methods of fuel release are acceptable on the approval of the local authority. Examples of firing meth- ods for flame effects are as follows: (1) Manual firing by cast member or technician (2) Firing by a timer and/or programmable logic controller (PLC) (3) Firing by a PLC with PME A.9.3.5.3 Certain venues can have areas, both visible to and out of sight of the technical director, in which a person who is present in the area during the firing of the effects might be exposed to the possibility of injury. These areas should be supervised by an intrusion monitor and alarm system during all times when the effects are enabled. A.9.3.5.4 Certain venues can have areas, both visible to and out of sight of the technical director, where during the enable process one of the following can occur: (1) Cast members can be present immediately before or after the firing of the effect. (2) Members of the audience might enter the area during the firing of the effect. (3) Moving set pieces can affect the safe operation of the effect. A PME of the flame effect control system should be main- tained by a qualified operator with a clear view of the operating area of the effect during the entire process of the enabling, arming, and firing of the effect. Where the technical director does not have a clear view of the hazard area, additional PME devices should be installed and operated by qualified operators who are in such a position that they have a clear view of the area. Cast members who can be present immediately before the arming and firing of the effect should have additional PME devices that have to be actu- ated before the flame effect can be fired. These PME devices should have the following characteristics: (1) The PME device should consist of a momentary contact push button switch that will close a normally open isola- ted contact when depressed, thereby sending a confirm- ing signal to show control. (2) These enable operators should be located in positions such that the technician or cast member can view the effects area and/or confirm that they are safely out of harm's way. (3) Manual enable operators should be clearly identified as to function. Indicator lights can be provided in the push button or adjacent to the push button to confirm to the operator that the enable signal has been sent to show control. (4) In the event that any PME signal is not sent or is removed during the arming and firing sequence of an effect, a non -recycling shutdown of that effect or group of effects should occur. The effects can be returned to service only following the removal of the effect enable input and restarting the process. Other flame effects and show elements can continue to operate normally for the remainder of the show. Repetitive protective operations by human operators are of limited value due to the acclimatization of the operator. When repetitive enabling of an effect is required, appropriate steps should be taken to assure that the operator remains alert for every action. Although each situation is different and multiple remedies could be required in some situations, steps that can be used to address this concern include the following: (1) Use two individually monitored buttons, each serving the same enabling function, separated by a distance such that the operator has to be facing the area of safety concern when the buttons are pressed. (2) Activate the buttons upon an indication in the vicinity of the area of safety concern. For example, rather than illu- minating the enable buttons, illuminate an indicator near the flame so that the operator will be encouraged to look in the direction of the flame to determine when to press the enable button. 2016 Edition Page 496 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. ANNEX C 160-21 (3) Vary the timing of the effect to the extent possible within the creative constraints of the show. A.11.2.1 The following steps are recommended as part of the fire hazards evaluation procedure: (1) List and describe the following: (a) Sources of ignition (b) Spread of fire (c) Potential duration of fire (d) Smoke generation (e) Potential collection or drift of flammable vapors and gases (f) Exposure of personnel to decomposition products (g) The time required for emergency evacuation of the audience (h) Extinguishment potential of supplemental standby fire equipment (i) The additional fire load from the flame effect 0) Existing building fire protection systems (k) Other factors specific to the flame effect (2) Prepare a general description of the fire prevention and fire protection systems that exist and that will be provi- ded. Define the fire hazards that can exist and state the loss -limiting criteria to be used in the design of the flame effect. (3) Conduct an exposure analysis to determine safe distances of the flame effect from adjacent facilities. Consider the use and effect of noncombustible fire -retardant and heat - resistant materials. (4) Review and describe the control and operating room areas, if applicable, and the detection and extinguishing systems that will be provided for these areas. A.11.3 Supplemental fire protection equipment can consist of charged handlines, hand portable extinguishers, wheeled extinguishers, pre-engineered or engineered systems capable of properly extinguishing the flame effect, and any combusti- ble materials within the immediate area. The manufacturer of the equipment should be consulted for assistance on fire extin- guishing equipment and agents. Annex B Design of Flame Effects This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only. B.1 Design Plan. The design plan for flame effects should be based on the criteria outlined in B.1.1 through B.1.2. B.1.1 Location. B.1.1.1 The design plan for outdoor flame effects should include the following: (1) Weather (e.g., wind), with safety provisions provided to halt the effect where safe operation of a flame effect can be influenced by hazardous weather conditions (2) Intrusion (security) (3) Egress (4) Clearance to combustibles (5) Fire protection B.1.1.2 The design plan for indoor flame effects should include the following: (1) Ventilation (where used to exhaust the products of combustion of a flame effect), with means provided to prevent fuel flow in the event that the source of ventila- tion air is interrupted (2) Clearance to combustibles (3) Egress (4) Environment (5) Fire protection (6) Life safety provisions (7) Intrusion (security) B.1.2 Flame Effect Operator Participation. B.1.2.1 The design plan for attended effects should include the following: (1) Control by the operator or performer during start-up, operation, and shutdown (2) Operator in attendance during effect (3) Training of operators B.1.2.2 The design plan for unattended effects should include the following: (1) Design for unattended operation (2) Supervision by automatic systems (3) Audience proximity/audience intrusion prevention (4) Control type — automatic (a) Show events cued by a control system (mechanical or electrical) (b) Different levels of automatic operation (c) Requirements to be developed for flame effect control systems (5) Manual control type — supervision of the performance of the device by the operator or technician with the flame effect in open view (6) Control location (a) Local control — a flame effect controlled by an operator who has a clear view of the flame effect area (b) Remote control (7) Fuel supply and fuel additives (a) Portable (b) Fixed Annex C Inspection Guidelines This annex is not a part of the requirements of this ATPA document but is included for informational purposes only. CA General. The following guidelines are provided as a possi- ble inspection routine that can be used as a model. C.2 Inspection and Re -Verification of Flame Effects Function. Following issuance of the use permit by the local authority having jurisdiction (see 5.3.1) and completing the Approval Requirements (see Section 5.2), the flame effect(s) show action equipment should be subjected to a periodic functional verifi- cation and calibration of critical components according to the requirements of a written test plan/procedure as created by the designer of the effects or other responsible individual. A written report and/or completed checklist in a format accepta- ble to the local jurisdiction should be made a permanent part of the effects documentation. C.2.1 Temporary Flame Effects Installations. Temporary flame effects installations should be evaluated on a periodic basis by a qualified technician/operator according to the guidelines outlined in C.2.1.1 and C.2.1.2. 2016 Edition Page 497 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. 160-22 USE OF FLAME EFFECTS BEFORE AN AUDIENCE C.2.1.1 Daily Inspection and Testing. Any critical deficiencies and/or malfunctions are to be corrected and noted in the show documentation prior to the operation of the effects in the show. Inspection should include the following: (1) Visual inspection of fuel storage area, which includes veri- fying that the fuel supply is properly secured, that general housekeeping is according to proper standards, whether there is accumulation of flammable materials, convenient access to critical areas, and the absence of any items not directly related to the storage or management of the fuel supply. (2) Visual inspection of performance area(s), which includes general housekeeping, accumulation of incidental flam- mable materials, condition of sets and props, conven- ience of access, and any other condition relating to the proper operation of the effects. (3) Visual inspection of fire effects equipment to verify that the components are functional. Significant degradation or damage should be noted and repaired or replaced as necessary. (4) As part of the daily preset for the show, the effect(s) should be operated according to the procedure estab- lished by the designer of the effect to verify the proper operation of the enable and arming as designed. Any discrepancies in the normal operation of the effect should be noted and corrected prior to the operation of the effect during the show. (5) Verification that all provisions for the emergency shut- down of the effect, including fuel management and fire suppression measures, are present and/or operating normally. (6) Observation of the operation of the effect during the show to verify that it is functioning according to the expected operating profile. C.2.1.2 Weekly and Monthly Inspection and Testing. Weekly and monthly inspection and testing should be conducted and noted as dictated by the design and operation of the effects and the duration of the temporary installation. C.2.2 Permanent Flame Effects Installations. Permanent flame effects installations should be evaluated on a periodic basis by a qualified operator according to the guidelines outlined in C.2.2.1 through C.2.2.4. C.2.2.1 Daily Inspection and Testing. Any critical deficiencies and/or malfunctions are to be corrected and noted in the show documentation prior to the operation of the effects during the show. Inspection should include the following: (1) Visual inspection of fuel storage area, which includes veri- fying that the fuel supply is properly secured, that general housekeeping is according to proper standards, whether there is accumulation of flammable materials, convenient access to critical areas, and the absence of any items not directly related to the storage or management of the fuel supply. (2) Visual inspection of performance area(s), which includes general housekeeping, accumulation of incidental flam- mable materials, condition of sets and props, conven- ience of access, and any other condition relating to the proper operation of the effects. (3) Visual inspection of fire effects equipment to verify that the components are functional. Significant degradation or damage should be noted and repaired or replaced as necessary. (4) Verification that all primary limits [lower explosive limit (LEL) sensors, airflow switches, fuel pressure switches, etc.] are conditioned in the proper control profile and that they indicate a proper operating level of the parame- ter being monitored. (5) As part of the daily preset for the show, the effect(s) should be operated according to the procedure estab- lished by the designer of the effect to verify the proper operation of the enable and arming as designed. Any discrepancies in the normal operation of the effect should be noted and corrected prior to the operation of the effect during the show. (6) Verification that all provisions for the emergency shut- down of the effect, including fuel management and fire suppression measures, are present and/or operating normally. (7) Observation of the operation of the effect during the show to verify that it is functioning according to the expected operating profile. C.2.2.2 Monthly Inspection and Testing. In addition to the recommended tests as stated in C.2.2.1, the following tests and inspections should be performed as required: (1) Test and calibrate any limit or interlock control device that could be subject to a change in the measured value as a normal part of the operation of the device over a period of time according to the recommendations of the manufacturer. (2) Perform a leak test of any primary fuel supply shutoff valves according to the recommendations of the manufac- turer. (3) Verify that any intrusion and/or position interlocks are operating properly and the actuation of any such device results in the desired control system response. (4) Other test sequences as recommended by the effects designer or other cognizant individual. C.2.2.3 Quarterly Inspection and Testing. In addition to the recommended tests as stated in C.2.2.1 and C.2.2.2, the follow- ing tests and inspections should be performed as required: (1) Calibrate all primary limit or interlock control devices, which could be subject to a change in the measured value as a normal part of the operation of the device over a period of time. (2) Actuate all primary limit or interlock control devices to confirm proper function, control response, and confirma- tion of actuation. (3) Actuate any central fire alarm system to verify that the actuation will result in the emergency stop of the effects control system. (4) Actuate all show emergency stop operators to confirm their proper function and confirmation of actuation. Furthermore, selected emergency stop operators should be actuated during the operation of the effects to verify the proper emergency shutdown of the effects. (5) Operate the fuel supply enable control circuit to verify the proper function of the fuel limits and valves. (6) Enable and arm randomly selected effects to verify the proper operation of the ignition management control circuit, including safe start check, trial for ignition, flame failure response time, and non -recycling operation as necessary. The number of effects to be tested should be a minimum of 3 or 20 percent of the total number of flame effects in the control system. Where the design of the 2016 Edition Page 498 of 950 Copyright 2019 National Fire Protection Association (NFPAO). Licensed, by agreement, for individual use and download on 05/07/2019 to Hairball Productions for designated user Hairball Productions. No other reproduction or transmission in any form permitted without written permission of NFPA@. For inquiries or to report unauthorized use, contact licensing@nfpa.org. ANNEX D 160-23 controls includes multiple zones, at least one effect in each zone should be tested. (7) Test the PME operator during the operation of the effects to verify that the effects will not enable, arm, and fire without the presence of the PME and that the removal of the PME during the enabling, arming, and firing sequence of the effects will shut down the effects opera- tion as designed. (8) Operate the effects in the normal show mode to verify that they are enabling, arming, and firing in the expected sequence according to the normal show profile. (9) Other test sequences as recommended by the effects designer or other cognizant individual. C.2.2.4 Annual Inspection. The annual inspection of the flame effects will verify the proper function of all effects control components and serve as a certification of the condi- tion and operation of the effects control system for the renewal of the operating permit as issued by the local jurisdiction. The test sequence should include those sequences as stated in C.2.2.1, C.2.2.2, and C.2.2.3, to such an extent that all control systems and components are tested, verified, and functioning properly, and that any other tests as recommended by the effects designer or other cognizant individual are performed. Annex D Informational References D.1 Referenced Publications. The documents or portions thereof listed in this annex are referenced within the informa- tional sections of this standard and are not part of the require- ments of this document unless also listed in Chapter 2 for other reasons. D.1.1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Associa- tion, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471. NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2015 edition. NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 2015 edition. NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code, 2016 edition. NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2014 edition. NFPA 59A, Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG), 2013 edition. NFPA 1010, Life Safety Code®, 2015 edition. NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code, 2016 edition. NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code, 2013 edition. NFPA 1122, Code for Model Rocketry, 2013 edition. NFPA 1123, Code for Fireworks Display, 2014 edition. NFPA 1125, Code for the Manufacture of Model Rocket and High Power Rocket Motors, 2012 edition. NFPA 1126, Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics Before a Proxi- mate Audience, 2016 edition. NFPA 1127, Code for High Power Rocketry, 2013 edition. D.1.2 Other Publications. D.1.2.1 ICAS Publications. The International Council of Air Shows (ICAS), 751 Miller Drive, SE., Suite F-4, Leesburg, Virginia 20175. Guidelines for the Use of Pyrotechnics and Special Effects at Air Shows. D.2 Informational References. (Reserved) D.3 References for Extracts in Informational Sections. NFPA 1126, Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics Before a Proxi- mate Audience, 2016 edition. 2016 Edition Page 499 of 950 11 W. 91h St. Dubuque, IA 52001 Phone: 563-589-4160 1 Fax: 563-589-4209 1 Email: fire@cityofdubuque.org Permit Application Date of Application: 04/09/2025 Applicant / Contact Person: Hairball Productions / Danielle Findling Phone/Cell Number: 952-484-4696 E-mail Address: danielle@hairballonline.com Event Location / Address: Q Casino / 1855 Greyhound Park Rd, Dubuque, IA (also attach Google Map of location - marked with an "X") Type of Permit Requested: (Check One) ❑ Agricultural Land Burn (30day) ❑ Bon Fire (1 day) ❑ Blasting (30 day) ❑ Fireworks / Pyrotechnics (1 day) ❑ Land Clearing Burn (30 day) ❑ Prescribed Burn (30day) ❑ Temporary Membrane Structure, Tents, and Inflatables Please provide information regarding permit request: For pyrotechnics during Hairball performance at Q Casino on 6/27/25 Please see attached "Hairball Pyro Info" packet Details regarding the permit requirements must be filed when application is made and whenever requested by the Fire Marshal. It is the applicant's responsibility to satisfy all permit requirements, submit applicable fees with application, and ensure that conditions are in accordance with applicable State and Local fire regulations. ,Applicant's Signature FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY DATE ISSUED: FEE: $ ❑ PAID ❑ APPROVED ❑ DENIED FIRE MARSHAL: NOTE: Page 500 of 950 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER 129N1ACT INSURED INSURER A: INSURER C : INSURER E : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR OF INSURANCE ADDLSUBRTYPE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER EFF MM DDPOLICY/YYYY Y EXP MM/ D/YYYY LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR $ DA AGE To RENTED PREM SES Ea occurrrence MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ X POLICY PRO JECT F LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ $ OTHER: AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO THIS INSURANCE IS ISSUED PURSUANT-O COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT accident $ O(Ea BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY r THE MINNESOTA SURPLUS LINES ACT.THE INSURER IS AN ELIGIBLE LINES INSURER BUT IS NOT OTHERWISE INSURANCE SURPLUS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ $ UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB OCCUR CASE OF INSOLVENCY, PAYMENT IS NOT GUARANTEED. OF CLAIMS EACH OCCURRENCE $ HCLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N PER OTH- STATUTE ER ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? ❑ N/A E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 501 of 950 POLICY NUMBER: PYROTECHNIC LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED Underwriter's at Lloyd's, London: Referred to in this endorsement as either the "Insurer" or the "Underwriters" This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: SECTION III. PERSONS INSURED In consideration of the premium charged for the Policy, it is hereby understood and agreed that the following entity(ies) is an additional insured pursuant to Section III. e), but only as respects the specific Display or Special Effects listed on the attached Certificate of Insurance: Name of Person or Organization (Additional Insured): Any coverage afforded to any above person or entity as an Additional Insured shall apply only with respect to Bodily Injury or Property Damage directly resulting from (1) the Named Insured's ongoing operations performed for such specific person and entity; or (2) acts or omissions of the Additional Insured in connection with their general supervisions of the Named Insured's ongoing operations. Coverage for such person or entity as an Additional Insured does not apply to: (i) Personal Injury and Advertising Injury Liability; (ii) Fire Legal Liability; (iii) Employee Benefits Liability; (iv) Bodily Injury or Property Damage which the person or entity is obligated to pay as damages by reason of the assumption of liability under a contract or agreement but this shall not apply to liability for damages the person or entity would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (v) Property Damage to: (1) property owned, used or occupied by or rented to such person or entity; (2) property in the care custody, or control of such person or entity or over which such person or entity is for any purpose exercising physical control; or (3) any work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, which is performed for the person or entity by or on behalf of the Named Insured. (vi) Products -Completed Operations Hazards; (vii) Any obligation assumed by the Additional Insured in any contract related to the Display or Special Effects listed in the attached Certificate of Insurance. (viii) Such other Claims, Accidents, offenses, damages and/or liabilities which may be excluded pursuant to Section V. Exclusions of the Policy. All other terms, exclusions and conditions of this Policy remain unchanged. PY Al 006 6-14 Page 502 of 950 Pamela Swartz Subject: FW: Hairball Pyrotechnics Permit Application 6-27-25 Attachments: Dubuque Permit App.pdf; 2025 Hairball Pyro Info.pdf, 6-27-25 Dubuque.pdf From: Danielle Findling <danielle@hairballonline.com> Sent: Wednesday, April 9, 2025 12:43 PM To: Fire <fire@cityofdubuque.org> Subject: Hairball Pyrotechnics Permit Application 6-27-25 Caution! This message was sent from outside your organization. Never give your login information and password over email! Allow sender I Block sender I Report Hi there! Hairball is coming to play Q Casino on Friday June 27. 1 have attached the permit application, some maps, the COI, and our pyro packet. Please let me know if there is anything else you need! Thanks! W� FA FAILGATE NON VISIBLE SPACE J r• - °�. / E 1 Page 503 of 950 Danielle Findling Office Manager, Hairball Productions (952)484-4696 1 DanielleHairballOnline.com HairballOnline.com 3751 Culver Court, Faribault, MN 55021 Page 504 of 950 Hairball Pyrotechnics Permit-Q Casino Name of the person sponsoring the production: Hairball Productions LLC Date and time of production: Friday June 27 @ 9:30 pm Exact location of production: Backwaters Stage - Outlined on images provided Name of person in charge of firing the pyrotechnics - Bryant Beckermann Number, names, and ages of assistants - N/A Qualifications of the pyrotechnic operator- Licensed in state of Minnesota. MN #1035 Pyrotechnic experience of operator - Head pyro tech for Hairball for over 6 years, shooting roughly 90 shows a year. Confirmation of state license - Outlined in Hairball pyro packet Evidence of the insurance - Submitted Number and types of devices - Outlined in Hairball pyro packet Diagram of the grounds - Location of stage provided, stage set up outlined in Hairball pyro packet Point of on -site assembly- Next to stage Manner and place of storage - Devices trucked to, assembled, and discharged day of show MSDS- Outlined in Hairball pyro packet Flame-retardant certificates - In Hairball pyro packet and sewn on any drapes Page 505 of 950